2018 faculty of economic & management sciences...1. 2018 faculty of economic & management...

435
1 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2018. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar. Please check the University Website for the latest version of this calendar. .

Upload: others

Post on 01-Oct-2020

2 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

1

2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences

(b) Postgraduate NOTICE All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from January 1, 2018. The University reserves the right to amend any regulation or provision at any time without prior notice. Although every attempt has been made to ensure that the information is accurate, the University does not accept any liability concerning inaccuracies of any of the contents in the Calendar. Please check the University Website for the latest version of this calendar. .

Page 2: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

2

CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................... 4 DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY ............................................. 6 FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF ............................................................. 7 LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF ................................................................................. 8 RULES FOR PROGRAMMES .............................................................................................. 19 Advanced Diploma in Public Administration (ADPA) - 1605 ................................................... 19 Advanced Diploma in Management (ADM) – 1612 / 1613 .................................................... 21 Advanced Diploma in Management in Finance - 1610 ........................................................... 25 Advanced Diploma in Management in Financial Planning - 1615 .......................................... 28 Postgraduate Diploma in Management - 1623....................................................................... 32 Postgraduate Diploma in Finance - 1624 ............................................................................... 35 Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Planning - 1625 ............................................................. 38 Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies - 1616 ..................................................... 40 Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting - 1507 .......................................................................... 42 Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration – 1626….. ............................................... 44 Postgraduate Diploma in ICT- 1618…………………………… ................................................ 48 Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Software & Media Application - 1627 ............................. 50 BCom (Honours) - 1701 ........................................................................................................ 52 BCom (Honours) Information Systems - 1703 ....................................................................... 56 BAdmin (Honours) – 1711… ................................................................................................. 58 BEcon (Honours) - 1781........................................................................................................ 62 BCom (Honours) (Management) - 1731 ................................................................................ 64 BCom (Honours) (Finance) – 1721/1722 ............................................................................... 68 BA (Honours) - 1705 ........................................................................................................ 72 B. Development Studies Honours -1707................................................................................ 75 MCom (Structured) -1863 ...................................................................................................... 76 MCom (Thesis) - 1801 ........................................................................................................ 78 MAdmin (Structured) -1817 ................................................................................................... 80 MAdmin (Thesis) - 1811 ........................................................................................................ 83 MCom (Management) -1830 ................................................................................................. 85 MCom (Information Management) - 1835……………………………… .................................... 90 MPhil of Land & Agrarian Studies (Thesis) - 1843 ................................................................. 91 MPhil of Land & Agrarian Studies (Structured) - 1843 ........................................................... 92 MPA – 1851 ........................................................................................................................ 94 MEcon (Structured) - 1878 .................................................................................................... 97 MEcon (Full Thesis) - 1871 ................................................................................................... 99 M. Development Studies (Thesis) - 1827 ............................................................................. 100 M. Development Studies (Structured) - 1827 ....................................................................... 101 MA (Structured) - 1858 ...................................................................................................... 103 MA (Thesis) – 1811 ...................................................................................................... 106 PhD – 1921 ...................................................................................................... 108

Page 3: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

3

RULES FOR ACCESS PROGRAMMES ............................................................................ 111 Management Development Programme (MDP) - 1601 ........................................................ 111 Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) - 1604 ......................................... 111 Programme in Economic Policy (PEP I) - ........................................................................... 114 Programme in Economic Policy (PEP II) - .......................................................................... 114 MODULE DESCRIPTORS .................................................................................................. 116 Accounting ………………………………………………………………………………………116 Economics ……………………………… ............................................................................... 124 Information Systems ………… ............................................................................................ 152 Industrial Psychology ……….. ............................................................................................. 209 Institute for Social Development .......................................................................................... 223 School of Business & Finance ............................................................................................. 266 MDP Core Modules ……………………………………………………..………………………. 271 Management & Finance Divisions (Core Modules) ............................................................. 277 Finance and Fanancial Planning ........................................................................................ 290 Management & Enterpreneurship ....................................................................................... 312 Political Studies ……… ..................................................................................................... 349 School of Government ………............................................................................................ 370 Master in Administration ...................................................................................................... 391 Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies .................................................................. 420

Page 4: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

4

GENERAL INFORMATION CORRESPONDENCE WITH THE UNIVERSITY All postal correspondence should be addressed to the relevant person or department at: The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Should you not know the person or department, please direct all correspondence to: The Registrar University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Faculty related enquiries can be directly forwarded to: Faculty Manager Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences The University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0)21 959 3164 Fax: +27 (0)21 959 3470 Email: [email protected] EMS Faculty Helpdesk: Tel: (0)219593164 CONTACT NUMBERS UWC Switchboard +27 (0)21 959-2911 UWC Call Centre +27 (0)21 959 3900/1/2/3 General Fax +27 (0)21 959-3126 THE UNIVERSITY’S WEBSITE: www.uwc.ac.za GENERAL BURSARIES AND LOANS Full particulars of bursaries and loans are set out in a separate brochure that is obtainable from: Financial Aid Office University of the Western Cape Private Bag X17 Bellville 7535 Tel: +27 (0) 21 959 3114

Page 5: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

5

CALENDAR The calendar is obtainable in the following separate parts: Part 1 General Information

Part 2 Faculty of Science

Part 3 Faculty of Arts

(a) Undergraduate

(b) Postgraduate

Part 4 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

(a) Undergraduate

(b) Postgraduate

Part 5 Faculty of Education

Part 6 Faculty of Dentistry

Part 7 Faculty of Law

Part 8 Faculty of Community and Health Sciences

Part 9 Schedule of Fees

A separate publication, containing the Faculty’s teaching and examination time-tables, is obtainable from the relevant Department or School. Students may also access this information via the student portal.

Page 6: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

6

DEGREES AND DIPLOMAS CONFERRED IN THE FACULTY DEGREES

Bachelor of Administration BAdmin Bachelor of Commerce BCom Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting BCom (Acc) Bachelor of Commerce in Financial Accounting BCom (FinAcc) Bachelor of Commerce in Law BCom (Law) Bachelor of Administration (Honours) BAdmin (Hons) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) BCom (Hons) Bachelor of Arts Honours BA (Hons) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Finance BCom(Hons)(Finance) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Management BCom (Hons)(Management) Bachelor of Commerce (Honours) in Information Systems

BCom (Hons)(Information Systems)

Bachelor of Economics (Honours) BEcon (Hons) Bachelor of Development Studies (Honours) BDVS (Hons) Master of Development Studies MDVS Master of Administration MAdmin Master of Economics MEcon Master of Commerce MCom Master of Commerce (Management) MCom (Management) Master of Commerce (Information Management) MCom (Information Management) Master of Arts MA Master of Public Administration MPA Master of Philosophy (Land and Agrarian Studies) MPhil (LAS) Doctor of Philosophy PhD

DIPLOMAS & CERTIFICATES

Advanced Diploma in Management AdvDip Management Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) AdvDip Management (Finance) Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning)

AdvDip Management (Financial Planning)

Advanced Diploma in Public Administration AdvDip (Public Administration) Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting PGDip (Accounting) Postgraduate Diploma in Management PGDip(Management) Postgraduate Diploma in Finance PGDip (Finance) Postgraduate Diploma in Land & Agrarian Studies PGDip (LAS) Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration PGDip (Business Administration) Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Software & Media Application

PGDip (Computer Software Media Application)

Postgraduate Diploma in Information Communication Technology

PGDip (ICT)

Higher Certificate in Economic Development HCED ACCESS PROGRAMMES

Management Development Programme MDP Senior Management Development Programme SMDP Programme in Economic Principles PEP I Programme in Economic Principles and Policy PEPP II

Page 7: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

7

FACULTY BOARD AND FACULTY OFFICE STAFF FACULTY BOARD The Rector (ex officio), Vice Rector, the Registrar and the Dean (ex officio) Profs: F Abrahams, C Africa, C Allen-Ile, CJ Bakkes, C Cairney, B Cousins, A du Toit, M Esau, W Geach, R Hall, M Hara, F Herbst, P Hirschsohn, A Hsieh, K Hodnett, I Ille, M Isaacs, J Jansen, O Jokonya, L Loxton, J May, B Mnogomezulu, MK Ocran, S Pather, L Piper, R Peters, J Pretorius, G Ruiters, L Thompson, JJ Williams, KCD Yu, YN Zembe. Drs: RW Albertus, F Anciano, A Bayat, JR Becker, J Breytenbach, W Brown, P Brijlal, S Bucholtz, G Davids, D Desai, M Dinbabo, M Du Plessis, K Dos Reis, M Jantjies, A Karriem, B Mahembe, N Matshanda, M Mavika, V McGhie, J Njenga, S Penderis, L Pretorius, C Steyn, C Swanepoel, G van Gensen. Messrs: G Adams, D Alexander, RG Arendse, M Botha, G Caseley, R George, S Gwadiso, G Hearn, P Hamel, M Hoskins, S Klein, N Kock, N Matanga, V Matsebula, I Mohamed, E Muriro, R Oliver, Q Paulsen, E Pullen, W Rinquest, AJ Saayman, P Saungweme, J Siebrits, L Shinga, B Smith, E van der Ross, S Viljoen. Mmes : R Beukes, C Christian, C Conradie, N Davids-Latief, S Fourie, E Hamel, D Hamman-Fisher, R Jano, A Khan, L Kimani, L Lorente-Quesada, K Mobarak, P Moodley, M Moses, A Mujawamilya, H Naidoo, M Naidoo, L Ndesi, A Noordien, M Otto, P Paleker, F Petersen, L Svenson, J Terblanche, L Uys, C van den Berg, S van Staden, B Williams. Representatives of: Faculty of Law: Advocate F Kotze Faculty of Science: Mr A Latief Faculty of Education: Ms K de Mink Faculty of Community and Health Sciences: Dr L Leach FACULTY OFFICE STAFF Dean: MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (UWC) Deputy Dean - Research: Vacant Deputy Dean -Teaching and Learning: C Africa (PhD) (UCT) Deputy Dean –Academic Planning: Vacant Teaching & Learning Specialist: K Dos Reis, HDE Commerce (Peninsula Technikon), BTech: Education Commerce (Cape Technikon), Economics International Certificate: Economics Training of Trainers Seminar, MEd (CPUT), DEd (CPUT) Faculty Manager: W Rinquest, BCom, HDE, BEd (UWC) Senior Faculty Officer: S v Staden, BScocSci (UCT), BPA (Hons) (US) Cum Laude, PGDip (M&E)(US) Faculty Officers: M Delport, BCom (UWC) M Engel, BAdmin (Hons) (UWC) B Geyer, BA (Hons) (UWC) A Felix, BA (HE), ADPA (UWC) Administrative Officers: A Samodien, (BSc) (Hons) UWC L Naude, Dip: Adult Education (UCT), BAdmin (UWC) Administrative Assistant: H Thomas, BCom (UWC)

Page 8: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

8

Dean’s Personal Assistant: S Van der Schyff Dean’s Administrative Assistant: J Voigt Pilot Thuthuka Senior Coordinator: J van den Berg, BAcc (US), Hons (BComp) (UNISA), CA (SA) Pilot Thuthuka Student Coordinator: C Trueman, HR Diploma (Rosebank Colleage) Pilot Thuthuka Financial Administrator: G Rudolph, National Diploma (Management) (CPUT))

LECTURING AND TECHNICAL STAFF (Departmental chairpersons are denoted with an asterisk (*) ACCOUNTING Professors: L Loxton, BSc , BAcc (Hons), MBA (US), CA (SA) CJ Bakkes, MCompt (UNISA), CA (SA) *WD Geach, BA (LLB) (UCT), MCom, FCIS, CA (SA), Admitted Advocate of the High Court of SA, Fellow of UKZN Extraordinary Professor: CJ de Villiers, MBA (US), PhD Commerce (UP), CA (SA) Associate Professors: C Cairney, MCom, (UCT), MSc (UWE), CA (SA) J Jansen, (BCom (Hons) (Acc) (UKZN), MCom (Accounting Sciences) (UP) CA (SA), Extraordinary Associate Professor: O Mollagee, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (UWC), BCom (Hons) Taxation (UCT), CA (SA) Senior Lectures: AJ Saayman, BCompt (Hons) (UNISA), CA (SA) J Siebrits, BCom (Law), LLB (US), BCompt (Hons) (UNISA), CA (SA) P Hamel, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (RAU), CA (SA) L Uys, MCom (Auditing) (US), CA (SA) E Hamel, MCom (Taxation) (RAU), Diploma Tertiary Education (UNISA), CA (SA) J Terblanche BCom, HDE, MComm (Computer Auditing) (US), CA (SA) E Pullen, MCom (Financial Management) (UCT), CA (SA) Lecturers: RG Arendse, BCom (Hons) (Investments) (UWC), PGDE (Higher Education) (UCT) A Noordien, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (UWC), CA (SA) M Otto, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (UWC), CA (SA) G Adams, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (UWC), CA (SA) S Klein, PGDA (UCT), CA (SA) S Gwadiso, PGDA (UCT), CA (SA) I Mohamed, BCom (Fin Acc) (UCT), BCom (Hons) (Acc), (UKZN), CA (SA) S Fourie, PGDA (UNISA), MCOM (UniZulu), CA (SA) B Williams, BCom (Hons) (Acc) (UWC), CA (SA) D Alexander, PGDA, PG Dip (Tax Law), (PG Dip (Management) (UCT), CA (SA) L Shinga, BCom (Hons) (UCT), CA (SA) B Smith, PGDA, MCom (UCT), CA (SA) Programme Officer: C Jacobs, BA (UWC) Administrator: E Felaar, NCM (CPUT)

Page 9: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

9

Administrative Officers: H Gxashe T Thomas, ND Sports Management (CPUT) Administrative Assistant: Z Salie ACADEMIC DEVELOPMENT Senior Lecturer: *VF McGhie, BA (UWC), BA (Hons) (Linguistics) (UWC), MA (Linguistics) (UWC), Higher Diploma in Education (P/G) (UWC), Diploma in Public Relations Practice (Academy of Learning), PhD (US), Lecturer: L Ndesi, BTh (UWC), BA (Hons) ( UWC), MTh (UWC), PGDip (T&L) HE (UWC) Associate Lecturer: P Paleker, BA PGCE, BEd (Hons), MEd, (UWC) Administrative Officers: R May R Kriel EXTENDED PROGRAMME Lecturers: D Desai, BSc (UCT), BSc (Hons) (Western Cape), BMus. (Mus.Lib.), MMus. (Mus. Ed.) (UCT), BEd (SA), PhD (Natal), H.D.L.S. (SA), H.E.D. (SA), L.T.C.L. L Llorente Quesada, BCom (Honours) (UCLV, Cuba); MCom (UWC), MA (Film and Media) (Cape Town) Summa Cum Laude, PGDip (T&L) HE (UWC) Cum Laude R George, BTh, BA (Hons) (UWC) E Muriro, BCom Acc (UWC), BCompt (Hons) (South Africa), Advanced Certificate in Auditing (APT), CA (SA) N Matanga, BCom (Hons), MPhil (UWC) K Mobarak, BCom, (Hons) MCom (UWC) Q Paulsen, BCom (Hons) (UWC) E v d Ross, BCom (Hons) MCom (UWC) P Moodley, (B.PAED-PRIM ED) (UDW), (B.Ed Curriculum Studies – English) (UDW), (Diploma in Ed Management), (RAU), M Ed (UWC) H Naidoo, BA, HDE, BCom (Hons) (UWC) A Khan, BCom (Acc) (UWC), BCom (Hons) Accounting Science (South Africa) SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND FINANCE Director: *R Peters, PhD (UJ), MBL (UNISA), BCom (Hons) (UWC), BCom Senior Professor: P Hirschsohn, PhD (MIT), MSc (Oxon), BCom (Hons) (South Africa), BBusSc (UCT) Professor: F Herbst, DCom (Pretoria), MCom (Pretoria), National Higher Diploma: Post School Education (Technikon SA), BCom (Hons) (UNISA), BCom (Pretoria) Honorary Professor: ET Mazwai, DCom (UP), MBA (Henley Management College) (UK), MDP (Harvard Business School), SMDP (Templeton College, Oxford University) (UK)

Page 10: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

10

Extraordinary Professors: C Friedrich, PhD (University of Berlin) G Nieman M Morris, PhD (VT), MSc (Economics), MBA, BA Hon, BA (WSU) E Brundin Associate Professors: Heng-Hsing Hsieh, PhD (UCT), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND) Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Summa Cum Laude, MIFM, (CFA) K Hodnett, PhD (UCT), MCom (UKZN), BCom (Hons) (UND), Cum Laude, BCom (UND) Senior Lecturers: P Brijlal, PhD (UWC), MBA (Durban Westville), HDE (Natal), BSc (Natal) W Brown, PhD (US), MBA (Finance) (Manchester), BSc (UCT) C Steyn, PhD (Pretoria), MPhil Cum Laude (USB), BA Cum Laude (USB), Certificate in Coaching Practice (US) A Bayat, PhD (US), MCom (UWC), BCom (Hons) (UWC), BA (Medina) Lecturers: M Botha (MCom) (UCT), BCom (Hons) (UWC), BCom (UWC) R Albertus, PhD (UCT), MBA (Wits), HDip Tax (North West Uni) PGDM (Wits), CIS (Wits) G Caseley, MBA (Wits) Cum Laude, BCom Hons (South Africa) Cum Laude, BCom (UNP) P Saungweme, Dip Ed (UZim), BCom (Hons) MGMT & Finance (Midlands State), MBA (NUST (ZIM) L Svenson, BCom (Hons), MCom (UWC) G van Gensen, BA (UWC), MBA (Univ of Wales), BDA DTech (CUT) Senior Administrator: D Arendse, BTech (CPUT) Administrative Officers: M Orrie, ADM (UWC) M Paulsen, ADM (UWC) ECONOMICS Professor: *MK Ocran, BSc (Ghana), MPhil (Ghana), PhD (US) Associate Professor: KCD Yu, BBA (South Africa), BEcon (Hons), MEcon (US), PhD (US) Senior Lecturer: A Bayat, BA (UNISA), BECN Honours (UWC), Postgraduate Diploma in Economics (University of Colorado, Boulder Colorado (USA), MA Development Economics (Williams College, USA), PhD (UWC) Lecturers: M Moses, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ) (UWC) C Christian, BSc (Physio) (UCT), BEcon (Hons) (UWC) (Cum Laude), MEcon (UWC) (Cum Laude) C Swanepoel, BCom (US), (Hons) (US), MCom (Econ) (US)

Page 11: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

11

R Beukes, BCom, BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ) (UWC) V Matsebula, BCom (Econ), BCom (Econ) (Hons), MCom (Econ) (NWU) Administrative Officers: C Dilgee C Arnold N Mhlongo, BA (UCT), (PDOM) (UCT) INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY Professor: F Abrahams, BEcon, BCom (Hons) (Cum Laude), MEcon (UWC), DCom (UNISA), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA) Associate Professor: COK Allen-Ile, LLB (Law), BSc (Hons), General & Applied Psychology, MSc (Organisational Psychology, PhD (Human Resource Management), Registered as Master Human Resource Practitioner (SABPP) and admitted as Advocate of the High Court of South Africa. Extraordinary Professors: C Lance, PhD (GIT– USA) D Rupp, PhD Industrial/Organisational Psychology (CSU) C Theron, PhD (US) A Boshoff, DCom (NMMU) MO Samuel, PhD (UFH and US) Senior Lecturers: M du Plessis, BA, BA (Hons) MA (Human Resource Management (US), PhD (Industrial Psychology) (UWC), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA) *B Mahembe, BSc (Hons) (UZ), BCom (Hons) (Industrial Psychology) (UFH), MComm (Industrial Psychology) (UFH), MComm (Psych) (US), PhD (Industrial Psychology) (US) R Jano, BCom (Hons), MCom (UWC), Registered Industrial Psychologist (HPCSA) Lecturers: D Hamman-Fisher, NDipl (HR and Bus Econ) (CPUT), BAdmin (Hons), MA (Cum Laude) (UWC) R Oliver, BCom (Hons), MCom (UWC) M Naidoo, BCom (Hons), MCom (UWC) Administrative Officers: F Jasson, BA (US) L Thomas INFORMATION SYSTEMS Professor: SL Pather, DTech: IT (CPUT), MPA (UKZN), ADPA, PGDPA (UDW), DiP Education (UNISA) Extraordinary Professor: Dr Dan Remenyi, PhD (Burnel), MBA (UCT), BSocSci (Natal) Senior Lecturers: *M E Jantjies, PhD Comp Sci (UWAR), MSc Computing (OBU), BCom Hons Informatics (UP), BCom (IS) (NWU) JK Njenga, PhD, MCom (IM) (UWC), BSc (Computer Science) (Nairobi) J Breytenbach, BCom Mathematics (US), MCom IT (UFS), PhD IS (UP)

Page 12: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

12

Lecturers: N Davids-Latief BCom, BCom Hons (IS) Cum Laude, MCom (Info Man) Cum Laude (UWC) G Hearn, BInst-Agrar Hons (Pretoria), BSc for (Silviculture) US (MSAIF) C van den Berg, BCom Marketing (UP), MBA (USB), MPhil Future Studies (USB) F Petersen, BCom (IS) (UCT), BCom IS (Hons) (UCT), MCom (IS) (UWC) L Kimani, MCom, (Hons) (IS), BCom (UWC) S Viljoen, MTech (IT) (CUT) Administrative Officers L Wildscut, BCom (UWC) W Mwaba, BA (NWU) A Mujawamilya, BCom, BCom (Hons), MPhil (Population Studies) (UWC) LAW FACULTY Mercantile Law and Labour Law Head of Department: Prof ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch),

LLD (UWC) Associate Professors: DB Hamman, BA, LLB (Stellenbosch), LLM, LLD

(UCT) PM Lenaghan, BLC, LLB (Pretoria), LLM, LLD

(UWC), Attorney, Notary and Conveyancer of the High Court of SA

ED Malherbe, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), LLD (UWC)

MS Wandrag, B Iuris, LLB, LLM (Free State), LLM (Cantab), Advocate of the High Court of SA

Senior Lecturer: GF Kotze, BA, LLB, LLM (Stellenbosch), Advocate of the High Court of SA

Lecturers: Y Basson, LLB, LLM, LLD (UWC) E Huysamen, LLB, LLM (Cum Laude)

(Stellenbosch), Attorney of the High Court of SA F Moosa, B Proc, LLB (UWC) LLM (UCT), LLD

(UWC), Attorney of the High Court of SA B Mupangavanhu, LLB (Fort Hare), LLM (Natal),

PhD (UCT) N Salie, BSc Physio, LLB, LLM (UWC) Professor Emeritus: D Du Toit, BA, LLB (UCT), LLD (Leiden), Prof

Emeritus (UWC), Attorney of the High Court of SA Administrator: Ms O Xako, Nat. Dip. B Tech (CPUT) POLITICAL STUDIES Professors: *L Piper, PhD (Cambridge) B Mnogomezulu, PhD (Rice Uni), MA (Pol) (UNISA), MA (History) (Rice Uni), BA Hons (Pol Studies) (UWC), BA (Pedagogics Education) (Uni of Zululand) Associate Professors: C Africa, (PhD) (UCT) J Pretorius, PhD (Cambridge) Extraordinary Associate Professor: P Assmo, PhD (Goteborg), MA (Goteborg) Senior Lecturer: F Anciano, PhD (University of London)

Page 13: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

13

Lecturer: N Matshanda, PhD (University of Edinburgh) JM Hoskins, BA, BProc, LLB, LLM (UWC) Extra-ordinary Senior Researchers: B von Lieres, DPhil (University of Essex) J Wheeler, PhD (IDS, Sussex) Extra-ordinary Researcher: S Kim, PhD (UWC) Administrative Officer: N Jansen Administrative Assistant: M Moses, (MAdmin) (UWC) MATHEMATICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS Dept Chairperson: Prof D Holgate, PhD (UCT) Senior Professor: Prof K Patidar, PhD (IIT Kanpur) Prof PJ Witbooi, MSc (UWC), PhD (Cape Town) Professors: Prof D Holgate, PhD (UCT) Prof ECS Mwambene, BSc (Hons) (Malawi), MSc

(London), Dr rer nat (Vienna) Emeritus Professor: Prof RL Fray, MSc (UWC), MSc, PhD

(Stellenbosch) Extra-Ordinary Professor: Prof J Key, MPHIL, PhD (London) Senior Lecturers: Dr W Fish, HDE, MSc (Math Ed) (South Africa),

MSc (Cape Town), PhD (UWC) Dr C Makasu, DPhil (Zimbabwe) Dr J Munyakazi, PhD (UWC) Lecturers: Dr GE Muller, PhD (UWC) Dr A Razafindrakoto, PhD (US) Dr D Solomons, PhD (UCT) Associate Lecturers: Ms S Maku-Vyambwera, BSc (Walter Sisulu), BSc

(Hons), MSc (UWC) ECP Lecturer: Dr J Swanepoel, MITE (Institute of Engineering

Surveyor) BSc, BEd, (UWC), MEd (Math) (UCT), PhD (Cornell)

Chief Officer: Mr A Taylor, HDE, MSc (UWC) Senior Officers: Ms L Adams, MSc (UCT) Ms F Karriem, MSc (UWC) Officer: Vacant Admin Officers: Ms GL Hendricks, Dipl Ex Secr (Bellville

Academy/Boston House), MDP (UWC) Ms N Lukas, BTech (CPUT) STATISTICS AND POPULATION STUDIES Professor: Prof RJ Blignaut, BSc (UJ), BSc (Hons) (UP), MSc (UCT), PhD (UP) Associate Professors: Prof A Sathiya Susuman, PhD (Kerela) *Prof N Stiegler, PhD (UWC), DEA Analyse Démographique (Bordeaux Montesquieu), Maitrise Administration Economique et Sociale (Bordeaux IV) Licence (Bordeaux I) Prof G Tati, PhD (Bristol), DEA (Pantheon Sorbonne), MSc (IFORD), Maitrise, Licence (Congo) Emeritus Professors: Prof D Kotze Prof C Koen Extraordinary Professors: Prof E van der Merwe, PhD (NMMU)

Page 14: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

14

Prof A. Fauve-Chamoux), PhD (Ecole des Hautes Etudes en Sciences Sociales, Paris, France) Lectures: Mrs R Jacobs, MSc (UWC) Ms R Lombard Jacobus, MSc (UWC) Mr A Latief, MSc (UWC) Dr R Luus, MComm, PhD (US) Extraordinary Senior Lecturer: Dr E Omoluabi, PhD (IEDUP, University of Paris) Extraordinary Researcher: Mrs E Jordaan, MSc (UWC) Chief Officer: Mrs C Morkel, MPhil (UWC) Senior Officer: Mr HC Brydon, MSc (UWC) Administrative Officer: Ms J de Doncker, BCom (Hons) (UWC) SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT Director: Vacant Senior Professor: JJ Williams, BA, BA (Hons), HED (Cum Laude), MA (UWC), MUP (Master of Planning), PhD (U Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, USA) Professors: G Ruiters, MA (Wits), PhD (John Hopkins, USA) MV Esau, BAdmin (Hons), MAdmin, PhD (UWC) I Ille, BEd (Hons) (University of Ibadan) (Nigeria), MPA (UN), PhD (Public Affairs) (UP) L Pretorius, PGD in Econ, Adv Dipl in Educ, HDE, BA (UCT), MA (UCT), PhD (UWC) Extraordinary Professor: M Kahn, PhD (Imperial College, London), MA (University of London). Senior Lecturers: G Davids, PhD (UWC) M Okandrias Lecturer: M Makiva, BAdmin (Hons) (UWC), MAdmin (UWC), PhD (UWC) Manager Training and Consultancy: E Hamza, MAdmin (Public Administration) (US), BAdmin (Hons) (UWC) Finance Manager: A D Roman, MAdmin (Public Finance) (UWC), BCom (Hons) (UWC) BA (UWC), HDE (UWC) Librarian: N Seymour, BA, B Admin (Hons) (UWC) Administrators: B Du Plessis, ADM (UWC), BCom (Hons) (Management) (UWC) L Festers, BAdmin (Hons) (UWC) V Haywood, PGDG (UWC) Administrative Officers: F Hendricks, Secretarial Diploma (Todds Commercial College) L Eyssen FAIR SHARE UNIT: Head: T Khaile, MA in Public Management (Wits), MPhil Public Law (UWC) Administrative Officers: F Miso, BA (Hons), MPA (UWC) L Petersen, HCED (Certificate), BCom Law, BAdmin (Hons) (UWC) Administrative Assistant: B Maart, ADPA (UWC)

Page 15: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

15

AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP & DEMOCRACY (ACCEDE) Director/Professor: L Thompson, BA (UCT), BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes), PhD (UWC) Researcher: P Tsolekile De Wet, MA (Masters is in Urban Infrastructure Design & Management) (UCT) INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) DST/NRF Research Chair/Sen Prof: B Cousins, BA (South Africa), DPhil (Zim) Director /Prof: *A du Toit, MA (US), PhD (Essex) Deputy Director: M Hara, MSc (Humberside), PhD (UWC) Associate Professors: R Hall, BSocSc (Hons) (UCT), MPhil (Oxford) DPhil (Sussex) M Isaacs, MPhil, PhD (UWC) Senior Researcher: B Tapela, MA (Pretoria), MPhil, PhD (Western Cape) D Neves, BA (Hons), MA (Rhodes) Researchers: C Hakizimana, BTh (Hons), MDevStud (KwaZulu- Natal) E Sulle, BA (Tanzania), M.Pub Policy (Maryland) R Joala, BA (Hons), (UJ); MA (UPEC, France) N Gumede, BSc, MAgric (UKZN) A Dubb, BA (Hons) (Rhodes) MPhil (UWC) Administrative Manager: U Arends, BA (Hons), MA (UWC), Dip AdultEd (UCT) Financial Manager: T Reddy, Dipl Fin Acc (Instit of Admin & Comm) Senior Finance Officer: D Delpaul, Nat Dipl (Internal Auditing), (CPUT) Senior Administrator: C Henry, BCom, BCom Hons (UWC) Administrative Officers: J van Dieman, BA (UWC), Secr Dipl (Collingwood) B Malama, BA (Hons) (UWC) INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT (ISD) Director of the COE/ Director: J May, BSocSc (UN), BSocSc (Hons) (UN), MSocSc (UN), PhD (UKZN) Acting Director: S P Penderis, PhD (UWC), MA (Cum Laude) (US), BA (Hons) (Cum Laude), BA (US) Extraordinary Professor: S Devereux, BA (UCT), MPhil, DPhil (Oxon) Senior Lecturers: M F Dinbabo, BSc, MA (UWC), MA (RUB), PhD (UWC) Y Zembe, BSocSc (UCT) PhD, (Public Health Sciences) (Karolinska Institutet) Lecturers: N Kock, B-Iuris, LLB (UWC), Admitted advocate of the High Court of South Africa C M Conradie, BA, BA (Hons) (Cum Laude) (Pretoria), MA (Cum Laude) (UWC), MPhil (Cum Laude) (US) A Karriem, BA, BA (Hons) (UWC), M.R.P, PhD (CU) Administrative Officer: P M Kippie

Page 16: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

16

AFRICAN CENTRE FOR CITIZENSHIP AND DEMOCRACY The African Centre for Citizenship & Democracy (ACCEDE) was established in 2007 in the School of Government and aims to: Research and disseminate findings on inclusive citizenships in the region and in the continent. Promote research into grassroots organisations and movement Raise public awareness of southern African citizen-centred questions through conferences, symposia, and workshops. SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT The mission of the School of Government at the University of the Western Cape is to contribute to the development of policies, institutions, and practices of democratic governance by means of: Appropriately educated and trained elected officials and administrators; knowledge through research which will inform policy making in the spheres of governance and administration; the promotion of the values of democratic accountability, social equity, ethical conduct, transparency, responsiveness and representativeness as key dimensions of the process of political and administrative transformation in South Africa. Broadening the School’s target groups to include a greater number of students, particularly black students and women, who possess practical experience not only in the public service but in other related sectors (NGOs, Unions, CBOs etc.); making the School’s programmes a more relevant to a wider African audience; introducing new forms of teaching and learning methodologies, that are innovative, interactive and experiential in focus, and designed to stimulate critical thinking and problem solving; and more varied and imaginative assessment procedures, designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge. INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS) Vision and Mission PLAAS engages in research, training, policy development and advocacy in relation to land and agrarian reform, rural governance and natural resource management. PLAAS is committed to social change that empowers the poor, builds democracy, and enhances sustainable livelihoods. Gender equity is integral to these goals. PLAAS aims for rigour in its scholarship, excellence in its training, and effectiveness in its policy support and advocacy. It strives to play a critical yet constructive role in processes of social, economic, and political transformation. FAIR SHARE Fair Share is a unit of the School of Government, at the University of the Western Cape. Within the School of Government’s broad vision of fostering democratic and effective governance, Fair Share assists civil society organisations to participate in municipal governance. The focus of our work is to strengthen the capacity of communities to participate effectively in municipal planning and budgeting processes.

Page 17: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

17

Meaningful participation of communities in municipal planning and budgeting processes has been a key focus of Fair Share’s programmes since its inception. Through its two main programmes, i.e. the Certificate in Economic Development and the Local Government Partnership Programme, Fair Share has developed various capacity building interventions for communities, community organisations, ward committees, municipal councillors, municipal officials and a broad range of non-governmental organisations including trade unions. Programmes Local Economic Development (LED) The Local Economic Development Programme is aimed at strengthening the capacity of community leaders and local officials to play a meaningful role in local governance. It is presented as a qualification as well as separate stand-alone course. The programme is at National Qualification Framework Level 5. Higher Certificate in Economic development (HCED) The HCED is an accredited programme offered at National Qualifications Framework Level 5. It was designed to meet the demand for street economists who are able to assist the organizations to participate in the economic development processes of their communities. The HCED is an in-depth programme delivered over a period of one year. The HCED is offered through both an on-site learning as well as a distance education model utilizing adult education principles and methods. Participants are required to apply their learning in their community and organisational contexts. Participants are recruited from all provinces. Most of our participants are from community-based organizations, non-governmental organizations and from municipalities. Advanced Diploma in Public Administration The ADPA is a South African Qualification Authority (SAQA) accredited qualification at National Qualifications Framework (NQF) level 6. The ADPA is aimed at those already working in government, municipalities and development organisations in South Africa and other developing countries. It is targeted in particular at those who aspire to advance to senior positions within govwernment, municipalities and development sectors. Research and Publications Our main publication is Partnership in Action. This publication is used for among other things to share with our partners and communities the valuable insights and lessons we made from working with communities. It is produced quarterly and highlights our collective reflection of our work.

Page 18: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

18

THE ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT UNIT (EDU) The Entrepreneurship Development Unit (EDU) is located in the School of Business and Finance (SBF). The mission of the (EDU) is to promote enterprise development focusing on the small and medium enterprise (SME) sector, including building the capacity of existing businesses to take advantage of linkage opportunities within the local economy. Furthermore, through the provision of specific training and counselling support/consulting services, its goal is to equip entrepreneurs (both students and SME owners) to be able to manage more effectively and efficiently. The Unit seeks to work in partnership with organizations strategically placed to promote economic growth and development within the South African context. The specific aims are: To coordinate research, training and consulting which focuses on the sector To coordinate and grow a practical project for final year undergraduate students of the SBF which gives them the opportunity to earn credits by completing a project for a large firm or providing a business consultancy service to a small or micro enterprise To partner the SBF in developing and teaching a specialized entrepreneurship programme to aspirant entrepreneurs and SME owners to develop professionalize and grow their operations, Enable graduates to work with NGO’s, government, financial institutions in providing management, financial consultancy and other support to the SME sector. To provide consultancy services and develop sustainable relationships with the SME community To develop and present short courses to address particular SME organizational requirements and To develop, coordinate and teach a range of certificated courses and Entrepreneur Development Programmes, either as stand-alone programmes or in conjunction with other units in the Faculty.

Page 19: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

19

RULES FOR PROGRAMMES ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION - 1605 D.89 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the following will apply: Advance Diploma in Public Administration (General/ Public Finance) D.89.1 Admission into General Stream: (a) A Bachelor’s degree or National Diploma (360) credits OR (b) A matric certificate (NSC) and a minimum of 10 years of appropriate practical work experience in the areas of public administration, economics and business. OR (c) Applicants wishing to make claims of equivalence will be subject to an internal selection process by interview in accordance with the RPL Policy and Rules D.89.2 Admission into Public Finance Stream: (a) An appropriate Bachelor’s degree or National Diploma (360 credits) (Financial Accounting at level 2 is required for Public Finance stream) OR (b) A matric certificate (NSC) and a minimum of 10 years of appropriate practical work experience in the areas of public administration, economics or business OR (c) Applicants wishing to make claims of equivalence will be subject to an internal selection process by interview in accordance with the RPL Policy and Rules D.90 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.91 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.91.1 The curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time or 2-years part-time D.91.2 The ADPA will be presented on a day-time block release basis or part-time study in the evenings.

Page 20: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

20

D.92 CURRICULUM D.92.1 The programme consists of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 credits as follows: Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Introduction to Governance and Administration in Pub Sect PUA611 20 Public Policy PUA612 20 Economics and Public Finance PUA616 20 Stream: General Electives (Select All) Managing Information and Communication. PUA613 20 Leadership and Managing People. PUA614 20 Managing Operations in Public Sector PUA615 20 Stream: Public Finance Electives( Select All) Public Sector Financial Management PUA617 20 Performance Measurement and Auditing PUA618 20 Public Sector Financial Reporting PUA619 20 TOTAL 120 D.93 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.93.1 A variety of integrated assessment methods will be used (both formative and summative) D.93.2 These will be designed to test practical skills and competencies as well as theoretical and descriptive knowledge D.93.3 The assessment method includes tests and examinations, as well as a range of academic and practical assignments (essays, practical research reports, policy papers, case studies, individual and group projects and presentations) D.93.4 A minimum of 50% required to attain the qualification. Students would be afforded the opportunity to supplement examinations and assignment and to repeat a maximum of 2 modules D.94 PROMOTION RULES D.94.1 Full Time Full time students are required to complete the diploma in one year with an additional year of registration if required. D.94.2 Part-Time D.94.2.1 Part-time students should obtain 60 credits in the 1st year of study. D.94.2.2 Students should complete the diploma in the 2nd year with an additional year of registration if required.

Page 21: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

21

ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT (ADM) (1612 – F/T) / (1613-PT) D.95 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.95.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (ADM) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D.95.2 A Bachelor’s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Management or Finance; D.95.3 A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience; D.95.4 Anyone who has passed the SBF’s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules. D.95.5 Anyone who has passed the SBF’s MDP, having passed all four modules with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters part- time) D.95.6 Under University regulation A.2.1.4 applicants who do not have a national diploma or degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme. D.95.7 Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.95.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.95.7.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.95.7.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.95.7.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.95.7.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.95.8 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have D.95.8.1 Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form; D.95.8.2 Furnished proof of previous work experience; D.95.8.3 Provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.95.8.4 Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.95.8.5 Written the SBF’s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place;

Page 22: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

22

D.95.8.6 Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.96 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School’s admission evaluation. D.97 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits. D.98 CURRICULUM D.98.1 Students are required to complete 8 modules. There are five core modules plus a choice of one Finance module. In addition, students may choose any two electives. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules (5 modules = 75 credits) Business Information Systems ADM647 15 Principles of Management and Business ADM618 15 Marketing ADM620 15 Operations Management ADM623 15 Contempory Business Communication ADM626 15 Business Finance ADM668 15 Electives: Choose at least 2 Recommended Electives: Admission to Honours Economics for Managers ADM617 15 Principles of Management Accounting ADM619 15 Other Electives: Choose a maximum of 2 Employee Management MAN651 15 Entrepreneurship ADM607 15 Project Management MAN620 15 Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Strategic Management ADM629 15 TOTAL 120 D.98.2 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Management. D.98.3 A student who: (a) has completed module(s) equivalent to the listed modules at HEQF level 6 or higher within the past 5 years; (b) has provided supporting evidence of the completed module outcomes and content, and (c) has applied in writing for recognition of the equivalence prior to the first registration and

Page 23: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

23

(d) whose application has been approved by the SBF Director (e) shall register for alternate HEQF level 7 moudles selected from the list of replace modules that are aligned with the programme outcomes as approved by the SBF Director D.98.4 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graudate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for recognition of such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. D.99 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.99.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module. D.99.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.99.3 to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of Management division, accepts a sub-minimum of 48% as a final mark in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits. D.99.4 A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall

be awarded a Senate Discretionary Assessment (SDA) if s/he meets the requirements of A.5.2.8. (General University Calendar).

D.99.4 Note: This rule shall not apply to electives as the student may complete any elective in one semester to complete the qualification. D.99.5 Unless otherwise stated the General Assessment rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall apply D.100 PROMOTION RULES D.100.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.100.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.

Page 24: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

24

D.101 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION D.101.1 A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM in the second year of enrolment. D.101.2 A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless: D.101.2.1 he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment; D.101.2.2 he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment.

Page 25: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

25

ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT IN FINANCE - 1610 D.102 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.102.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D.102.2 A Bachelor’s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Finance; D.102.3 A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience; D.102.4 Anyone who has passed the SBF’s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules. D.102.5 Anyone who has passed the SBF’s MDP, having passed all four modules with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters part- time) D.102.6 Under University regulation A.2.1.4 applicants who do not have a national diploma or degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme. D.102.7 Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.102.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.102.7.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.102.7.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.102.7.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.102.7.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.102.8 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have D.102.8.1 Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form; D.102.8.2 Furnished proof of previous work experience; D.102.8.3 Provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.102.8.4 Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.102.8.5 Written the SBF’s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.102.8.6 Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so.

Page 26: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

26

D.103 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School’s admission evaluation. D.104 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits. D.105 CURRICULUM D.105.1 Students are required to complete 8 core modules Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Business Information Systems ADM647 15 Economics for Managers ADM617 15 Finance Research & Communication FRC611 15 Financial Accounting ACC681 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 Principles of Management Accounting ADM619 15 Principles of Management and Business ADM618 15 Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Students who have completed equivalents to the core modules at HEQC level 6 or higher may complete up to 3 of the following with the written permission of the Head of Division: Finance Financial and Analytical Techniques ADM610 15 Strategic Management ADM629 15 Investment Management ADM605 15 Investment Analysis MAN680 15 TOTAL 120 D.105.2 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Management. D.105.3 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis.

Page 27: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

27

D.106 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.106.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module. D.106.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.106.3 to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits. D.106.4 A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall be awarded a Senate Discretionary Assessment (SDA) if s/he meets the requirements of A.5.2.8. (General University Calendar). D.106.5 Unless otherwise stated the General Assessment rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall apply D.107 PROMOTION RULES D.107.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.107.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.108 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION D.108.1 A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM in the second year of enrolment. D.108.2 A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless: D.108.2.1 he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment; D.108.2.2 he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment.

Page 28: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

28

ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT IN FINANCIAL PLANNING - 1615 D.109 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.109.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance) offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D.109.2 A Bachelor’s degree or a three-year national diploma or equivalent in any field other than Finance; D.109.3 A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least ten years appropriate practical experience; D.109.4 Anyone who has passed the SBF’s Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 50% average, having passed all Senior MDP modules. D.109.5 Anyone who has passed the SBF’s MDP, having passed all four modules with a minimum of 60% at the first attempt in the minimum time period (2 semesters part- time) D.109.6 Under University regulation A.2.1.4 applicants who do not have a national diploma or degree are required to demonstrate that they have attained a level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embark on the programme. D.109.7 Foreign national applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission to the ADM if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.109.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.109.7.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.109.7.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.109.7.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.109.7.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.109.8 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have D.109.8.1 Completed the SBF and the UWC Application Form; D.109.8.2 Furnished proof of previous work experience; D.109.8.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.109.8.4 Submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.109.8.5 Written the SBF’s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.109.8.6 Attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so.

Page 29: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

29

D.110 SELECTION As a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the SBF on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on prior academic record, work experience, referee reports from employers/academics and performance in the School’s admission evaluation. D.111 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the curriculum shall extend over 1 year full-time (if offered) or 2 years part-time and shall consist of modules with a total credit value of at least 120 NQF credits. D.112 CURRICULUM D.112.1 Students are required to complete 8 modules. There are six core modules plus two electives. Students either choose Quantitative Analysis and Financial Management OR Principles of Management and Business Finance. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Principles of Management Accounting ADM619 15 Economics for Managers ADM617 15 Principles of Short-term Insurance IST611 15 Principles of Long-term Insurance and Retirement Planning LTI614 15 Tax and Estate Duty ADM631 15 Financial Planning ADM632 15 Electives: Choose 1 of: Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Principles of Management and Business ADM618 15 Electives: Choose 1 of: Financial Management ADM622 15 Business Finance ADM668 15 Recommended electives for admission to PG studies in Finance Quantitative Analysis ADM616 15 Financial Management ADM622 15 Students who have completed equivalents to the above modules at HEQC level 6 or higher shall complete up to 4 of the following with the written permission of the Head of Division: Finance Finance Research and Communication FRC611 15 Financial Accounting ADM681 15 Business Information Systems ADM647 15 Investment Analysis ADM680 15 Investment Management ADM605 15 TOTAL 120 D.112.2 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within a completed qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, replacement modules to the equivalent credit value offered by the SBF shall be completed from the electives listed above, subject to the approval of the Head of Division: Finance.

Page 30: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

30

D.112.3 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, or graduate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. D.112.4 Where a student has passed equivalent courses within an incomplete qualification at undergraduate level, up to 5 years prior to application, application for such credits may be considered by the School on an individual basis. D.113 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.113.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 40% for the applicable module. D.113.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.113.3 to pass a module a candidate for the ADM must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module; provided that Senate, on recommendation of the head of department, accepts a sub-minimum of 45% as a final mark in two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits. D.113.4 A student who has only one module outstanding for the completion of the ADM shall

be awarded a Senate Discretionary Assessment (SDA) if s/he meets the requirements of A.5.2.8. (General University Calendar).

D.113.5 Note: This rule shall not apply to electives as the student may complete any elective in one semester to complete the qualification. D.113.6 Unless otherwise stated the General Assessment rules for First Degree Studies (A.5.2) shall apply D.114 PROMOTION RULES D.114.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.114.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.

Page 31: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

31

D.115 REQUIREMENTS FOR RE-REGISTRATION D.115.1 A full-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed 90 credits (or 6 modules) in the first year of enrolment and can complete the ADM in the second year of enrolment. D.115.2 A part-time student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless: D.115.2.1 he/she has passed 45 credits (or 3 modules) for every year (2 semesters) of enrolment; D.115.2.2 he/she can complete the ADM in the third year of enrolment.

Page 32: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

32

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MANAGEMENT (PGDM) – 1623 (Not Offered in 2018) D.116 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.116.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Management or Finance offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D.116.1.1 A Bachelor’s degree, majoring in Management or Finance or a cognate subject, or equivalent qualification. D.116.1.2 The ADM specializing in Management, Finance or Financial Planning or equivalent qualification (HEQF Level 7). D.116.2 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have: D.116.2.1 completed the School’s application form; D.116.2.2 submitted proof of previous work experience; D.116.2.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.116.2.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.116.2.5 written the School’s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.116.2.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.116.3 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.116.3.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.116.3.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.116.3.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.116.3.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.116.3.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.117 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

Page 33: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

33

D.118 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time. D.118 CURRICULUM D.118.1 Students choose eight modules from the modules listed below. D.118.1.1 Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below unless they have completed equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher. D.118.1.2 Compulsory modules listed below should be completed in the first year of enrolment. D.118.1.3 If more than four compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below a maximum of 60 credits (4 modules) will be counted towards the qualification. D.118.1.4 The remaining credits shall be selected from the electives listed below. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics for Managers MAN749 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Research and Communication for Business RCB711 15 Marketing MAN754 15 Operations Management MAN757 15 Principles of Management Accounting MAN753 15 Principles of Management and Business MAN751 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 Electives Advanced Employee Management MAN714 15 Management Research MRP711 15 Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Advanced Marketing MAN702 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Entrepreneurship & Enterprise Development MAN711 15 Financial Management MAN756 15 Global Marketing MAN719 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Management Research Report MRR712 15 Marketing Research MAN707 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Quantitative Analysis MAN748 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Strategy and Global Competition MAN726 15 Supply Chain Management MAN730 15 World Class Operations MAN721 15 One of the following modules is required for Admission to Masters Analytical and Critical Thinking MAN746 15 Management Research MRP711 15 Consumer Research CRO711 15 TOTAL 120

Page 34: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

34

D.119 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.119.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c). D.119.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.119.3 to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub- minimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%. D.120 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.120.1 A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.120.2 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.121 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration.

Page 35: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

35

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCE – 1624 D.122 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.122.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Finance offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D.122.1.1 A Bachelor’s degree with at least 30 credits in Finance or a cognate subject at the final year level; D.122.1.2 The ADM (Finance) or equivalent qualification (HEQF level 7) specialising in Finance; D.122.1.3 The ADM or ADM (Financial Planning) with Finance Management, Management Accounting and Economics (HEQF level 7) OR the equivalent qualification D.122.1.4 A student holding the ADM or ADM (Financial Planning) may only be admitted to the Postgraduate Diploma in Finance if s/he has passed Financial Management with at least 50% CAM and 50% EM or equivalent level 7 qualification D.122.2 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have: D.122.2.1 completed the School’s application form; D.122.2.2 submitted proof of previous work experience; D.122.2.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.122.2.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.122.2.5 written the School’s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.122.2.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.122.3 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.122.3.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.122.3.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.122.3.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.122.3.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.122.3.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3.

Page 36: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

36

D.123 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.124 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time. D.125 CURRICULUM D.125.1 Core modules (60 credits) and 4 elective modules (60 credits) from the modules listed below D.125.2 Students must complete all core modules listed below unless they: (a) have completed equivalent modules within the past 5 years as determined by the Head of Finance Division (b) has provided supporting evidence of the completed module outcomes and content, and (c) has applied in writing for recognition of equivalence prior to the first registration, and (d) whose application has been approved by SBF Director (e) shall register for alternate HEQF level 9 modules in the listed elective modules in the listed elective modules offered by the SBF that are aligned with the programme outcomes. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Foundation Modules (Maximum of 60 credits) Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15 Finance Research FRP711 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA712 15 Electives (60 credits minimum) Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Insurance Long Term IST713 15 Short Term Insurance and Risk IST712 15 Retirement Planning RPP715 15 Finance Seminar MAN742 15 Contemporary Management Topics (Corporate Governance) MAN709 15 Advanced Financial Analysis MAN706 15 TOTAL 120

Page 37: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

37

D.126 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.126.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c). D.126.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.126.3 to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub- minimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%. D.127 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.127.1 A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.127.2 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.128 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration.

Page 38: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

38

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN FINANCIAL PLANNING – 1625 D.129 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.129.1 Persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Financial Planning offered by the School of Business and Finance [SBF]: D.129.1.1 A Bachelor’s degree majoring in Financial Planning or equivalent; D.129.1.2 The ADM specialising in Financial Planning or equivalent. RPL: Access to the programme can also be provided in terms of the University’s RPL Policy and its admission criteria as stipulated by the Senate. In the RPL process the students have to undergo a Portfolio Development Course to support the student’s admission. The PDC will focus on written submission explaining the reasons for the candidate’s interest in Financial Planning an adjunct to their existing professional competencies and indicating the nature of a possible research project. D.129.2 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.129.2.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.129.2.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.129.2.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.129.2.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.129.2.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.130 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.131 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time.

Page 39: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

39

D.132 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Financial Planning Environment FPE701 30 Corporate Financial Planning FPE702 30 Personal Financial Planning FPE703 30 Case Study FPE704 30 TOTAL 120 D.133 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.133.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5(c). D.133.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination D.133.3 to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub- minimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, for all modules. To pass the Case Study Module, a candidate must obtain a final mark-minimum of 60% in the examination or final assessment task. D.133.4 Refer to Rule A.5.3.6 for pass requirements. D.134 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.134.1 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. D.135 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration.

Page 40: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

40

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (LAS) - 1616 D.136 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS For admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies, applicants should have obtained an undergraduate degree with an average of 60% in the final assessment of the exit-modules in Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geographical and/or Environmental Studies, with at least three years relevant experience in poverty, land and agrarian reform and sustainable natural resource management. For those applicants without first degrees, recognition of prior learning (RPL) procedures will apply to candidates with extensive work experience (at least ten years) in land and agrarian reform, rural development, natural resources and gender issues, and with good writing abilities. The most likely candidates for RPL applications are experienced practitioners who may not have had the opportunity to engage in higher education, or who may only have a diploma or certificate qualification. D.137 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.138 DURATION The duration of the Postgraduate Diploma is one year full-time subject to Rule A.4.1. D.139 CURRICULUM Students will be required to complete the four taught modules. Teaching and learning will take place of two teaching blocks consisting of three weeks each. All modules and attendance are compulsory. Students who successfully complete the coursework will graduate with a PG Diploma. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Structural Poverty and Marginalised Livelihoods in Southern African Agro- Food Systems LAS711 30 The Political Economy of Land and Agrarian Reform in Southern Africa LAS712 30 Economics of Farming and Food Systems LAS713 30 Social and Ecological Dimensions of Ecosystem Management LAS714 30 TOTAL 120 D.140 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.141 PROGRESS RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year.

Page 41: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

41

D.142 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.143 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme.

Page 42: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

42

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ACCOUNTING – 1507 NB: This diploma , combined with the BCom (Accounting) degree is accredited by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) to prepare candidates for its Initial Test of Competence (ITC). D.144 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Accounting D.144.1 A BCom (Accounting) degree or equivalent (as approved by the Department of Accounting) and D.144.2 Passed all the 3rd year modules of the BCom (Accounting) degree (or equivalent) in one year with a subminimum of 55% for each module and an overall percentage of 57.5%. D.145 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.146 DURATION Unless Senate decides, otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full-time. D.147 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Advanced Financial Accounting ACC721 50 Advanced Auditing ACC741 30 Advanced Management Accounting and Financial Management ACC751 30 Advanced Taxation ACC706 30 TOTAL 140 D.148 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.149 PROMOTION RULES A student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year (eg a 140 credit programme) Requirements to complete the programme: D.149.1 in order to gain admission to write the exam for a module, a student must obtain a minimum CAM of 40% for that subject.

Page 43: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

43

D.149.2 A student is awarded the PGDA if he/she obtains a final mark of at least 50% and a subminimum of at least 45% for the exam for each module D.149.3 The final mark for each module is either: D.149.3.1 40% CAM plus 60% Exam OR D.149.3.2 The Exam mark D.149.4 A student shall gain access to a supplementary examination if they have passed three of the four compulsory modules. D.150 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.151 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme

Page 44: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

44

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (PGDBA) (1626) D.152 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting any one of the following requirements qualify for admission as a candidate for the Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration offered by the School of Business and Finance (SBF) D.152.1 A Bachelor’s degree or equivalent in Management or Finance or a cognate subject or equivalent qaulification D.152.2 The Advanced Diploma in Management, Finance or Financial Planning or an equivalent HEQF level 7 qualification PLUS at least three years appropriate work experience OR; D.152.3 Anyone who has passed both the SBF’s Management Development Programme (MDP) and Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) with a 60% in each module, having passed all eight modules in the minimum time period at the first attempt OR; D.152.4 A Senior Certicate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at lease ten years appropriate work experience PLUS a demonstrated level of competence sufficient to ensure that they can successfully embard on the programme in compliane with University rule A.2.14 D.152.5 An application for admission will only be considered from applicants who have: D.152.5.1 completed the School’s application form; D.152.5.2 submitted proof of previous work experience; D.152.5.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.152.5.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.152.5.5 written the School’s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.152.5.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.152.6 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.152.6.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.152.6.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.152.6.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.152.6.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.152.6.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3.

Page 45: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

45

D.153 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.154 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full-time or 2 years part-time. D.155 CURRICULUM D.155.1 The programme consists of eight (8) compulsory modules from the modules as listed below. D.155.2 A student who D.155.2.1 has completed module(s) equivalent to the listed modules at HEQF level 7 or higher within the past 5 years, D.155.2.2 has provided supporting evidence of the completed module outcomes and content, and D.155.2.3 has applied in writing for recognition of equivalence prior to the first registration, and D.155.2.4 whose application has been approved by the SBF Director D.155.2.5 shall register for alternate HEQF level 8 modules in cognate subjects selected from the list of Recommended Cognate Subjects that are aligned with the programme outcomes as approved by the SBF Director. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Principles of Management and Leadership 763 MAN763 15 Marketing Organization and Management 754 MAN754 15 Operations and Information Management 761 MAN761 15 Economics for Managers MAN749 MAN749 15 Accounting and Finance for Managers 762 MAN762 15 Research & Communication for Business 711 RCB711 15 Employee Management 755 MAN755 15 Strategic Management 769 MAN769 15 TOTAL 120

Page 46: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

46

Recommended Cognate Subjects

Module name Recommended Cognate Subjects Credits Module Code

Principles of Management and Leadership

Advanced General Management Contemporary Management Topics

15 MAN701 MAN709

Marketing Organization and Management

Advanced Marketing Global Marketing

15 MAN702 MAN719

Operations and Information Systems

Supply Chain Management Management Information Systems

15 MAN730 MAN712

Accounting and Finance for Management

Financial Accounting 15 ACC781

Research & Communication for Business

Management Research 15 MRP711

Economics for Managers Contemporary Management Topics 15 MAN709 Employee Management Advanced General Management

Contemporary Management Topics 15 MAN701

MAN709 Strategic Management Project Management

Supply Chain Management 15 MAN720

MAN730 D.156 ASSESSMENT D.156.1 Unless Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.156.2 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5 (c) D.156.3. The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination. D.156.4 to pass a module a candidate must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub- minimum of 50% in the examination or final assessment task, provided that Senate, on recommendation of the Director of the School, may accept a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination or final assessment for no more than two modules with a total credit value of 30 credits, if the final mark is no less than 50%. D.157 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.157.1 A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A Student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.157.2 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme.

Page 47: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

47

D.158 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.159 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme

Page 48: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

48

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY (ICT) - 1618 D.160 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS For admission to the Postgraduate Diploma in Information Communication Technology (ICT), applicants should have obtained an undergraduate degree with an average of 60% in the final assessment of the exit-modules in any field. D.161 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.162 DURATION The duration of the Postgraduate Diploma is one year full-time or two year part-time subject to Rule A.4.1. D.163 CURRICULUM Students will be required to complete the seven taught modules. Teaching and learning will take place in the form of teaching blocks spread across the year. All modules and attendance are compulsory. Students who successfully complete the coursework and the practical internship will graduate with a PG Diploma. The PG Diploma could provide entrance into the Master’s Degree upon consultation with Head of Department of Information Systems Postgrad Diploma in ICT (Information Technology Infrastructure and Application Management) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Information Technology Project IFM701 30 Principles of IT in Business IFM711 15 IT Infrastructure Management IFM712 15 Application Management IFM713 15 IT Service Management IFM714 15 IT Governance & Risk Management IFM721 15 Business Specific Systems & Applications IFM722 15 TOTAL 120 Postgrad Diploma in ICT (Software Development) Software Development Project ISE701 30 Foundations of Object Orientated Programming ISE702 15 Principles of Database Design ISE703 15 User Interface Design ISE704 15 Business Analysis and Design ISE705 15 Business Application Development ISE706 15 Mobile Application Development ISE707 15 TOTAL 120

Page 49: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

49

D.164 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.165 PROGRESS RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.166 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.167 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme.

Page 50: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

50

POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SOFTWARE AND MEDIA APPLICATION (1627) D.168 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise: D.168.1 B-degree with an average of 55% for exit level modules in the areas of Information Systems, Business Management, Computer Science or Statistics PLUS one of: D. 168.2 Information Systems or Computer Science or Statistics at the 2nd year level D. 168.3 B-degree (or equivalent) with two years relevant working experience D.169 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.170 DURATION Unless the Senate determines otherwise the curriculum shall extend over one (1) year full-time and two (2) years part-time. D.171 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Decision-making in Business BIA710 15 Data Management BIA711 15 Data Warehousing and Data Structure BIA712 15 Statistics and Visualisation BIA713 15 Analytics and Business Intelligence BIA714 15 Introduction to Data Mining BIA715 15 Research Project BIA716 30 TOTAL 120 D.172 ASSESSMENT Unless the Senate determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.172.1 to be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 50% for the applicable module, or must comply with Rule A.5.3.5 - A5.3.9. D.172.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either (i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination.

Page 51: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

51

D.173 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to Rule A.3.2.3: D.173.1 A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his or her studies to complete the programme the following year. D.173.2 A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who has accumulated at least 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme D.174 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Except with the special permission of Senate, registration may not be renewed beyond the periods specified in the Promotion rules above, or if the student was not promoted in the previous year of registration.

Page 52: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

52

BCOM (HONOURS) - 1701 D.175 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BCom (Honours) D.175.1 A BCom (or equivalent Commerce degree) with 60% or higher in the final Bachelor’s year in the discipline of choice. D.175.2 Admission into Industrial Psychology D.175.2.1 Students require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) for admission to the Honours programme in Industrial Psychology. D.175.2.2 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a sub- minimum of 55% per module. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of students. D.175.2.3 Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme. D.175.2.4 Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department. D.175.2.5 Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an under- graduate degree BCom but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to complete the outstanding subjects as occasional commerce student. However, the completion of prescribed occasional commerce modules in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who completed the prescribed occasional commerce modules will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of occasional commerce students based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student. D.175.2.6 All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process.

Page 53: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

53

D.175.2.7 A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES: The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total weight for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree. D.175.3 Admission into Economics Students choosing to do an Economics stream in BCom (Hons) should have obtained at least 60% in each of the core areas of Economics: (Macroeconomics, Microeconomics and Econometrics) in the final year of undergraduate studies. D.176 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. D.177 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.178 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Industrial Psychology, and Statistics (students choosing Statistics should liaise directly with the Statistics Department in the Science Faculty) of which students have to select only one (1). D.178.1 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO701 30 Econometrics ECO730 15 Micro-Economics ECO731 15 Macro-Economics ECO732 15 Electives (Choose 3 )* Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15 International Financial Economics ECO713 15 Labour Economics ECO733 15 Public Economics ECO734 15 International Economics ECO735 15 Development Economics ECO736 15 Financial Economics ECO738 15 Mathematical Economics ECO739 15 TOTAL 120 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year

Page 54: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

54

D.178.2 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS701 20 Research Methodology BPS702 30 Psychometrics BPS704 20 Advanced Human Resource Management BPS705 20 Practical Training BPS706 15 Labour Relations BPS707 15 TOTAL 120 D.179 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.180 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.180.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. (eg, a 120 credit programme), subject to Rule D. 180.3 D.180.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. (eg, a 120 credit programme), subject to rule D.180. 3 D.180.3 Core Modules A full-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within four consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. A part-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within six consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. D.181 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.

Page 55: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

55

D.182 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.182.1 Please note that the Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right not to offer a particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the Department. D.182.2 In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) core mdoules, PLUS any two (2) of the electives. The student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. D.182.3 Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules. D.182.4 In the event of a student registering for more than the 2 elective modules required in the Honours programme, the student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (i.e Elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Master’s degree in Industrial Psychology.

Page 56: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

56

BCOM (HONOURS) INFORMATION SYSTEMS - 1703 D.183 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BCom (Honours) Information Systems Bachelors degree or equivalent with 60% in the discipline of choice. D.184 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.185 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.186 CURRICULUM D.186.1 Part-Time Module Name Alpha Code Cred Strategic Information Systems Management IFS740 20 Information Systems Procurement IFS736 20 Information Systems Research Methodology IFS743 20 Information Systems Research Project IFS739 20 Electives (Choose 2) Information and Knowledge Management IFS738 20 The Networked World IFS741 20 Emerging Topics in Information Systems IFS742 20 TOTAL 120 D.186.2 Full –Time Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Delivering Information Systems Benefits IFS735 20 Strategic Information Systems management IFS740 20 Information Systems Procurement IFS736 20 Information Systems Research Methodology IFS743 20 Information Systems Research Project IFS739 20 Elective (Choose 1) End User Practical IFS737 20 Information and Knowledge Management IFS738 20 The Networked world IFS741 20 Emerging Topics in Information Systems IFS742 20 TOTAL 120 D.187 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.

Page 57: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

57

D.188 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3. D.188.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year. (eg, a 120 credit programme) D.188.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 60 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme. (eg, a 120 credit programme) D.189 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.190 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme

Page 58: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

58

BADMIN (HONOURS) - 1711 D.191 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: B Admin (Honours) D.191.1 B.Admin with 60% or higher in the final Bachelor’s year in the discipline of choice. D.191.2 Admission into Industrial Psychology D.191.2.1 Students require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) for admission to the Honours programme in Industrial Psychology. D.191.2.2 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a sub- minimum of 55% per module. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of students. D.191.2.3 Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme. D.191.2.4 Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department. D.191.2.5 Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an under- graduate degree BAdmin but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to complete the outstanding subjects as an ocassional commerce student. However, the completion of prescribed ocassional commerce modules in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who completed the prescribed ocassional commerce modules will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of ocassional students based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student. D.191.2.6 All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. D.191.2.7 A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES: The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree.

Page 59: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

59

D.191.3 Admission into Economics Students choosing to do an Economics stream should have obtained at least 60% in each of the core areas of Economics: (Macroeconomics, Microeconomics and Econometrics) in the final year of undergraduate studies. D.192 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.193 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.194 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics and Industrial Psychology. Students have to select only one (1). D.194.1 Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector PUB701 15 Intro to Public Policy Analysis and Management PUB702 15 Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization andManagement PUB703 15 Human Resources Management and Development PUB704 15 Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB705 15 Research Methods/Essay PUB706 30 Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB707 15 State and Civil Society PUB709 15 Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB710 15 TOTAL 120 D.194.2 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Methodology POL701 30 Research Project POL706 30 Electives (Choose 2) Comparative Area Politics POL708 30 International Polical Economy POL709 30 Political Violence POL710 30 Political Philosophy POL711 30 The Political of Mass Communication POL712 30 South African Politics POL719 30 Political Transitions POL721 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory POL723 30 Regional Community Foreign Policy POL724 30 Institutions and Policy-making in a regional Comm-case study POL725 30

Page 60: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

60

International Relations Theory POL730 30 Security Studies POL731 30 Politics: Gender and Sexuality POL733 30 *Not all elective will be offered TOTAL 120 D.194.3 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS701 20 Research Methodology BPS702 30 Psychometrics BPS704 20 Advanced Human Resource Management BPS705 20 Practical Training BPS706 15 Labour Relations BPS707 15 TOTAL 120 D.194.4 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO701 30 Econometrics ECO730 15 Micro-Economics ECO731 15 Macro-Economics ECO732 15 Electives (Choose 3)* Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15 International Financial Economics ECO713 15 Labour Economics ECO733 15 Public Economics ECO734 15 International Economics ECO735 15 Development Economics ECO736 15 Financial Economics ECO738 15 Mathematical Economics ECO739 15 TOTAL 120 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year D.195 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.196 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.196.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year (eg. A 120 credit programme), subject to Rule D.196.3

Page 61: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

61

D.196.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme (eg 120 credit programme), subject to Rule D.196.3. D.196.3 Core Modules A full-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within four consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. A part-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within six consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. D.197 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.198 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.198.1 Please note that the Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right not to offer a particular elective module in any particular year. Such consideration will be based on student enrolment numbers and/or the internal staff and resource capacity of the Department. D.198.2 In order to graduate with an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology, a student will need to have passed the four (4) coure mdoules, PLUS any two (2) of the electives. The student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (ie core and elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective modules cannot be substituted during selection or the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology. D. 198.3 Should a student consider registration as a Psychometrist, it is RECOMMENDED that he/she considers Practical Training as one of the elective modules. D. 198.4 In the event of a student registering for more than the 2 elective modules required in the Honours programme, the student will need to provide a clear indication to the Department as to which modules (i.e elective modules) will constitute his/her Honours programme. Any additional elective module(s) cannot be substituted during selection for the Masters degree in Industrial Psychology.

Page 62: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

62

BECON (HONOURS) - 1781 D.199 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: BEcon (Honours) D.199.1 A Bachelor’s degree (or equivalent) in Economics with at least 60% in each of the core areas of Economics: (Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Econometrics) in the final year of undergraduate studies D.200 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.201 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.202 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Project ECO701 30 Econometrics ECO730 15 Micro-Economics ECO731 15 Macro-Economics ECO732 15 Electives (Choose 3)* Environmental and Resource Economics ECO712 15 International Financial Economics ECO713 15 Labour Economics ECO733 15 Public Economics ECO734 15 International Economics ECO735 15 Development Economics ECO736 15 Financial Economics ECO738 15 Mathematical Economics ECO739 15 TOTAL 120 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year D.203 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.

Page 63: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

63

D.204 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.204.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 60 credits may proceed with his/her studies to complete the programme the following year, subject to Rule D.204.3 D.204.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed to the following year to complete the programme, subject to Rule D.204.3. D.204.3 Core Modules A full-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within four consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. A part-time student who has failed either Microeconomics (ECO731) or Macroeconomics (ECO732) within six consecutive semesters, will not be allowed to continue with the Economics Honours programme. D.205 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.206 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme

Page 64: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

64

BCOM (HONOURS) MANAGEMENT - 1731 D.207 ADMISSION Unless the Senate determines otherwise persons meeting the following requirements qualify for admission D.207.1 A bachelor’s degree majoring in Management, Finance, SME Management (60 credits) or the equivalent with an average of at least 60% at the third year level; or D.207.2 The ADM or ADM (Finance) with an average of at least 60% and a pass in Economics or Management Accounting at level 7; or D.207.3 The ADM, ADM (Finance) including one of Economics or Management Accounting at level 7 or a B.Com majoring in Management, Finance or the equivalent PLUS a minimum of three years appropriate full-time work experience after completion. Admission under this clause is subject to the approval of Senate. Rule A.2.1.4 applies to these candidates, D.207.4 A student who has completed a BCom degree but majored in another subject but has completed: D.207.4.1 At least two third year modules in Management or Finance; and D.207.4.2 Has completed these modules with a 60% average. D.207.4.3 Such student will be required to register for 10 modules (150 credits), including Strategic Management and Research and Communication for Business, or equivalent, to complete the requirements of the degree. D.207.4.4 A student who has not completed more than two of the Core Modules (or equivalent at level 6 or higher) as part of their prior qualification will be required to complete the outstanding modules in addition to the requirements for the degree. D.207.4.4.1 If equivalent modules have not been completed at level 6 or higher a student who has completed the ADM (Finance) must pass two of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission:

a) Marketing (MAN754) b) Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance

(RCF711) c) Operations Management (MAN757)

D.207.4.4.2 If equivalent modules have not been completed at level 6 or higher a student who has completed the ADM (Finance) must pass three of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission:

a) Information Systems and Technology (MAN747) b) Marketing (MAN754) c) Principles of Management (MAN751) d) Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance

(RCF711) e) Operations Management (MAN757)

Page 65: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

65

Note: Applicants who pass the modules but do not attain 60% average may be admitted to the PGDM D.207.5. An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have: D.207.5.1 completed the School’s Application Form; D.207.5.2 submitted proof of previous work experience; D.207.5.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.207.5.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.207.5.5 written the School’s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.207.5.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so. D.207.6 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.207.6.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.207.6.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.207.6.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.207.6.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.207.6.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.208 SELECTION Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the School of Business and Finance on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on their average marks at their first attempt for four final year modules in Management PLUS the research methods module. D.209 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.210 CURRICULUM D.210.1 Students complete eight modules, including a minimum of 30 credits of research and a minimum of 60 credits and a maximum of 90 credits of Management electives (group 3) Notes: Students who have not completed equivalent modules to those listed in Group 1 under Option 2 should complete the 1 or 2 modules required by the School during their first year of enrolment.

Page 66: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

66

D.210.2 All students must complete a Research Methods module (15 credits) (Group 1) and a Research Report (15 credits) OR a Field Study (30 credits) (Group 2). D.210.3 If students have not completed a Strategic Management or an equivalent module at HEQF level 7, as determined by Head: Management Division, then students must complete the Strategic Management (Group 3) elective. D.210.4 Students may register for a maximum of 30 credits from honours level-modules selected from the Finance division or the student’s other undergraduate major (e.g Industrial Psychology, Economics) with the written permission of the Head: Management Division and the Head of the relevant Department or Division. D.210.5 The following options are listed as registration guidelines. Please consult the School of Business and Finance for assistance. Note: Not all modules are offered every year. Module Name Alpha Code Cred OPTION 1 Group 1 (Select 1 module) Management Research Proposal MRP711 15 Consumer Research CRO711 15 Group 2 (Select 1 module) Management Research Report MRR712 15 Field Study MAN717 30 Group 3 – Management Electives Advanced Employee Management MAN714 15 Advanced General Management MAN701 15 Advanced Marketing MAN702 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Entepreneurship& Enterprise Development MAN711 15 Global Marketing MAN719 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Marketing Research MAN707 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 Strategy and Global Competition MAN726 15 Supply Chain Management MAN730 15 World Class Operations MAN721 15 TOTAL 120 *Not all electives will be offered OPTION 2 Compulsory Modules Group 1 (Select maximum of 2 modules) Economics for Managers MAN749 15 Information Systems and Technology MAN747 15 Marketing MAN754 15 Operations Management MAN757 15 Research and Communication for Business RCB711 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15

Page 67: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

67

Group 2 (Select 1 module) Management Research MRP711 15 Consumer Research CRO711 15 Group 3 (Select 1 module) Management Research Report MRR712 15 Field Study MAN717 30 Group 4 (Select at least 4 modules) Advanced Employee Management MAN714 15 Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Advanced Marketing MAN702 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Employee Management MAN755 15 Enterprise & Enterprise Development MAN711 15 Global Marketing MAN719 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Marketing Research MAN707 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Strategy and Global Competition MAN726 15 Supply Chain Management MAN730 15 World Class Operations MAN721 15 TOTAL 120-135 D.211 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.212 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.212.1 Full-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies for one additional year to complete the programme the following year. D.212.2 Part-time Unless Senate decides otherwise, a part time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed for one additional year to complete the programme. D.213 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.214 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.214.1 Please Note: Not all modules will be offered every year:

Page 68: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

68

BCOM (HONOURS) FINANCE - 1721-FT / 1722-PT D.215 ADMISSION D.215.1 A bachelor’s degree majoring in Finance or the equivalent with an average of at least 60% at the third year level; or D.215.2 The ADM (Financ) or equivalent with an average of at least 60%; or D.215.3 The ADM (Finance) or a bachelor’s degree with a pass in Finance or the equivalent at third year level PLUS a minimum of three years appropriate full-time work experience after the completion of the ADM or bachelor’s degree. Admission under this clause is subject to the satisfactory results in the SBF’s Admission Evaluation and the approval of Senate. Rule A.2.1.4 applies to these candidates. D.215.4 A student who has completed the BCom degree with a major in a subject other than Finance (e.g. Economics) and has completed at least two third Finance modules (i.e. MAN305, MAN307, MAN308, MAN312) or equivalent with a 60% average. D.215.5 A student who has not completed more than two of the Foundational Core Modules (or equivalent at level 6 or higher) as part of their prior qualification will be required to complete the outstanding modules in addition to the requirements for the degree. D.215.5.1 A student who has completed the ADM (Financial Planning) with Quantitative Analysis and Financial Management as subjects, with an average of at least 60% must pass two of the following modules at the first attempt with a 60% average for the 4 modules and 50% CAM and 50% EM for each module before applying for admission:

a) Information Systems and Technology (MAN747) b) Research and Communication for Business (ADM626) or Finance (RCF711) c) Principles of Management (MAN751) d) Financial Accounting (ACC781)

Note: Applicants who passed the modules but did not attain a 60% average may be admitted to the PGDM D.215.6 An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have: D.215.6.1 completed the School’s Application Form; D.215.6.2 submitted proof of previous work experience; D.215.6.3 provided the required referee reports from employers and lecturers; D.215.6.4 submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all tertiary educational institutions attended; D.215.6.5 written the School’s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; D.215.6.6 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so.

Page 69: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

69

D.215.7 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three-years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application: D.215.7.1 Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) D.215.7.2 Band 6 International English Language Testing System (IELTS) D.215.7.3 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) D.215.7.4 Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) D.215.7.5 Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3. D.216 SELECTION Places in the programme may be limited and will be allocated by the School of Business and Finance on a competitive basis. Priority will be given to students based on their average marks at their first attempt for four final year modules in Management PLUS the research methods module. D.217 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.218 CURRICULUM D.218.1 Students complete eight modules, including a minimum of 30 credits of research, 45 credits of core Finance modules and a minimum of 15 credits of Finance electives. D.218.2 Students must complete all compulsory modules listed below (see OPTION 2 group 1) unless they have completed equivalent modules at HEQF level 6 or higher. Compulsory modules should be completed in the first year of enrolment. D.218.3 If more than two compulsory modules must be completed from those listed below (see OPTION 2 group 1) they must be completed prior to admission in addition to the degree requirements. D.218.4 All students must complete the five Core modules as listed below. D.218.5 Students may register for a maximum of 30 credits from other electives or honours level modules selected from an undergraduate major (e.g. Economics or Statistics) with permission of the Head: Finance Division and the Head of the relevant Department. D.218.6 The programme is comprised of two (2) OPTIONS. Students will be admitted to either OPTION or OPTION 2. D.218.7 The following options are listed as registration guidelines. Please consult the School of Business and Finance for assistance. D.218.8 Please Note: Some electives are not offered every year and all modules may not be offered on a part-time basis:

Page 70: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

70

Module Name Alpha Code Cred OPTION 1 Group 1 Core Modules (Select all) Finance Research FRP711 15 Finance Research Report FRR712 15 Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15 Financial Analysis MAN706 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Group 2 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Financial Accounting ACC782 15 Group 3 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN742 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA712 15 Insurance Long Term IST713 15 Insurance Short Term IST712 15 Retirement Planning RPP715 15 Financial Accounting ACC781 15 Investment Analysis MAN780 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Project Management MAN720 15 Quantitative Management Topics MAN710 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 TOTAL 120 OPTION 2: Where a student is admitted to the programme without passing equivalent modules at NQF level 6 or higher the student must choose at least 2 modules from group 1 Group 1 (Select a maximum of 2 modules) Economics for Managers MAN749 15 Information Systems and Technology MAN747 15 Investment Management MAN705 15 Principles of Management Accounting MAN753 15 Principles of Management and Business MAN751 15 Research and Communication for Business RCB711 15 Group 2 (Select all modules) Finance Research FRP711 15 Finance Research Report FRR712 15 Advanced Financial Management MAN704 15 Financial Analysis MAN706 15 Statistics for Investments MAN787 15 Group 3 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Advanced Management Accounting MAN745 15 Financial Accounting ACC782 15 Group 4 (Select 1 or 2 modules) Finance Seminar (Currency Risk) MAN742 15 Financial Statement Analysis FSA712 15 Insurance Long Term IST713 15 Insurance Short Term IST712 15 Retirement Planning RPP715 15 Financial Accounting ACC781 15 Investment Analysis MAN780 15 Contemporary Management Topics MAN709 15 Management Information Systems MAN712 15 Project Management MAN720 15

Page 71: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

71

Quantitative Management Topics MAN710 15 Strategic Management MAN769 15 TOTAL 120 D.219 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.220 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.220.1 Full-time A full-time student shall complete the programme in one year. A student who passed at least 90 credits may proceed with his/her studies for one additional year to complete the programme the following year. D.220.2 Part-time A part-time student shall complete the programme in two consecutive years and accumulate at least 45 credits per annum to proceed with his or her studies. A student who accumulated 90 credits within two years may be allowed to proceed for one additional year to complete the programme. D.221 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.

Page 72: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

72

BACHELOR OF ARTS HONOURS – FULL TIME 1705 D.222 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Bachelor of Arts Honours- BA Hons Bachelors degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant Social Science, Health Science, Public Administration or Business discipline. D.222.1 Admission into Industrial Psychology D.222.1.1 Students require a Bachelors degree with Industrial Psychology/Human Resource Management as a major subject (or equivalent qualification) for admission to the Honours programme in Industrial Psychology. D.222.2.2 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 60% (average) in Industrial Psychology/Human -Resource Management in the final year of study, with a sub- minimum of 55% per module. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the annual intake of students for the Honours programme based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of students. D.222.2.3 Students who have not completed the required undergraduate and/or equivalent modules in Industrial Psychology will not be allowed to register or the Honours Programme. D.222.2.4 Students from other Universities, Faculties and /or Departments would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. Such requirements could include the completion of a bridging programme (i.e.relevant modules to be prescribed by the Department) and the student obtaining a pass mark of at least 60% per module. Each case will be assessed in terms of the individual merit and at the discretion of the Department. D.222.2.5 Students choosing Industrial Psychology and who had completed an undergraduate degree BA but not in Industrial Psychology may apply to complete the outstanding subjects as an ocassional commerce student. However, the completion of prescribed ocassional commerce modules in Industrial Psychology does not guarantee the student an automatic entry into the Honours programme. The student who completed the prescribed ocassional commerce modules will still be subjected to a formal selection process. The Department of Industrial Psychology reserves the right to limit the intake of ocassional students based on a consideration of both the internal capacity of the Department and/or academic performance of the student. D.222.2.6 All students meeting the minimum admission requirements will be subject to a formal selection process. D.222.2.7 A CANDIDATE MUST COMPLETE SIX MODULES: The core modules in the Honours programme will all carry a weight of 20 credits, except the Research Methodology module which will carry a weight of 30 credits and will include a practical research project. All elective modules will carry a weight of 15 credits. The total wegiht for the programme is 120 credits. Thus, students have to pass 6 modules (i.e. 4 Core modules, PLUS any 2 of the elective modules) to meet the requirements for a Honours degree.

Page 73: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

73

D.223 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.224 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.225 CURRICULUM D.225.1 Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Governance, Administration and Ethics in the Public Sector PUB701 15 Intro to Public Policy Analysis and Management PUB702 15 Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization andManagement PUB703 15 Human Resources Management and Development PUB704 15 Economics and Public Sector Financial Management PUB705 15 Research Methods/Essay PUB706 30 Electives (Choose 1) Issues in Local Government PUB707 15 State and Civil Society PUB709 15 Public Sector Transformation and Reform PUB710 15 TOTAL 120 D.225.2 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Research Methodology POL701 30 Research Project POL706 30 Electives (Choose 2) Comparative Area Politics POL708 30 International Polical Economy POL709 30 Political Violence POL710 30 Political Philosophy POL711 30 The Politics of Mass Communication POL712 30 South African Politics POL719 30 Political Transitions POL721 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory POL723 30 Regional Community Foreign Policy POL724 30 Institutions and Policy-making in a regional Comm-case study POL725 30 International Relations Theory POL730 30 Security Studies POL731 30 Politics: Gender and Sexuality POL733 30 TOTAL 120 *Not all electives will be offered

Page 74: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

74

D.225.3 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Organizational Psychology BPS701 20 Research Methodology BPS702 30 Psychometrics BPS704 20 Advanced Human Resource Management BPS705 20 Practical Training BPS706 15 Labour Relations BPS707 15 TOTAL 120 D.226 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.227 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.228 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.229 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme

Page 75: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

75

BACHELOR OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES HONOURS – 1707 D.230 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Bachelor of Development Studies Honours Bachelors degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant Social Science, Health Science, Public Administration or Business discipline. D.231 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.232 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over one (1) year full time and two (2) years part-time. D.233 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS721 20 Economics for Development Studies DVS722 20 Research Methodology DVS749 20 Research Paper DVS720 30 Electives (Choose 2) Community Dev Theory and Practice DVS725 15 Social Policy for Developing Countries DVS726 15 Development Management and Planning DVS724 15 Urban and Regional Development DVS723 15 Migration and Development DVS750 15 TOTAL 120 D.234 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.235 PROMOTION RULES Unless Senate decides otherwise and subject to rule A.3.2.3: D.236 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.237 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme

Page 76: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

76

MASTER OF COMMERCE (Structured) - 1863 D.238 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce – MCom D.238.1 The general rules for admission and registration as stated in Rule A.2 pertaining to Masters degrees will apply. D.238.2 Admission Requirements for the MCom (Industrial Psychology) D.238.2.1 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D.238.2.2 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (Industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D.238.2.3 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/ Human Resource Management will not be allowed entry into the Masters programme. D.238.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. D.239 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.240 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.241 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics, Industrial Psychology and Statistics. Students have to select one (1).

Page 77: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

77

D.241.1 Economics (Not Offered in 2018) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics Mini-thesis (1st enrolment) ECO803 60 Economics Mini-thesis (2nd enrolment) ECO804 Applied Research Workshop ECO824 15 Applied Econometrics II ECO830 15 Advanced Microeconomics ECO831 15 Advanced Macroeconomics ECO832 15 Sub-total 120 Electives (Choose any 4) Mathematical Economics ECO842 15 International Trade Economics ECO823 15 Development Economics ECO826 15 Public Sector Economics ECO834 15 Environmental Economics ECO836 15 Advanced International Financial Economics ECO839 15 Labour Economics ECO840 15 Financial Economics ECO841 15 TOTAL 180 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year D.241.2 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core modules Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 Mini-Thesis (1st enrolment) IPS803 60 Mini-Thesis (2nd enrolment) IPS804 Sub-total 120 Electives (Choose 2) Depending on demand and teaching staff availability Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 160 D.241.3 Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) D.242 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.243 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.244 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.

Page 78: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

78

MASTER OF COMMERCE (Thesis) - 1801 D.245 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce – MCom D.245.1 The general rules for admission and registration as stated in Rule A.2 pertaining to Masters degrees will apply. D.246 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.247 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.248 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of speacialisation areas, namely Industrial Psychology, Information Systems, Management, Accounting and Statistics. Students have to select one (1) specialization area. D.248.1 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Economics Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) ECO801 180 Economics Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) ECO802 TOTAL: 180 D.248.2 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 801(1st Enrolment) IPS801 180 Industrial Psychology Mag Thesis 802 (2nd enrolment) IPS802 TOTAL 180 D.248.3 Information Systems Module Name Alpha Code Cred Information Systems Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) IFS801 180 Information Systems Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) IFS802 TOTAL 180 D.248.4 Accounting Module Name Alpha Code Cred Accounting Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) ACC801 180 Accounting Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) ACC802 TOTAL 180

Page 79: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

79

D.248.5 Management Module Name Alpha Code Cred Management Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) MAN801 180 Management Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) MAN802 TOTAL 180 D.248.6 Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) D.249 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.250 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.251 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.

Page 80: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

80

MASTER OF ADMINISTRATION (Structured) - 1817 D.252 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Administration – MAdmin D.252.1 Admission to a Master’s degree is at the discretion of the department, subject to the general rules of the University. A student who has not taken a research methodology module would also be required to take that module. D.252.2 Admission Requirements for the MAdmin (Industrial Psychology) D.252.2.1 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D.252.2.2 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D.252.2.3 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/ Human Resource Management will not be elegible or entry into the Masters programme. D.252.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. D.252.2.5 A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme. D.253 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.254 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full-time & part-time.

Page 81: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

81

D.255 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies, Economics and Industrial Psychology students have to select one (1) area. D.255.1 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Political Studies Mini Thesis 803 (1st Enrolment) POL803 60 Political Studies Mini Thesis 804 (2nd Enrolment) POL804 Advanced Research Methodology POL811 30 Electives (Choose 3 Modules) Comparative Area Politics POL813 30 International Political Economy POL814 30 Political Violence POL815 30 Political Philosophy POL816 30 Political Development in South Africa Politics POL819 30 Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community POL823 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice POL822 30 Capita Selecta POL835 30 Security Studies POL831 30 Politics: Gender and Sexuality POL843 30 TOTAL 180 *Not all electives will be offered D.255.2 Economics (Not offered in 2018) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics Mini-thesis (1st enrolment) ECO803 60 Economics Mini-thesis (2nd enrolment) ECO804 Applied Research Workshop ECO824 15 Econometrics ECO830 15 Advanced Microeconomics ECO831 15 Advanced Macroeconomics ECO832 15 Electives (Choose any 4) Mathematical Economics ECO842 15 International Trade Economics ECO823 15 Development Economics ECO826 15 Public Sector Economics ECO834 15 Environmental Economics ECO836 15 Advanced International Financial Economics ECO839 15 Labour Economics ECO840 15 Financial Economics ECO841 15 TOTAL 180 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year

Page 82: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

82

D.255.3 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 803 (1st enrolment) IPS803 60 Industrial Psychology Mag Mini Thesis 804 (2nd enrolment) IPS804 Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Man BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 Electives (Choose 2 modules) Depending on demand and availability of teaching staff Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 160 D.256 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.257 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.258 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.

Page 83: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

83

MASTER OF ADMINISTRATION (Thesis) - 1811 D.259 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Administration – MAdmin D.259.1 Admission to a Master’s degree is at the discretion of the department, subject to the general rules of the University. A student who has not taken a research methodology module would also be required to take that module. D.260 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.261 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full-time & part-time. D.262 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies and Industrial Psychology and students have to select one area. D.262.1 Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Public Admin Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) PUA801 180 Public Admin Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) PUA802 TOTAL 180 D.262.2 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Political Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) POL801 180 Political Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) POL802 TOTAL 180 D.262.3 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) IPS801 180 Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) IPS802 TOTAL 180

Page 84: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

84

D.263 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.264 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.265 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.266 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned.

Page 85: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

85

MASTER OF COMMERCE (Management) -1830 (Not Offered in 2018) D.267 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce – Mcom (Management) D.267.1 a 60% pass in an Honours degree in Management, Business Administration, Finance/ Investments or equivalent qualification; D.267.2 a four-year or Honours degree or equivalent in Management PLUS at least three years appropriate full-time work experience after graduation; D.267.3 70 % for the ADM with Strategic Management and Quantitative Analysis as electives plus at least three years appropriate full-time work experience; D.267.4 a student who has not completed an Honours degree in Management, Finance or Business Economics, must first complete the ADM with Strategic Management and Quantitative Analysis as electives before embarking on the Masters programme. D.267.5 Foreign language applicants, who have not completed three years of tertiary education in English, will only be considered for admission if they provide proof of one of the following standards with their application:

a) Paper score of 550 or Computer score of 213 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)

b) Band 6 on the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) c) Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Advanced English (CAE) d) Passed the Cambridge Certificate of Proficiency in English (CPE) e) Passed the Cambridge Business English Certificate 3.

D.268 APPLICATION PROCEDURE D.268.1 An application for admission will only be considered once the applicant has: D.268.1.1 submitted a SBF Application Form as well as the University Application Form plus all required supporting documentation (academic transcripts and referee reports); D.268.1.2 written the School’s Admission Evaluation at the stipulated time and place or submitted results of the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) if not a student in the School in the previous three years; D.268.1.3 provided proof of English language competence where appropriate; D.268.1.4 attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so; D.268.1.5 submitted a draft research proposal in the case of students who wish to do a Masters by thesis only. D.267 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure.

Page 86: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

86

D.268 DURATION The Masters in Management can be completed in three years part-time or at least one year full-time. Students are permitted three years to complete the degree. D.269 CURRICULUM There are three modes available in which the programme can be completed. Students should select only one mode: D.269.1 Mode 1 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Management Mini Thesis 803 (1st Enrolment) MAN803 90 Management Mini Thesis 804 (2nd Enrolment) MAN804 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules) approved by the MRC Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN833 15 Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Management Research Seminar MAN864 15 Electives (select three 15 credit modules (3x15=45) Please see rule D.273.5 regarding elective modules TOTAL 180 D.269.2 Mode 2 Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Research Project MAN863 60 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules) approved by the MRC Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN833 15 Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Management Research Seminar MAN864 15 Electives (select five 15 credit modules (5x15=75) Please see rule D.273.5 regarding elective modules TOTAL 180 D.269.3 Mode 3 (Only applicable to students registered prior to 2012) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Group 1 Research Report MAN862 45 Group 2 (select all modules below or three other research methods modules) approved by the MRC Critical Analysis for Research in Management MAN833 15 Business Research Methods MAN860 15 Management Research Seminar MAN864 15

Page 87: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

87

Electives (select six 15 credit modules (6x15=90) Please see Rule D.273.5 regarding elective modules Ethics and Leadership MAN805 15 Managing Organisational Transformation MAN806 15 Advanced Management Seminar MAN807 15 Corporate Governance MAN808 15 Business and the Political Economy MAN809 15 Understanding People and Organizations MAN813 15 Advanced Strategic Management MAN814 15 Organizational Diagnosis MAN815 15 Organisation Theory: Classical Foundation MAN810 15 Organization Theory: Contemporary Perspectives MAN811 15 Comparative Organization and Management MAN812 15 Social Entrepreneurship and Social Enterprise MAN813 15 Corporate Finance (MAN704/MAN706 MAN820 15 Advanced Finance Seminar MAN821 15 Fixed Income Security Analysis (MAN704/MAN780) MAN822 15 Advanced Investments (MAN780) MAN823 15 Corporate Taxation (MAN756) MAN824 15 International Finance Seminar (MAN704) MAN825 15 Advanced Labour Relations Seminar MAN830 15 Industrial Relations Topics MAN831 15 Strategic Human Resouce Issues (MAN755) MAN832 15 Advanced Marketing Seminar MAN840 15 Marketing Topic MAN841 15 Work Organization (MAN721) MAN850 15 Advanced Operations Seminar (MAN850) MAN851 15 Advanced Research Methods (MAN860) MAN861 15 SA Business and Globalisation (MAN749 or equivalent) MAN865 15 TOTAL 180 D.270 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.271 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.272 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION D.272.1 The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.272.2 A student will not be allowed to renew his/her registration unless he/she has passed the coursework in two years and the research report or mini-thesis in the third year. A student can only renew his/her registration if the draft research proposal complies with A.3.3.2. (c) at the end of the 1st year and the complete research proposal has been approved by the MRC before the end of the 2nd year of enrolment. After three years a student must apply to proceed with his/her studies subject to Rule. A.4.4.2.

Page 88: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

88

D.273 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.273.1 A Research component is required for all Masters Degrees. Students can choose

between the thesis, the mini-thesis, research project, or a research report. The number of electives that must be taken varies in inverse proportion to the scope of the research component (see above). Students are required to complete two Masters-level modules in research methods. In addition, students may be required to complete the Honours-level prerequisite for MAN860 Business Research Methods - MAN746 Analytical and Critical Thinking. Students who plan to utilize quantitative research methodologies are advised to complete modules in statistics to prepare for the research component.

D.273.2 Research Reports and Research Projects differ from mini-theses in that they are more limited in scope and rigour. Theses need to be based on a thorough review of the theoretical and empirical literature on the topic, a coherent conceptual framework and an appropriate methodology. Research Reports and Projects can be based on a limited review of management frameworks and appropriate use of management techniques or descriptive research. D.273.3 The Mini-Thesis (90 credits) must be of approximately 25 000 words (80 to 100 pages

double-spaced) D.273.4 The Research Project (60 NQF credits) must be of approximately 15 000 words (50 to 60 pages double-spaced) D.273.5 Electives should be selected as follows: D.273.5.1 At least 60% of elective credits must be selected from Management modules at Masters level. D.273.5.2 Subject to the written approval of the Head: Management division, the electives maybe selected from graduate courses offered by the School of Business and Finance or Masters modules offered elsewhere in the University - e.g. in School of Government, Industrial Psychology, Women and Gender Studies, Public Health, Natural Sciences, Education, etc. Students may have to meet additional prerequisites of those departments. By arrangement modules can be selected at other local institutions, provided you comply with their requirements (e.g. additional tuition fees). D.273.5.3 The remaining course-work credits may be selected from Honours or Masters modules in the School of Business and Finance or Masters-level modules from any other department or school in the University, D.273.6 The Management Research Committee (MRC) is responsible for monitoring progress of Masters and Doctoral Students in the School of Business and Finance and reports to the Faculty’s Higher Degrees Committee. (EFHD) D.273.7 It is the student’s responsibility to find a supervisor and discuss a possible topic with her/him prior to registration. D.273.8 Before an application for admission for a full thesis Masters or PhD can be formally

considered, a supervisor must be identified and the prospective student works with him/her to prepare a draft proposal. The draft proposal must be submitted to the MRC who will make a recommendation on admission to the Faculty’s Higher Degrees Committee.

Page 89: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

89

D.273.9 No research proposal, abstract or title of a student’s registered in the SBF may be submitted to the EMS Faculty Higher Degrees Committee without prior approval from the MRC. D.273.10 Before the end of the first year of registration students enrolled for a coursework Masters must submit a research title, abstract and draft proposal, signed by the supervisor, for approval by the MRC. D.273.11 Before registration all Masters students must submit a form signed by the supervisor confirming the proposed research topic to the MRC for confirmation of supervisor allocation. D.273.12 Before the end of the first year of registration, all students enrolled for a Masters by thesis or PhD must submit a research title, abstract and final proposal, signed by the supervisor, for approval by the MRC. D.273.13 The final research proposal of a coursework Masters student must be approved by the MRC before the end of the second year of registration. Students will not be re- admitted for a 3rd year of registration unless their full proposals have been approved. D.273.14 At each quarterly MRC meeting the supervisor and student submit a brief progress report and the anticipated date of submission. D.273.15 Requests to change supervisor or withdraw from supervision should be submitted to the MRC in writing. D.273.16 Please note the following: D.273.17 Compliance with the above steps is the responsibility of the student. D.273.18 MRC meetings will take place quarterly in about the 5th week of each term at dates to be determined at the start of each academic year. D.273.19 If the required documentation is not submitted to the MRC in time for the meeting, the student has to wait for the next meeting for allocation of a supervisor or approval of their research proposals. D.273.20 Once allocated to a student the supervisor is primarily responsible for advising the student and may withhold approval to submit the final research project or thesis if it is not of an adequate quality.

Page 90: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

90

MASTER OF COMMERCE (Information Management) - 1835 D.274 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Commerce – MCom (Information Management) D.274.1 The general rules for admission and registration as stated in Rule A.2 pertaining to Masters degrees will apply. D.274.2 Admission Requirements for the MCom (Information Management) D.274.2.1 A professional in the health industry with a university degree at Honours or equivalent level. At least three years experience in the health sector. D.275 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.276 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.277 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Health Systems IFH811 20 Health Data Management IFH812 15 Healthcare Information Systems IFH813 20 Information Systems Planning and Implementation IFH814 15 Management and Leadership in Health Organizations IFH815 20 IT Resource Management IFH816 15 Intercultural Management and Communication IFH817 15 Public Health Research SPH862 15 Mini Thesis IFS803/804 60 TOTAL 195 D.278 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.279 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.280 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1.

Page 91: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

91

MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY IN POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (Full-Thesis) - 1843 D.281 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: MPhil (LAS) D.281.1 For admission to the MPhil (Research) in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies, candidates must have at least an Honours Degree (or equivalent) in an appropriate subject (Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geography, and /or Environmental Studies) with an average of 65%. Students must demonstrate a good understanding of their chosen research topic and have research experience in one or more of the following themes – poverty, land and agrarian reform, rural development, and natural resources. D.282 DURATION The duration of the programme is 2 years subject to Rule A.4.2 D.283 CURRICULUM Suitably qualified candidates may apply to take the MPhil (Research), involving a full length Master’s thesis on an appropriate topic in poverty, land and agrarian reform and natural resources. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Thesis (1st Enrolment) LAS801 180 Thesis (2nd Enrolment) LAS802 TOTAL 180 D.284 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.285 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.286 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.287 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned.

Page 92: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

92

MASTER OF PHILOSOPHY IN POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (Structured) - 1843 D.288 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: MPhil (LAS) D.288.1 For admission to the MPhil (Structured) in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies, candidates must have obtained an average of 65% in the PG Diploma, and a proposal accepted by the PLAAS Research Committee. OR D.288.2 An Honours degree with an average of at least 65% in the final assessment of the exit-modules in Sociology, History, Economics, Political Science, Agriculture, Public Admin, Geography and / or Environmental Studies, with at least three years of relevant working experience in poverty, land reform or sustainable natural resource management. D.289 DURATION The duration of the programme is 2 years subject to Rule A.4.2 D.290 CURRICULUM The MPhil (Structured) will require completion of a two core modules and one elective module and a mini-thesis on an appropriate topic in poverty, land and agrarian reform, natural resources to be agreed upon by the PLAAS Research Committee. Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Introduction to Qualitative Research Design and Methods LAS805 40 Critical Approaches to Poverty and Marginal Livelihoods LAS811 40 Mini-Thesis (1st Enrolment) LAS803 60 Mini-Thesis (2nd Enrolment) LAS804 Electives (Choose 1) Theories of Land and Agrarian Reform LAS812 40 Critical Approaches to Farming Systems LAS813 40 Social and Ecological Theories in Ecosystem Management LAS814 40 TOTAL 180 D.291 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.292 PROMOTION RULES Full time study: A student should pass a minimum of 80 credits to proceed to year 2.

Page 93: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

93

D.293 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.294 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.295 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned.

Page 94: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

94

MASTER OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (Structured) - 1851 D.296 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet one of the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: MPA D.296.1 In the light of the past educational disadvantages experienced by many people who might benefit from the new programme, the School of Government (the School) would like to keep the admission requirements as open and flexible as possible, consistent with the maintenance of academic standards and within the parameters laid down by the Department of National Education for career-related degrees. D.296.2 Admission into the MPA degree in the School of Government will be based on the following requirements: D.296.2.1 Honours degree, B.Tech or equivalent in public administration or a related field; D.296.2.2 Advanced Bachelor’s degree (e.g. LL.B or B.Ed) or equivalent, plus demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level in the fields of governance and public administration. D.296.2.3 4-year Bachelor’s degree or equivalent, plus demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level in the fields of governance and public administration. D.296.2.4 A Bachelor’s degree, plus postgraduate diploma in public administration or a related field. D.296.2.5 Three year Bachelor’s degree in public administration or a related field, plus appropriate practical work experience, and demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level. D.296.2.6 A Post-Graduate Diploma in public administration or a related field, plus appropriate practical work experience, as well as demonstration of competence to proceed at the Masters level, where the post-graduate diploma holder has no previous degree. D.296.2.7 A minimum of 60% average required for admission D.296.2.8 Where practical experience is part of the admission requirements, the School will normally require evidence of a minimum of three years appropriate experience. In assessing the relevance of such experience for the purpose of admission, however, the School will attach greater weight to the competencies gained from such experience than to the length of experience per se. D.296.2.9 Subject to approval by Senate, upon the recommendation of the School and Faculty, students may also be admitted into the MPA, providing they are able to demonstrate that they have in any other manner attained a level of competence sufficient to enable them to embark successfully upon the programme, in line with the University regulation A.2.1.4 and the University’s competency guidelines.

Page 95: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

95

D.296.2.10 In the case of students, applying under the requirements in (D.294.2.9) two of the three references must be of an academic nature. In the case of those who must show evidence of practical experience, the third reference must be from a previous employer. In the case of those, applying under regulation A.2.1.4 the references must be such that they are able to demonstrate the applicant’s competence for post-graduate study. D.296.2.11 In the case of applicants who have attained an Upper Second or equivalent in a previous Honours degree or equivalent in public administration or a related field, selection will be on the basis of the application form, transcripts, references and statement. Applicants may also be required to attend an interview. All other applicants will be required to attend an interview, as well as to furnish a portfolio of evidence demonstrating their competence to proceed at the Masters level in governance and public administration. D.296.2.12 Applicants who fall within regulation A.2.1.4 will be required to attend an interview and to furnish proof of the required number of years work experience. In addition, they will be required to submit and defend an essay or practical assignment on a topic set by the school. Where appropriate, they will also be required to submit a portfolio of previous work done. D.297 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.298 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Mini-Thesis (1st Enrolment) PUA801 120 Mini-Thesis (2nd Enrolment) PUA802 Theoretical and Comparative Approached to Governance MPA811 15 Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management MPA812 15 Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance MPA813 15 Research Methods and Skills MPA814 15 Research Seminar MPA815 15 Choose 3 electives Programme and Project Management in the Public Sector MPA816 15 Public Sector Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation MPA817 15 Managing Change in the Public Sector MPA818 15 Public Finance and Budgeting MPA819 15 Administrative Law MPA821 15 Development Policy, Planning and Management MPA822 15 Urban Development MPA823 15 Rural Development MPA824 15 Gender and Development Management MPA825 15 Intergovernmental Relations MPA826 15 Local Government Planning and Management MPA827 15 Citizenship, Democracy and Development MPA828 15 Bureaucracy and Democracy MPA829 15 TOTAL 240

Page 96: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

96

D.299 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.300 PROGRESS Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.301 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.302 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME D.302.1 To be awarded the MPA degree students must achieve a total of 240 credits, 120 in structured modules and 120 in the mini-thesis. D.302.2 Students will be required to take: D.302.2.1 5 Compulsory structured modules of 15 credits each (including 2 research modules); D.302.2.2 A mini-thesis of 120 credits (25,000-35,000 words); D.302.2.3 3 structured elective modules of 15 credits each, selected from the elective programme offerings in the MPA. Subject to approval by the Director of the School of Government, one elective can be taken from another relevant field of study that is equal to 15 credits. D.302.2.4 Capita Selecta options, with a weighting of 15 credits points, may be offered to students in addition to those courses routinely offered in the MPA programme. The presentation of such courses will be dependent on the availability of visiting academic fellows and on expert professionals.

Page 97: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

97

MASTER OF ECONOMICS (Structured) – 1878 D.303 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics - MEcon D.303.1 The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.304 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.305 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.306 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Economics and Statistics. Students have to select one (1) area. D.306.1 Economics (Not offered in 2018) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Modules Economics Mini-thesis (1st enrolment) ECO803 60 Economics Mini-thesis (2nd enrolment) ECO804 Applied Research Workshop ECO824 15 Econometrics ECO830 15 Advanced Microeconomics ECO831 15 Advanced Macroeconomics ECO832 15 Electives (Choose any 4) Mathematical Economics ECO842 15 Development Economics ECO826 15 International Trade Economics ECO823 15 Public Sector Economics ECO834 15 Environmental Economics ECO836 15 Advanced International Financial Economics ECO839 15 Labour Economics ECO840 15 Financial Economics ECO841 15 TOTAL 180 *A minimum of four electives are offered each year

Page 98: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

98

D.306.2 Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) D.307 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.308 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.309 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.310 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme.

Page 99: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

99

MASTER OF ECONOMICS (Full- Thesis) – 1871 D.311 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Economics - MEcon The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.312 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.313 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.314 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialisation areas, namely Economics and Statistics. Students have to select one area. D.314.1 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred Economics Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) ECO801 180 Economics Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) ECO802 TOTAL 180 D.314.2 Statistics (Please consult the Science Faculty) D.315 ASSESSMENT Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.316 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress had been made during the current year. D.317 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.318 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme.

Page 100: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

100

MASTER OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (Thesis)- 1827 D.319 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Development Studies – M. Dev. Studies D.319.1 A Bachelor Honours Degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant Social Science, Humanities, Public Administration or Business discipline. D.320 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.321 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.322 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) DVS801 180 Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) DVS802 TOTAL 180 D.323 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.324 PROMOTION RULES Full-time study: A student should have submitted and had a proposal acceptedby the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee before proceeding to year 2 D.325 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.326 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.327 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned.

Page 101: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

101

MASTER OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (Structured) - 1827 D.328 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Development Studies (M.Dev.Studies) D.328.1 A Bachelor Honours Degree with an average of at least 65% in the final mark in a relevant Social Science, Humanities, Public Administration or Business discipline. D.329 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.330 DURATION Unless Senate decides, otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time. D.331 CURRICULUM Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Theories of Social Transformation DVS821 30 Economics for Development Studies DVS822 30 Research Methodology DVS841 30 Masters Mini-thesis (1st Enrolment) DVS803 60 Masters Mini-thesis (2nd Enrolment) DVS804 Electives (select 2 modules) Urban and Regional Development DVS823 15 Development Management and Planning DVS824 15 Community Development in Theory and Practice DVS826 15 Poverty and Inequality DVS828 15 Migration and Development DVS861 15 TOTAL 180 D.332 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.333 PROMOTION RULES Full-time study: A student should pass a minimum of 90 credits to proceed to year 2. D.334 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.

Page 102: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

102

D.335 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.336 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned.

Page 103: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

103

MASTER OF ARTS (Structured) – 1858 D.337 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Arts- MA D337.1 The admission will be governed by the Rule A.2.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.337.2 Admission Requirements for the MA (Industrial Psychology) D.337.2.1 A student must have obtained a pass mark of at least 65% in a recognised Industrial Psychology Honours programme in order to be eligible for selection into the Masters Programme. D.337.2.2 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/Human Resource Management and wanting to pursue a Masters Degree (industrial Psychology) would have to meet the requirements as stipulated by the Department. D.337.2.3 Students from other Universities, Faculties and/or Departments who have NOT completed an Honours Degree in Industrial Psychology/Organisational Psychology/ Human Resource Management will not be elegible or entry into the Masters programme. D.337.2.4 The SAQA credits for all modules in the Masters programme are 20 respectively. The mini-thesis carries a weight of 60 credits. Thus the overall weight for the programme is 160 credits Students have to pass five (5) modules in total i.e. 3 core modules, plus complete a mini-thesis AND 2 elective modules in order to meet the requirements for a Masters Degree. Students who wish to register as Industrial Psychologists have to complete the three (3) core modules, two (2) electives and a mini-thesis. D.337.2.5 A student who has not completed and passed a chosen elective at Honours level, will not be allowed to register for that elective in the Masters programme. D.338 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.339 DURATION Unless Senate decides, otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full time and part-time.

Page 104: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

104

D.340 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Political Studies and Industrial Psychology. Students have to select one (1) area. D.340.1 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Organizational Development: Diversity and Change Management BPS811 20 Research Methodology BPS812 20 Counselling BPS813 20 Mini-Thesis (1st enrolment) IPS803 60 Mini-Thesis (2nd enrolment) IPS804 Electives (Choose Both) Depending on demand and teaching staff availability Training Management BPS818 20 Assessment BPS819 20 TOTAL 180 D.340.2 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Compulsory Political Studies Mini Thesis 803 (1st Enrolment) POL803 60 Political Studies Mini Thesis 804 (2nd Enrolment) POL804 Advanced Research Methodology POL811 30 Electives (Choose 3 Modules) Comparative Area Politics POL813 30 International Political Economy POL814 30 Political Violence POL815 30 Political Philosophy POL816 30 Political Development in South Africa Politics POL819 30 Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community POL823 30 Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice POL822 30 Capita Selecta POL835 30 Security Studies POL831 30 Politics: Gender and Sexuality POL843 30 TOTAL 180 *Not all elective will be offered D.341 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.342 PROMOTION RULES Full-time study: A student should pass a minimum of 90 credits to proceed to year 2. D.343 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year.

Page 105: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

105

D.344 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.345 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned.

Page 106: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

106

MASTER OF ARTS (Thesis) - 1811 D.346 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: Master of Arts – MA D.346.1 Admission to a Master’s degree is at the discretion of the department, subject to the general rules of the University. A student who has not taken a research methodology module would also be required to take that module. D.347 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.348 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 3 years full-time & part-time. D.349 CURRICULUM The programme is comprised of the following specialization areas, namely Public Administration, Political Studies and Industrial Psychology and students have to select one area. D.349.1 Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred Public Admin Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) PUA801 180 Public Admin Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) PUA802 TOTAL 180 D.349.2 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred Political Studies Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) POL801 180 Political Studies Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) POL802 TOTAL 180 D.349.3 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 801 (1st Enrolment) IPS801 180 Industrial Psych Mag Thesis 802 (2nd Enrolment) IPS802 TOTAL 180

Page 107: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

107

D.350 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.351 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress has been made during the current year. D.352 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.353 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME A thesis on an approved topic must be selected in conjunction with the department or relevant person concerned.

Page 108: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

108

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PhD) - 1921 D.354 ADMISSION Unless Senate decides otherwise, candidates will be required to meet the following criteria to be enrolled for the degree/programme: PhD According to Rule A.2.5.1 in the General Calendar, candidates who are in possession of a Masters Degree or a qualification that the faculty concerned may consider to be an equivalent to a Masters degree, could be admitted to a doctoral programme. D.355 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.356 DURATION Unless Senate decides otherwise the duration of the programme shall extend over 2 years full time and 5 years part-time. D.357 CURRICULUM D.357.1 Development Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred 1st Enrolment Development Studies Doctoral Thesis 901 DVS901 360 2nd Enrolment Development Studies Doctoral Thesis 902 DVS902 TOTAL 360 D.357.2 Economics Module Name Alpha Code Cred 1st Enrolment Economics Doctoral Thesis 901 ECO901 360 2nd Enrolment Economics Doctoral Thesis 902 ECO902 TOTAL 360 D.357.3 Industrial Psychology Module Name Alpha Code Cred 1st Enrolment Industrial Psychology Doctoral Thesis 901 IPS901 360 2nd Enrolment Industrial Psychology Doctoral Thesis 902 IPS902 TOTAL 360

Page 109: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

109

D.357.4 Management Module Name Alpha Code Cred 1st Enrolment Management Doctoral Thesis 901 MAN901 360 2nd Enrolment Management Doctoral Thesis 902 MAN902 TOTAL 360 D.357.5 Political Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred 1st Enrolment Political Studies Doctoral Thesis 901 POL901 360 2nd Enrolment Political Studies Doctoral Thesis 902 POL902 TOTAL 360 D.357.6 Public Administration Module Name Alpha Code Cred 1st Enrolment Public Administration Doctoral Thesis 901 PUA901 2nd Enrolment 360 Public Administration Doctoral Thesis 902 PUA902 TOTAL 360 D.357.7 Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies Module Name Alpha Code Cred 1st Enrolment PLAAS Doctoral Thesis 901 LAS901 360 2nd Enrolment PLAAS Doctoral Thesis 902 LAS902 TOTAL 360 D.357.8 Information Systems Module Name Alpha Code Cred 1st Enrolment Information Systems Doctoral Thesis 901 IFS901 360 2nd Enrolment Information Systems Doctoral Thesis 902 IFS902 TOTAL 360 D.358 ASSESSMENT RULES Assessment is governed by Rule A.5 as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.359 PROGRESS RULES Registration for the following year of study will be recommended by the supervisor if in his/her opinion adequate progress had been made during the current year.

Page 110: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

110

D.360 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION The renewal of registration will be governed by the Rule A.4, as stipulated in the University Calendar: General Information Part 1. D.361 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROGRAMME There are no special requirements for this programme.

Page 111: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

111

RULES FOR ACCESS PROGRAMMES PLEASE NOTE: THE FOLLOWING PROGRAMMES ARE ACCESS PROGRAMMES AND ARE NOT ACCREDITED MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME (MDP) – 1601 / 1604 D.362 ADMISSION D.362.1 Persons meeting the following requirement qualify for admission as a candidate for the Management Development Programme (MDP) Certificate:

a) A Senior Certificate (Grade 12) with a Matriculation endorsement PLUS at least five years appropriate practical experience; or b) Completion of the University’s Recognition of Prior Learning process.

D.362.2 An application for admission will not be considered unless applicants have:

a) completed the School of Business and Finance (SBF) and UWC Online Application; b) furnished proof of previous work experience; c) provided the required referee reports from employers(Managers/Supervisors) and lecturers; d) submitted certified copies of all transcripts (not certificates) from all secondary and tertiary educational institutions attended; e) written the School’s Admissions Evaluation at the stipulated time and place; f) provided proof of English proficiency in terms of D.138.3 below if secondary and tertiary education was not in English medium; g) attended an interview and provided any other information if required to do so.

D.362.3 Foreign national applicants, who have not completed a three-year tertiary education in English, may only be admitted to the MDP if they achieve one of the following standards:

(a) Paper Score of 500 in Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) (b) Band 5 (Modest) International English Language Testing System (IELTS) (c) Passed the Cambridge First Certificate in English (FCE) (d) Passed the Cambridge Certificate in Business English 2.

Proof of language proficiency must accompany the application. Students who have not completed one of these tests prior to application will not be considered for admission. If students do not meet one of the minimum English proficiency requirements it is their responsibility to attend courses in English to develop the required English proficiency. Only when the student has achieved the admission requirements will he/she be considered for admission to the MDP. Applications must reach the School no later than the closing date stipulated by the SBF. D.363 DURATION D.363.1 The Management Development Programme (MDP) (1601) comprises of four modules of 15 credits or 60 NQF credits. A part-time student completes the programme over 2 semesters.

Page 112: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

112

D.363.2 The Senior Management Development Programme (SMDP) (1604) comprises of four modules of 15 credits or 60 NQF credits. A part-time student completes the programme over 2 semesters. D.364 SELECTION As only a limited number of students can be admitted to the programme, applicants will be subject to a selection procedure. D.365 CURRICULUM D.365.1 MDP (1601) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Management Skills Development MDP579 15 Introduction to Information Systems MDP570 15 Principles of Management and Business MDP551 15 Business Finance MDP580 15 TOTAL 60 D.365.2 SMDP (1604) Module Name Alpha Code Cred Core Modules Business Communication MDP569 15 Electives (Choose 3) SME Management MDP531 15 Business Law for SMEs MDP533 15 Quantitative Analysis MDP548 15 Economics for Managers MDP549 15 Principles of Management Accounting MDP553 15 Marketing Management MDP554 15 Financial Management MDP556 15 Operational Management MDP557 15 Employee Management MDP578 15 TOTAL 60 D.366 ASSESSMENT D.366.1 Unless the School of Business and Finance determines otherwise, the following will apply: D.366.1.1 To be admitted to the examination for a module, a student must obtain a coursework mark of at least 30% for the applicable module. D.366.1.2 The final mark for each module is composed of either

(i) 50% coursework and 50% examination; or (ii) 60% coursework and 40% examination.

D.366.1.3 To pass a module a candidate for the MDP or the SMDP must obtain a final mark of at least 50% and a sub-minimum of 40% in the examination for the module.

Page 113: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

113

D.366.2 To be awarded the MDP or the SMDP a student must achieve an average of 50% for the four modules with at least 40% in both the coursework and the examination for each module. D.366.3 MDP students are required to pass all 4 compulsory modules with a minimum of 50% to progress to the SMDP D.367 RENEWAL OF REGISTRATION Part-time students will not be allowed to renew his/her registration if the MDP or SMDP) requirements are not met within four semesters. D.368 ADMISSION TO ADM, ADM (FINANCE) OR ADM (FINANCIAL PLANNING) D.368.1 A MDP student who passed all four MDP modules with a minimum of 60% each, at the first attempt in two semesters of part-time study, qualifies for admission to the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning). Credits for two modules may be recognized towards the ADM requirements. All other MDP students must complete the SMDP before qualifying for admission to the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning). On admission two modules (30 credits) may be transferred provided that:

(i) The MDP is not awarded (ii) The module is part of the ADM curriculum (iii) The student has a final mark of at least 50% with at least 40% for both the continuous assessment and the examination marks.

D.368.2 A student who has completed the SMDP requirements qualifies for admission to the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning) if s/he has passed all four SMDP modules. On admission up to four MDP/ SMDP modules (60 credits) may be transferred provided that:

(i) The MDP/SMDP is not awarded (ii) The module is part of the ADM, ADM (Finance) or ADM (Financial Planning)

curriculum (iii) The student has a final mark of at least 50% with at 40% for both the

continuous assessment and the examination marks. D.369 RECOGNITION OF PRIOR LEARNING Where a student has passed equivalent modules of least 15 NQF credits at NQF level 5 or higher as part of an incomplete SAQA-accredited qualification, the student may apply in writing on the faculty’s Recognition of Credits form with appropriate supporting evidence for internal or external recognition of credits. No more than 60 external credits may be recognized. It is the student’s responsibility to provide documentation that the qualification is SAQA accredited and that the module/course is at least 10 NQF credits. Modules of less than 10 credits will not be accredited. Applications must be submitted before the annual deadline (normally end April). D.370 RETENTION OF CREDITS A full-time student retains credits for modules passed for two semesters and part-time student students for three semesters.

Page 114: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

114

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES (PEP I) - 1563 PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY (PEPP II) - 1564 D.371 ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS The PEPI and PEPPII study programmes is an alternative route into advanced education in Economics and gives full recognition to prior learning. People working in both the public and private sectors are encouraged to apply. PEP is a capacity development programme for non-economists. Admission to this programme is open to any student with one of: a) Grade 12 plus 5 years relevant work experience b) A Bachelor’s degree or 3-year National Diploma D.372 SELECTION A procedure for selection of applications will take place. D.373 DURATION The curriculum requires two years of part-time study or one year of full-time study. D.374 CURRICULUM The curriculum consists of 8 modules of 15 credits each (Total 120 credits) divided into Semesters for full-time and part-time students as follows: D.374.1 Programme in Economic Principles (PEPI) (Part-time) Module Semester Alpha Code Cred Microeconomic Principles 1st ECO600 15 Macroeconomic Principles 1st ECO601 15 International Economics and Policy 2nd ECO609 15 Public Economic Principles 2nd ECO605 15 TOTAL 60 D.374.2 Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPPII) (Part-time) Module Semester Alpha Code Cred Development Economics and Policy 1st ECO604 15 Econometric Principles and Policy 1st ECO603 15 Microeconomic Theories and Policy 2nd ECO606 15 Macroeconomic Theories and Policy 2nd ECO607 15 TOTAL 60 D.374.3 Programme in Economic Principles ( PEP) (Full-time) Module Semester Alpha Code Cred Microeconomic Principles 1st ECO600 15 Macroeconomic Principles 1st ECO601 15 Development Economics and Policy 1st ECO604 15 Econometric Principles and Policy 1st ECO603 15 TOTAL 60

Page 115: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

115

D.374.4 Programme in Economic Principles and Policy (PEPP) (Full-time) Module Semester Alpha Code Cred International Economics and Policy 2nd ECO609 15 Public Economic Principles 2nd ECO605 15 Microeconomic Theories and Policy 2nd ECO606 15 Macroeconomic Theories and Policy 2nd ECO607 15 TOTAL 60 D.375 ASSESSMENT In all modules there will be course work and a written examination. Coursework and the written exam will count for 50% and 50% of the final mark respectively. The duration of the examinations will be at least two hours for each of the modules. In all cases the general university rules (A.5.3) will apply. D.376 PROGRESS D.376.1 PEPI comprises of 4 modules (of 15 credits each) done in one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. The modules are ECO 600, ECO 601 and one of the following combinations: (ECO 604 and ECO 603) or (ECO 609 and ECO 605). A pass mark for all four modules will result in PEP being awarded. PEP, or an equivalent as approved by the HOD of the Department, is a pre-requisite for admission to PEPP. D.376.2 PEPPII comprises of 4 modules (of 15 credits each) done in one semester full-time or two semesters part-time. The modules are ECO 606, ECO 607 and one of the following combinations: (ECO 605 and ECO 609) or (ECO 603 and ECO 604). A pass mark for all four modules will result in PEPP being awarded. A 60% average for PEPP is necessary to be considered for the Honours program

Page 116: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

116

MODULE DESCRIPTORS ACCOUNTING

Name of module ADVANCED TAXATION 706 Programme(s) in which module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Accounting EMS Core Home Department ACCOUNTING Module description (Header) B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) TAXATION

Alpha-numeric code ACC706 Credit Value 30 Duration YEAR (Y) Module Type PROGRAMME Level 8 Main Outcomes This module is in compliance with the South African

Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to: Interpret and apply laws and procedures relating to the taxes and duties levied in terms of : 1. Income Tax Act no.58 of 1962 2. Estate Duty Act no.45 of 1955 3. Value Added Tax Act no.89 of 1991

Main Content The Module focuses on: 1. Income Tax Act no.58 of 1962

o The Income Tax Act and any other relevant Acts which may be in force from time to time;

o Important decisions of the courts; o The Interpretation and Practice Notes issued by

the Commissioner and by SARS. o The nature of income tax o Interpretation of fiscal legislation o Gross income o Specific inclusions o Income exempt from tax o The general deduction formula o Specific Deductions o The taxation of dividends o The taxation of persons other than companies o The taxation of companies and close corporations o Trading stock and deemed trading stock o Foreign exchange profits and losses o Interest incurred and accrued o Lump-sum benefits from pension, provident and

retirement annuity funds o Residents and Non-residents o International double taxation o The avoidance and evasion of tax o Donations tax o Administration o Employees’ tax and provisional tax

Page 117: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

117

o Fringe benefits and allowances o Capital gains tax o Tax planning

2. Estate Duty Act no.45 of 1955 o The Estate Duty Act 1955, and any other relevant

Acts which may be in force from time to time; o Important decisions of the courts; and o Introduction to estate duty o What constitutes an estate o The valuation of property for estate duty purposes o Allowable deductions o Calculation and apportionment of estate duty

payable o Estate planning

3. The Value-Added Tax Act no.89 of 1991 o Important decisions of the courts; o The Practice Notes issued by the Commissioner

and SARS; and o Definitions o Financial services o Determination of open market value o Administration of the Act o Imposition of value-added tax o Deemed supplies o Time and value of supply o Zero rating o Exempt supplies o Imported goods and services o Accounting basis o Calculation of tax payable o Permissible input tax deductions o Adjustments o Tax invoices, credit and debit notes o Irrecoverable debts o Registration o Tax period o Returns and payments of tax o Other returns and assessments o Objections and appeals o Payment, recovery and refunds o Representative o Special provisions o Compliance o Prices and advertisements o Special arrangements (rulings) o Tax avoidance o Fixed property, Transfer duty and stamp duty

exemption o Tax planning

Pre-requisites Admission to Honours in Accounting

Co-requisites None

Page 118: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

118

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 100 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 16 Selfstudy 84 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) 50% Final Examination: 50%

Name of Module ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 721 Programme(s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Accounting EMS Core Home Department ACCOUNTING Module description (Header)

B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING

Generic module name ADVANCE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 721 Alpha-numeric code ACC721 Credit Value 50 Duration YEAR (Y) Module Type PROGRAMME Level 8 Main Outcomes This module is in compliance with the South African

Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to:

o Identify the overall objectives of financial reporting, the specific information needs of equity investors, and the general information needs of other users. To establish the relationships between generally accepted accounting practice, legal requirements, financial reporting and prepare and present financial statements in terms of the Framework (AC 000)

o Apply recognition, classification, measurement and disclosure criteria for the various elements of financial statements.

o Apply generally accepted accounting practice o Prepare and report on financial statements, including

group financial statements, in terms of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) including International Accounting Standards (IASs) and the Companies Act.

Main Content The module focuses on o Framework o Revenue Recognition o Deferred Tax o Financial Instruments o Valuations o Group Accounts

Page 119: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

119

o Foreign Exchange o Earnings Per Share, Headline EPS o Provisions o Employee Benefits o Cash Flows o Financial Analysis o Share Based Payments o Property, Plant and Equipment (Investment Property

and Property Held for Sale) o Inventory o Leases o Reconstruction and Liquidations o Presentation of Financial Statements

Pre-requisites Admission to Honours in Accounting Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of learning time

Hours

Contact with lecturer/Tutor 200 (7 Lectures) Test and Examinations 16 Assignment and tasks Assessment 100 Self-study 184 Total learning time 500 Method of student assessment

Final Examination - 50% final mark Continuous Evaluation (Tests, Assignments and tutorials) 50%

Name of module ADVANCED AUDITING 741 Programme(s) in which module will be offered Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Accounting EMS Core Home Department ACCOUNTING Module description B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) AUDITING Generic module name ADVANCED AUDITING 741 Alpha-numeric code ACC741 Credit Value 30 Duration YEAR (Y) Module Type PROGRAMME Level 8 Main Outcomes

This module is in compliance with the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to: CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Principles of Corporate Governance o Demonstrate an understanding of the corporate

governance debate. o Demonstrate an understanding of the need for, and

development of corporate governance. o Demonstrate an understanding of corporate

governance developments globally.

Page 120: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

120

o Legislated and Regulatory Corporate Governance o Demonstrate an understanding of the regulatory

environment governing corporate entities in South Africa.

o Make appropriate recommendations concerning compliance with specific aspects of Company Law and the Close Corporations Act.

o The Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report

o Demonstrate an understanding of the recommendations of the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on corporate governance.

o Make appropriate recommendations regarding practical aspects of corporate governance with specific reference to the Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the King II Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa (2001).

o Business ethics o Explain the concepts and principles relating to business

ethics. o Exercise ethical judgement with regard to practical

situations. o Risk management and internal control o Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of

uncertainty, risk and opportunity. o Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the risk

management process. o Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the role of

internal audit and audit committees in the risk management process.

o In practical scenarios, identify business risks, consider the impact thereof, and recommend appropriate management responses.

o Demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the principles of sound systems of internal control, in both manual and computerised environments.

o Demonstrate an awareness of various control frameworks and implement effective monitoring controls.

o Criticise existing systems of internal control constructively, and recommend improvements.

o Design effective systems of internal control. AUDITING AND ASSURANCE SERVICES The legal and regulatory environment governing auditors

and their responsibilities, functions and qualities o List and explain relevant information pertaining to the

auditing profession; o Analyse and assess the duties, responsibilities and

rights of an auditor as well as the nature of the legal liability of the auditor for audit, related service and other assurance engagements;

o Explain the nature and rationale of self regulation and professional ethics applicable to the professional accountant and auditor;

Page 121: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

121

o Explain the applicable regulatory and standard setting requirements; and

o Analyse practical situations and identify basic auditing concepts and principles to be applied.

o The audit process o Explain concepts and principles relevant to the audit

function; o Differentiate between the major stages of the audit

process and explain the rationale behind each; o Assess audit risk at both a financial statement level and

at the assertions level for individual balances and classes of transactions and determine an appropriate response by the auditor to risks identified; and

o Apply the concepts and principles to a given practical situation, taking cognizance of generally accepted auditing standards and assessing appropriate audit action.

USER, MANAGER OR EVALUATOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY o Demonstrate an understanding of business and

accounting systems, specifically: o Managing IT systems o Evaluating IT systems, specifically: o Plan system evaluation o Evaluate system o Communicate results of evaluations and follow up

Main Content The module focuses on Corporate governance o Principles of Corporate Governance o Legislated and Regulatory Corporate Governance o The Code of Corporate Practices and Conduct of the

King II Report o Business ethics o Risk management and internal control o Auditing and assurance services o The legal and regulatory environment governing

auditors and their responsibilities, functions and qualities

o The audit process User, manager or evaluator of information technology

Pre-requisites Admission to Honours in Accounting Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 100 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 16 Selfstudy 84 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous evaluation: 50% (tests, assignments and tutorials) Final Examination: 50%

Page 122: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

122

Name of module ADVANCED MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 751 Programme(s) in which module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Management (PGDM); BCom. (Hons) (Management) ; any UWC postgraduate qualification requiring introductory exposure to Management in consultation with the Director of SBF.

Honours in Accounting EMS Core Home Department ACCOUNTING Module description (Header)

B.COM.ACC.(HONS.) MAN.ACC AND FIN.MAN.

Generic module name ADVANCED MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 751

Alpha-numeric code ACC751 Credit value 30 Duration YEAR (Y) Module Type PROGRAMME Level 8 Main Outcomes o This module is in compliance with the South African

Institute of Chartered Accountants (SAICA) requirements to sit for Part 1 of their qualifying examination. A student will be able to:

o Design and evaluate costing systems appropriate for various types of organizations and processes.

o Calculate record and report information necessary for effective cost management.

o Apply cost management techniques which achieve the strategic objectives of the business.

o Discuss the issues and principles of control Centres o Build and manipulate simple financial models and

test assumptions. o Identify and interpret appropriate measures of

performance, risk and uncertainty. o Advise on the investment, financing and dividend

decisions. o Apply the principles of finance to the valuation of a

business entity and to the valuation of financial assets using appropriate techniques.

o Advise on management of working capital. o Advise on change in ownership transactions; and o Evaluate and select appropriate financing

instruments for effective risk minimisation. Main Content The module focuses on

o Nature of costs o Costing and Cost Management, Material, Labour

Overheads o Decision-making o Advanced Management Accounting Techniques o Management Accounting Information Systems o Planning and Control o Standard Costing o Performance measurement o Function Financial Management o Financial Reports Analysis

Page 123: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

123

o Valuation o Risk and Return o Cost of Capital o Capital investment appraisal o Sources and forms of finance o The dividend decision o Management of working capital o Treasury function

Pre-requisites Admission to Honours in Accounting

Co-requisites None

Prohibited combinations Management module at level 6

Breakdown of learning time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/Tutor 100 Lectures p.w Test and Examinations 16 Tutorails p.w. Assignment and tasks 100 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment Self-study 84 Total learning time 300 Method of student assessment

Continuous evaluation: (tests, assignments and tutorials) - 50% Final Examination - 50%

Assessment Module Typr CFA

Name of module Research Project 712 Programme(s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Accounting EMS Core Home Department ACCOUNTING Module description B.COM.ACCOUNTING (HONS.) Research Project Generic module name Research Project 712 Alpha-numeric code ACC712 Credit Value 20 Duration Year (Y) Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes A student will have the communication and research skills

necessary to operate effectively in a professional environment.

Main Content Students are required to do research and write an essay on a topic from one of the core subjects of the B.Com. Accounting (Hons) degree being Financial Accounting, Auditing, Management Accounting & Financial Management and Taxation.

Pre-requisites Admission to B.Com. Accounting (Hons)

Co-requisites None

Page 124: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

124

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor 20 Research and report writing 280 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Lecturers will act as supervisors and evaluate the research project: Research 25% Content 60% Presentation 15% 100%

ECONOMICS

Name of Module Microeconomics 600 Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Economics Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO600 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester First Semester Programmes in which the module will be offered

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY

Level 6 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course students will be able to:

o Understand the intermediate concepts of micro-economic principles and their application.

o Analyse and interpret graphs. o Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and

algebraic analysis.

Main Content o Revision, basic first year level; o Consumer behaviour o Production theory o Costing production o Profit maximization o Dropping assumption of perfect competition o Sales maximization

Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience

Co-requisite modules NONE

Prohibited module Combination

NONE

Page 125: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

125

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer /tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 12 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments; Module Tests; Tutorial Tests)

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Name of Module MACROECONOMICS Home Department Economics Module Topic MACROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO601 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester First semester Programmes in which the module will be offered

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY

Level 6 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course students will be able to:

o Understand macro-economic theory o Use graphs and equations to explain macro-economic

concepts o Apply macro-economic theory to South African

economic issues. Main Content o National Income

o Components of GDP o Goods and Financial Markets o IS-LM model and AD-AS model o Unemployment and Inflation

Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination

NONE

A.Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 29 Other: Please specify 20 Total Learning Time 100 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments; Tests)

Page 126: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

126

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Name of Module Introduction to Econometrics Home Department Economics Module Topic Introduction to Econometrics Generic Module Name Introduction to Econometrics Alpha-numeric Code ECO603 Numeric Code ECO603 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester 1st semester Programmes in which the module will be offered

Programme In Economic Principles And Policy

Level 7 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to

demonstrate: o An understanding on the basics of probability and

statistics o An understanding of the use of econometrics to

analyze the relationship amongst different variables o An ability to run the econometric models and interpret

the results

Main Content o Nature and scope of Econometrics o Basics of probability and statistics o The linear regression model: Ordinary Least Squares

(OLS), bivariate regressions, multivariate regressions, confidence intervals and hypothesis testing,

o Different functional forms of regression models o Regressions on dummy explanatory variables o Introduction to E-Views o Regression analysis in practice: Multicollinearity,

autocorrelation and heteroscedasticity

Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience

Co-requisite modules NONE

Prohibited module Combination

NONE

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 26 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 83 Other: Please specify 8 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments; Tests)

Page 127: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

127

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Economics Module Topic DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Generic Module Name DEVELOPMENT ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO604 Numeric Code ECO604 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester 1ST SEMESTER Programmes in which the module will be offered

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY

Level 7 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course students will be in a

position to: o Understand the foundational concepts of development

economics and their application. o Apply tools of economic analysis to analyse the levels

and patterns of development of developing countries. o Analyse and interpret statistical data. o Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and

algebraic analysis. Main Content o Determination of poverty and inequality

o Growth and development experiences of developing countries

o Agrarian change and industrialization strategies o Capital Flows, debt and finance

Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination

NONE

A.Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 48 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify 12 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Tests, Presentations)

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Economics Module Topic PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Generic Module Name PUBLIC SECTOR ECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO605 Credit Value 10 Duration Semester Proposed semester 2ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the module will be offered

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY

Page 128: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

128

Level 6 Main Outcomes Upon the successful completion of this module, students

will be able to: o Understand the composition of the public sector in

South Africa. o Critically evaluate the different views on the role of

government in an economy o Identify the challenges facing the South Africa

government o Understand the basic principles of expenditure- and tax

theory and be able to apply these. o Understand the basics of fiscal policy (including the

budgetary process) in South Africa. Main Content Composition of public sector in South Africa;

o Views on role of government; o Market failures (public goods; mixed and merit goods;

externalities; imperfect competition; macro-economic instability; etc.);

o Growth and changing composition of public expenditure in South Africa);

o Principles of taxation: equity and efficiency; o Taxation in South Africa; o Fiscal policy and the national budget.

Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination

NONE

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 33 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 16 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 43 Other: Please specify 8 Total Learning Time 100

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Economics Module Topic MICROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MICROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO606 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester 2ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the module will be offered

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY

Level 7 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course, the student will be able

to: o Discuss general equilibrium and welfare analysis o Analyse the behaviour of the firm under different

market structures

Page 129: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

129

o Analyse the firm’s behaviour using game theory o Explain and formulate the conditions for economic

efficiency o Analyse factor markets under different market

structures Main Content o General equilibrium and Welfare Analysis

o Market Structure and Competitive Strategy o Factor Markets

Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination

NONE

A.Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 88 Other: Please specify 6 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam = 40%

Continuous Assessment Mark = 60% (Assignments, Essays, Tests, Tutorials)

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Economics Module Topic MACROECONOMICS Generic Module Name MACROECONOMICS Alpha-numeric Code ECO607 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester 2ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the module will be offered

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY

Level 7 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course students will be able to:

o Explain monetary and fiscal policy, particularly the contesting approaches of the Neo-classical and Keynesian schools.

o Understand the theory of prices, output, inflation and unemployment.

o Discuss the Macroeconomic Policy of South Africa. Main Content Fiscal and monetary policy

The Phillips curve; the IS-LM model; the AD-AS model; the Mundell-Fleming model. Government intervention in the macro-economy Macroeconomic policy in South Africa

Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/Diploma or relevant working experience

Co-requisite modules NONE

Page 130: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

130

Prohibited module Combination

NONE

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer /tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify 57 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam40% Continuous Assessment Mark 60%

(Assignments, Essays, Tests, Tutorials)

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Economics Module Topic International Trade Economics Generic Module Name International Trade Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO609 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester 2ND SEMESTER Programmes in which the module will be offered

PROGRAMME IN ECONOMIC PRINCIPLES AND POLICY

Level 7 Main Outcomes Upon completion of this course students will be in a

position to: o Understand the foundational concepts of international

economics. o Apply tools of economic analysis to analyse

international trade. o Make use of mathematical skills for graphical and

algebraic analysis. Main Content o Theories of why nations trade

o Developments in trade theory o Instruments and impact of trade policy o Economic integration & cooperation o International trade and the Developing countries o Balance of payments, Exchange rates and International

Trade Pre-requisite modules Previous Degree/ Diploma or relevant working experience Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 84 Other: Please specify 10 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Methods Final Exam 40% Continuous Assessment Mark 60%

(Assignments, Essays, Tests)

Page 131: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

131

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Research Project Generic module name Research Project Alpha-numeric code ECO701 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Year Proposed semester to be offered.

Year

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B. Admin (Honours) B.Com (Honours) B. Econ (Honours)

Year Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the project students should be able to:

• Critically assess strengths and weaknesses of different economic approaches to research methods.

• Critically evaluate and choose appropriate research method when planning long research essay.

• Apply research methods to write-up a long research essay that addresses an economic question.

Main Content • Introduction to different economic theories and models and the implications for research questions and methods used.

• Engagement with economic research practitioners • Research Ethics – plagiarism • Research problems, questions, purpose and

hypothesis statements • Writing a literature review • Quantitative and qualitative research methodology

Pre-requisites ECO331 AND ECO332 AND ECO311

Co-requisites None

Prohibited module combinations

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 52 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 75 Assessment 3 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 170 Selfstudy 49 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Research Project 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Page 132: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

132

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department Economics Module Topic Applied and Policy Economics Generic Module Name Applied and Policy Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO711 NQF Level 8.1 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Demonstrate an understanding of how economic

principles are applied in the selected area of policy, or industry, or market, or economic behavior.

• Apply the analytical tools of economics in the selected area of study.

Main Content

The module focuses on: • The economic characteristics of the selected market or

sector • The economic theory and analytical principles relevant

to that market or sector • An analytical analysis of behaviour in that market or

sector • The specific tools or policies through which economic

principles are applied • A critical analysis of the effectiveness of these tools • Alternative tools or approaches to the application of

these principles • The international economic environment in which these

principles are applied • The impact of the international environment on the

application of these principles • New theoretical developments and its likely impact on

the market or sector • Trends in the market or sector and their challenges to

economic theory Pre-requisite modules ECO 331 & ECO 332 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 43 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 06 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 120 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

Assignments 20%, Semester test 15%, long essay 10%, test 15%, examination 40%

Assessment Module type

Page 133: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

133

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic International Financial Economics Generic module name International Finance Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO713 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

First

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B.Admin (Honours), B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours)

Year Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student should be able to:

• Critically discuss international financial markets, • Develop insights into regulation and coordination of

international financial markets • Critically discuss the macroeconomics risks and

vulnerabilities associated with organization of the international financial architecture

• Demonstrate an understanding of the instruments and strategies that governments and economic agents can employ to cope with the uncertainties and risk associated with these markets, through the examination of case studies.

Main Content • The organization of global financial markets and its architecture

• The relationships between governments and private financial institutions

• Types of financial institutions and instruments active in international financial markets

• International risk and vulnerabilities associated with deregulation and integration of global financial markets

• Different schools of thought on economic theories and models of money and exchange rates

• Country case studies of currency, debt and financial crises.

Pre-requisites ECO331 AND ECO332 AND ECO311 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w.2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Examination 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Page 134: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

134

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department ECONOMICS Module description CAPITA SELECTA Generic module name CAPITA SELECTA Alpha-numeric code ECO721 Credit Value 60 Duration ONE YEAR Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student will be able to:

o develop and research a topic of interest; o search for relevant literature; o draft a short research proposal; o write clear and coherent academic arguments on the

selected topics o present the topic formally in a seminar session of the

department; o engage in debates on selected topics

Main Content The module focuses on: o Introduction to research methodology and design; o Selection of essay topic; o Literature Search; o Research proposal; o Structuring of Research Essay; o Guidance with academic writing and referencing

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 45 2 Lectures Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Final essay

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Econometrics Generic module name Econometrics Alpha-numeric code ECO730 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B.Admin (Honours) B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours)

Page 135: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

135

Year Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student should be able to:

• Utilise regression analysis to estimate and infer solutions to economic problems.

• Utilize advanced tools and tests in cross-sectional econometrics.

• Apply time-series econometrics from a macroeconomic perspective.

Main Content • The nature of regression analysis in its use in economics.

• Two-variable regression model, extensions of the two-variable model and multiple regression model: economic applications.

• Inference and problems of estimations when analyzing economic phenomena.

• Dummy variable regression models for qualitative economics analysis.

• Multicollinearity, heteroscedasticity, autocorrelation, model specification and diagnostic testing in econometrics.

• Introduction to time-series econometrics for macroeconomic problems.

Pre-requisites ECO331 and ECO332 and ECO311 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 9 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 85 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous 50% and Final 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Economics Module Topic Microeconomics Generic Module Name Microeconomics 731 and 411 Alpha-numeric Code ECO731/ECO411 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B.COM (HONS), B.A. (HONS) B.ADMIN (HONS), B.ECON (HONS)

Year level Honours

Page 136: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

136

Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to: o Interpret and critically analyse fundamental principles of

microeconomics; o Discuss and debate the relevance of current trends and

developments in the theory of consumer choice; o Analyse theories of production. o Apply theoretical principles to South African

microeconomic issues; o Apply tools to analyse strategic situations using game

theoretic models. Main Content o Theory of production;

o Theories of Consumer Choice o Game theoretic models

Pre-requisite modules ECO331 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lecture pw 1 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tutorials pw 2 Practicals: 0 Practicals pw 0 Assessments 6 Self-study 65 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

CAM 50% Examination 50%

Assessment Module type Continuous and Final Assessment (CFA)

Home Department Economics Module description Macroeconomics Generic module name Macroeconomics 732 Alpha-numeric code ECO732 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B.Com (Hons) B.A. (Hons) B.Admin (Hons) B.Econ (Hons)

Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

o Demonstrate an understanding of advanced macroeconomic theory;

o Apply the theory as an analytical tool to interrogate and critique macroeconomic policies in emerging markets in general and South Africa in particular.

Main Content This module focuses on: o Money, interest rates, the global economy; booms and

recessions

Page 137: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

137

o Aggregate supply and inflation; dynamic aggregate supply and demand

o Equilibrium in financial markets o Short-run equilibrium o Medium-term equilibrium o Inter-temporal budget constraints in the public sector o Macroeconomic consequences of high inflation o Finance and growth; financial repression o Financial reform; sequencing reforms o Coping with capital flows o Crises in emerging economies o Macroeconomic management in emerging economies o Macroeconomic growth theory and policies

Pre-requisites ECO332 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 06 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 88 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50% Examination 50%

Assessment Module Type Continuos and Final

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Labour Economics Generic module name Labour Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO733 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

First

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B.Admin (Honours) B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours)

Year Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Critically analyse labour supply and labour demand framework.

• Apply labour economic theories to explain the crucial problems facing the South African labour market.

• Analyse and evaluate labour market legislation, institutions and policies.

• Analyse and evaluate the factors accounting for labour market rigidity and their applicability to the South African context.

Page 138: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

138

Main Content • Historical development of the South African labour market

• Labour supply and labour demand theories • Human capital and job matching • Informal labour markets • Wage differentials and discrimination • Labour productivity • Labour market legislations, institutions and wage

premium • Unemployment • Labour market policies

Pre-requisites ECO331 and ECO332 and ECO311 and ECO333 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 43 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 75 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous 50% and Final Exam 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Public Economics Generic module name Public Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO734 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B. Admin (Honours), B.Com (Honours) B. Econ (Honours)

Year Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Analyse and interpret the impact of public sector activities on the South African economy from a macro and microeconomic perspective.

• Critically analyse the South African government’s redistributive role and the consequent economic impact of policies.

• Evaluate the impact of government intervention on the South African economy.

Page 139: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

139

• Analyse the economic impact of specific taxes in South Africa.

• Evaluate recent tax developments in South Africa. • Analyse the nature of intergovernmental fiscal relations

in South Africa. Main Content • The role of government in the South African economy.

• Income Distribution and Social Security Issues in South Africa.

• Efficiency and equity considerations in economic decision-making: analysing unintended consequences of policies.

• Government interventions in South Africa. • Direct and indirect taxation. • Tax issues in South Africa as a developing country. • Intergovernmental fiscal relations: subnational taxation

and intergovernmental grants in the South African context.

Pre-requisites ECO334 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Examination 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Honours in Economics EMS Elective Home Department Economics Module description International Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO735 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

o Demonstrate an understanding and analyse the dynamics of trade among developed and developing countries in the globalized trading system;

o Evaluate trade and industrial policy of the developing countries specially South Africa;

o Assess the impact of trade on environment; o Analyse the role of WTO in international trade.

Page 140: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

140

Main Content This module focuses on: o Modern trade Theories o Growth and Development with international trade. o Changes in trade pattern with economic integration o Globalisation and international trade o International resource movements and multinational

corporation o Trade and poverty o Trade and environment o Trade and WTO

Pre-requisites ECO335 Co-requisites N/A Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 39 2 Lectures Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous evaluation 50% Examination 50%

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Development Economics Generic module name Development Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO736 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B. Admin (Honours) B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours)

Year Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Critically analyse the different perspectives on economic development.

• Critically evaluate the alternative models and current debates in economic development.

• Apply quantitative techniques to analyse levels of economic development

• Critically evaluate the applicability of alternative theories of poverty and inequality in the South African context

• Critically evaluate alternative models and current trends in development economics.

Main Content • Perspectives on economic development • Poverty and inequality

Page 141: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

141

• Social Policy (e.g. health and education) • The economic performance of regional or interstate

groupings (e.g. BRICS) • Dual economy models and agrarian development • Privatization • Institutions and economic development

Pre-requisites ECO331 and ECO332 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Examination 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Mathematical Economics Generic module name Mathematical Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO739 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Proposed semester to be offered

Second

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B. Admin (Honours), B.Econ (Honours) B.Com (Honours), BA (Honours)

Year Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Critically analyse the use of quantitative techniques or tools when constructing economic models.

• Use advanced mathematical tools to systematically solve micro problems related to producer and consumer theory.

• Use advanced matrix algebra to systematically solve IS/LM and AS/AD equilibria in macroeconomics.

• Derive and use advanced mathematical models to analyse economic theories

Main Content • Using limits and open sets in economics. • Functions, implicit functions and derivatives of relevant

macro and microeconomics variables. • Unconstrained optimization and integral calculus as

tools for solving economic problems.

Page 142: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

142

• Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, recursive methods and linearisation in economics.

Pre-requisites ECO331 and ECO332 and ECO311

Co-requisites None

Prohibited module combinations

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Examination 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Capita Selecta Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code ECO821 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

n/a

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

MCom, MA, MAdmin

Year Level Masters

Main Outcomes n/a

Main Content n/a

Pre-requisites Honours in Economics

Co-requisites None

Prohibited module combinations

None

Page 143: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

143

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Assessment Tutorials p.w. Practicals: Selfstudy Other: Please specify Notional hours broken down according to module

descriptor of elective which student will be doing at other institution.

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Done according to institution where student is doing their elective.

Assessment Module type Done according to institution where student is doing their elective.

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Masters in Economics Economic & Management

Sciences Elective

Home Department Economics Module description Advanced Macroeconomics Alpha-numeric code ECO823 Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Module Type Programme Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

o Critically demonstrate an understanding and analyse the dynamics of trade among developed and developing countries in the globalized trading system;

o Critically evaluate trade and industrial policy of the developing countries specially South Africa;

o Critically assess the impact of trade on environment; o Critically analyse the role of WTO in international

trade. Main Content This module focuses on:

o Modern trade Theories o Growth and Development with international trade. o Changes in trade pattern with economic integration o Globalisation and international trade o International resource movements and multinational

corporation o Trade and poverty o Trade and environment o Trade and WTO

Pre-requisites ECO 335

Co-requisites None

Page 144: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

144

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 28 2 Lectures Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50% Final Exam 50%

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Research Methodology Generic module name Research Methodology Alpha-numeric code ECO824 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Year Proposed semester to be offered.

Year

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

M. Admin M.Com M.Econ

Year Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module a student will be able to:

• Critically engage with different economics perspectives (theories and models)

• Apply critical reading and thought to identifying, designing and completing an economics research project

• Write a research proposal and adhere to the ethical code of conduct in research

• Apply qualitative and quantitative research techniques in economics research

• Communicate research outputs in writing and orally Main Content • Economics research methods

• Thinking-writing exercises • Research Ethics – plagiarism, team research • Research problems, questions, purpose and

hypothesis statements • Conceptual framework based on literature review • Quantitative and qualitative research methodology • Research proposals and final papers

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites

Prohibited module combinations

Page 145: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

145

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 75 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 49 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Final Paper 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Economics Module Topic Development Economics Generic module name Development Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO826 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

M. Admin M.Econ M.Com

Year Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Critically review the perspectives on economic development.

• Critically evaluate the most appropriate models for economic development.

• Apply advanced quantitative techniques to analyse levels of economic development.

• Argue, with evidence, the incidence of global and local poverty and inequality.

• Critically evaluate the impact of globalization and privatization in developing countries.

• Critically evaluate alternative models and current trends in development economics.

• Critically engage in scholarly debates and cutting edge research in development economics

Main Content This module focuses on: • Perspectives on economic development • Poverty and inequality • Social Policy (e.g. social security, health and

education) • The economic performance of regional and interstate

groupings (e.g. BRICS) • Dual economy models and agrarian development

Page 146: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

146

• Privatization • Globalisation • Social capital, institutions and economic development

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

EOCO736

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Examination 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Econometrics Generic module name Econometrics Alpha-numeric code ECO830 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

M.Admin M.Econ M.Com

Year Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Apply advanced cross-sectional econometric techniques to analyse complex economic problems.

• Master advanced time-series tests in a macroeconomic context.

• Use time-series and cross-sectional software packages to formulate regressions and construct tables and graphs.

• Interpret and evaluate empirical findings using relevant micro and macroeconomic theories.

Main Content • Probit, logit, multinomial logistic and ordinal logistic models for analysis of qualitative economic variables.

• The selection problem and random assignment when conducting empirical analyses.

• Advanced cross-sectional tools such as propensity score matching, instrumental variables and two-stage-

Page 147: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

147

least squares regressions, structural discontinuity models and difference-in-differences models and its application in economic research.

• Panel data regressions for economics. • Advanced time-series regressions in a macroeconomic

context. Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

ECO730

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 45 Assessment 9 Tutorials p.w.1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous 50% and Final 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department Economics Module Topic Advanced Microeconomics Economics Generic Module Name Advanced Microeconomics Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO831 NQF Level 8.3 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Year Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Apply advanced quantitative techniques to analyze

Microeconomic problems • Read and analyze scholarly research papers in

Economics • Apply Microeconomic concepts, models and theories to

interpret practical problems • Conceptualize and write research papers in

Microeconomics Main Content

This module focuses on: • Review of Equilibrium and Optimization Theory • Consumer theory • Producer theory and institutional economics • Imperfect competition • Asymmetric information • Application to South African Microeconomic Issues

Page 148: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

148

Pre-requisite modules ECO 731

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 60 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 6 Tutorials p.w. Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 53 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Semester Test 20% Homework 10% Essay & Preparatory tasks 20% Presentation 10% Exam 40%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Economics Module description Advanced Macroeconomics Generic module name Advanced Macroeconomics Alpha-numeric code ECO832 Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Module Type Porgramme Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

o Apply advanced macro techniques for quantitative analysis

o Analyse macro policy in South Africa o Apply current literature review on selected topics o Write a coherent summary report on selected topics o Write own research papers

Main Content This module focuses on: o Growth and Measurement o Growth theory revisited o SA Labour Market o Consumption and Savings o Classical & Neoclassicla growth models o Growth & Social capital o Business cycle o Fiscal and monetary policies o Exchange rate regimes o Inflation & Investment o Globalisation of trade and financial markets o Trade issues & technical changes

Page 149: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

149

Pre-requisites ECO 732 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 31 Assignments & tasks: 28 Tests & examinations: 6 Practicals: 3 Lectures Selfstudy 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50% Examination 50%

Faculty EMS Home Department Economics Module Topic Public Economics Generic module name Public Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO834 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

M.Com M. Admin M.Econ

Year Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

• Critically analyse and interpret the impact of public sector activities on the South African economy from a macro and microeconomic perspective.

• Critically evaluate the South African government’s redistributive role and the consequent economic impact of policies.

• Explain and analyse the impact of government intervention on the South African economy.

• critically analyse the economic impact of specific taxes in South Africa

• Critically analyse recent tax developments in South Africa.

• Critically assess the nature and complexity of intergovernmental fiscal relations in South Africa.

• Construct models of social decision-making in the context of the South African public policy space.

Main Content • The role of government in the South African economy. • Income Distribution and Social Security Issues in South

Africa. • Efficiency and equity considerations in economic

decision-making: analysing unintended consequences of policies.

Page 150: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

150

• Economic modelling of social behaviour. • Government intervention in South Africa. • Direct and indirect taxation. • Tax issues in South Africa as a developing country. • Intergovernmental fiscal relations: subnational taxation

and intergovernmental grants in the South African context.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

ECO734

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 38 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Examination 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Labour Economics Generic module name Labour Economics Alpha-numeric code ECO840 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

M.Admin M.Econ M.Com

Year Level 9 Main Outcomes The main objectives of this course are broadly to:

• Critically analyse the labour supply and labour demand frameworks.

• Use labour economic theories to critically analyse the problems facing the South African labour market.

• Demostrate an understanding of labour market legislations, institutions and policies in South Africa.

• Critically examine the various factors accounting for labour market rigidity and its relevance to South Africa.

• Derive and interpret labour supply and demand trends using mathematical tools.

• Use cross-sectional software packages to conduct econometric analyses and to derive empirical findings of the South African labour market

Page 151: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

151

Main Content • Historical development of the South African labour market

• Labour supply and labour demand theories • Human capital and job matching • Derivation and interpretation of labour market trends in

South Africa • Informal labour markets • Wage differentials and discrimination • Labour productivity • Labour market legislations, institutions and wage

premium • Unemployment • Labour market policies • Econometric methods used in Labour Economics

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

ECO733

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 54 Practicals p.w.1 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 54 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous 50%; Examination 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Economics Module Topic Mathematical Economics Generic Module Name Mathematical Economics Alpha-numeric Code ECO842 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

First Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

M. Admin M.Econ M.Com

Year level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Utilise advanced quantitative techniques or tools when constructing economic models of human behaviour.

• Use advanced mathematical tools to systematically solve micro problems related to producer and consumer theory.

Page 152: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

152

• Use advanced matrix algebra to systematically solve IS/LM and AS/AD equilibria in macroeconomics.

• Utilise advanced mathematical models to analyse economic theories.

• Master computation skills by solving practical economic problems.

• Construct and use mathematical models to explain transmission mechanisms in the economy.

Main Content • Using limits and open sets in economics. • Functions, implicit functions and derivatives of relevant

macro and microeconomics variables. • Unconstrained optimization and integral calculus as

tools for solving economic problems. • Eigenvalues and eigenvectors, recursive methods and

linearisation in economics. • The use of Cobweb models in economics.

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

ECO739

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 10 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 6 Selfstudy 78 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

CAM 50%; Exam 50%

Assessment Module type CFA INFORMATION SYSTEMS

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Decision-making in Business Generic Module Name Decision-making in Business Alpha-numeric Code BIA710 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First or second

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Data Analytics and Business Intelligence

Year level 1 or 2 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

• Contextualise the South African economic landscape and business environment

• Understand the nature of the business enterprise and

Page 153: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

153

its constituent components in a client service-oriented environment

• Analyse the internal and external environment within which (service) businesses operate

• Analyse the theories of decision-making and their influence on business decisions

• Demonstrate an understanding of client engagement and requirement gathering

• Comprehend the principles of managing the main functional areas in a service-oriented environment

• Demonstrate a clear understanding of the elements of management and business concepts as a bridge between an idea and a business plan

• Apply the principles of management by using personal and group exercises that draw on student experience, self-assessment, work applications, and situational management techniques

Main Content This module covers all key management topics and concepts. It is comprehensive in scope and key outcomes are reinforced throughout the module. The business is presented as a system and managers must work within a system of relationships. These include the following: • Overview of the business enterprise as a system • Historical development of the field of management • External and internal business environment • Theories of decision-making and the main functional

areas in a service-oriented environment – marketing, employment relations/human resources, operations and finance

• Managing in a global environment: cognisant of management differences, cultural approaches, ethics in business, social responsibility approaches

• Thinking and acting strategically and conceptually in order to achieve organizational goals though the functions of management of planning, organising, leading and control.

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 1 Week blocked (35 hours)

Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. Group work: 15 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 70 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessments 50% Final Assessment 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Page 154: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

154

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Managing data for data analytics and business

Intelligence Generic Module Name Data Management Alpha-numeric Code BIA711 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First or second

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Data Analytics and Business Intelligence

Year level 1 or 2 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

• Create a data and information strategy • Understand the opportunities and constraints of

working with data (incl. social media, online presence, crowdsourcing)

• Manage data and information projects • Understand big data and its management • Evaluate buying and building data management

systems Main Content • Managing data in today’s business world

• Social media, online presence and business • Crowdsourcing, collaboration and problem solving • Data and information projects • Big data and the business enterprise • Data management systems

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 1 Week blocked (35 hours) Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. Group work: 15 Tutorials p.w. Tests and examinations 10 Selfstudy 70 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessments: 50% Final Assessment: 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Page 155: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

155

Faculty Natural Sciences Home Department Computer Science Module Topic Data warehousing and data structure Generic Module Name Data warehousing Alpha-numeric Code BIA712 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 1 or Semester 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Data Analytics and Business Intelligence

Year level 1 or 2 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

• Design, deploy and maintain data warehousing for business applications

• Understand the data warehousing life cycle, data structure, concepts and architectures

• Design a dimensional and physical model for data warehousing

• Design and develop business intelligence applications Main Content • Introduction to data warehousing

• Data warehousing concepts and architectures • Business process modelling • Dimensional modelling • Data modelling techniques • Physical database architecting • Leveraging Business Intelligence for data analysis • Exploring and testing selected business intelligence

tools for data warehousing Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 1 week blocked (35 hours) Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. Practicals:/Group work 15 Tutorials p.w. Tests and examinations 10 Selfstudy 70 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessments: 50% Final Assessment: 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Page 156: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

156

Faculty Natural Sciences Home Department Statistics and Population Studies Module Topic Statistics and data visualisation Generic Module Name Statistics and visualisation Alpha-numeric Code BIA713 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1 or Semester 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Data Analytics and Business Intelligence

Year level 1 or 2 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

• Understand the importance of statistics in both private and public sectors

• Summarize and visualise basic data into summary measures (e.g. mean, median, standard deviation, appropriate graphical displays)

• Prepare and interpret simple statistical analyses • Use computer tools and techniques to analyse and

present data Main Content • Visualisation of statistics

• Regression analysis procedures for business • Probability • Sampling and sampling distributions • Inferential statistics for business

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 1 week blocked (35 hours) Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 15 Tutorials p.w. Assessments 10 Selfstudy 70 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessments 50% Final Assessment 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Analytics and Business Intelligence Generic Module Name Business Intelligence Alpha-numeric Code BIA714 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15

Page 157: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

157

Duration One Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 1 or semester 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Data Analytics and Business Intelligence

Year level 1 or 2 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

• Apply key concepts around Business Intelligence • Implement usage of predictive analytics in business • Apply types of data validation to test data reliability • Evaluate business data requirements • Understand the role of current and emerging trends in

cloud computing in business Main Content • Evolution of Business Intelligence

• Business problem solving using data analytics • Predictive analytics and the future of data analytics • Current and emerging trends in cloud computing • Matching data requirements to data management

systems

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 1 week blocked (35 hours) Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 15 Tutorials p.w. Assessments 10 Selfstudy 70 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessments 50% Final Assessment 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Natural Sciences Home Department Statistics and Population Studies Module Topic Introduction to Data Mining Generic Module Name Data Mining Alpha-numeric Code BIA715 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1 or Semester 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Data Analytics and Business Intelligence

Year level 1 or 2

Page 158: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

158

Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to: • Utilise a statistical package to prepare data for data

mining using basic techniques • Test a data mining package to visualise and explore

data patterns • Apply a data mining package to do basic predictive

modelling Main Content • Prepare data for data mining (missing data, imputation,

transformations, sampling, parsing) • Explore data • Pattern discovery (cluster analysis) • Introduction to predictive modelling (e.g. decision trees,

regression) Pre-requisite modules Final Mark of at least 45% in BIA713 Statistics and

Visualisation. Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 1 week blocked (35 hours) Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w. Group work: 15 Tutorials p.w. Tests and examinations 10 Selfstudy 70 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessments: 50% Final Assessment: 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences, and Natural Science

Home Department Information Systems/ Statistics and Population Studies/ Computer Science/ School of Business and Finance

Module Topic Research Project Generic Module Name Research project Alpha-numeric Code BIA716 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration One Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1 or semester 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Data Analytics and Business Intelligence

Year level 1 or 2 Main Outcomes Main outcomes:

On completion of the Research Project, students should be able to: • Engage with clients to define and scope the business

need/challenge and/or opportunity

Page 159: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

159

• Utilise the theoretical knowledge acquired in terms of data structuring, management, statistical procedures and mining to select the appropriate business intelligence and data analytical processes and methodologies to effectively explore and address the business need

• Structure and apply the selected process and methodologies according to sound project management principles within the appropriate time line

• Interpret, package and present the outcome of the advanced data analytical and business intelligence project within the context of a client’s business reality.

Main Content • Client need identification/scoping in business and economic terms

• Data analytics and business intelligence processes and methodologies selection based on the integration of theoretical knowledge on data structuring, management, statistical procedures to address client needs

• Application of methodology, data analytics, and business intelligence process in a structured project format

• Data analytics and business intelligence as multi-stakeholder or team activity

• Interpretation and presentation of project outcomes (analytics and intelligence) in the client’s business context

• Business communication Pre-requisite modules Achieved at least 60 credits of which BIA715: Introduction

to Data Mining is compulsory Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement (per week)

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures Assignments & tasks: Small group coaching

20 Practicals.

Practicals: Tutorials p.w. Assessments Selfstudy Other: Please specify Project

60

Guidance & supervising 80 Visit to clients/companies 100 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Final report and presentation

Assessment Module type FA

Page 160: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

160

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Module description IFS711 Generic module name Delivering IS Benefits Alpha-numeric code IFS711 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student will be able to:

o understand and be able to explain how projects are the means to deliver a business strategy

o be aware of the organisational competencies that realise the benefits of an IS/IT investment

o have knowledge and experience of how these principles are applied in practice

Main Content The main content of this module focuses on: Organisational competencies that are required to deliver IS benefits. These competencies are presented in a framework that describes the information management body of knowledge. This framework contains 5 core concepts which together form the outline of the content for this module: o Information technology knowledge area o Information systems knowledge area o Business process knowledge area o Business benefits knowledge area o Business strategy knowledge area Organisations that have competency in these five knowledge areas are more likely to be able to deliver IS benefits because the framework addresses the well know gap between business strategy on the one hand and technology on the other.

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time)

Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Preparation for assignments: 30 Presentations (Tests & examinations):

20

Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment through weekly minor assignments (40%) as well a major assignment (60%). There are no traditional written tests or exams for this course.

Page 161: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

161

Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Advanced Systems Delivery Management Generic module name Advanced Systems Delivery Management Information Systems (Full-time) Numeric Code 143712 Alpha-numeric code IFS712 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Programmes in which the module is offered

B.Com Honours (IS) Full time

Level 8.1 Main Outcomes On the successful completion of the module, students

should be able to: • Identify quality systems and quality in systems delivery • Describe and explain projects and business change

from a managerial view. • Explain the management disciplines that accompany

successful project management. • Apply project management in practice.

Main Content Theme 1: Introduction

• The general concept of systems in relation to technology, people and processes

Theme 2: Quality Systems • Views of quality • QS in relation to the systems development and control

process • Quality in systems delivery

Theme 3: Project Management • PM in relation to functions of general and quality

management. • Management disciplines and principles that accompany

successful PM. • PM from a managerial view.

Theme 4: Requirements Management • Requirements dynamics in large software projects • Methods of requirements management • Requirements change

Theme 5: Business change and risk management • Change and risk management in relation to systems

development. • Relationship management. • Business change from a managerial view.

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time)

Co-requisites None

Prohibited combinations None

Page 162: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

162

A. Breakdown of Learning time

Hours B. Time-table Requirements per week

Contact with Lecturer/tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & Tasks 40 Practical p.w. Assessment (test and examinations)

10 Tutorials p.w. 4

Practicals Selfstudy 34 Other: Please Specify Case preparation/ Analysis

24

Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type e.g. (CAF)

Group presentation and case studies 15% Group assignment 35% Final Assessment 50% Total 100%

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Module description Information Systems Generic module name Building and Buying Systems Alpha-numeric code IFS713 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the completion of the module, the students must be

able to o Describe the major options and issues related to the

development and/or purchase of information systems technology and identify where each option may be appropriate.

o Identify a real-world system acquisition problem, identify the major options available, and write a formal report recommending a proposed solution to the problem.

Main Content o An investigation of system development and package implementation options.

o Issues related to the development and/or purchase of information systems

o Real-world system acquisition problems

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time)

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 163: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

163

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 40 Individual study 50 Essay research and preparation

28

Examination 2 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Examination (40%), Group participation (30%), Essay (30%).

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Department of Information Systems (BCom Hons IFS

Full-time Module Topic Internship Generic module name Internship 714 Alpha-numeric code IFS714 NQF Credit Value 45 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

BCOM Honours Information Systems Full time

Main Outcomes At the end of this module the student will be able to: o Apply knowledge learnt at university o Evaluate knowledge applicable in the real world o Write professional reports o Critically evaluate the way things are done in business compared to theory o Self manage one’s work o Effectively communicate work progress

Main Content This is a practical model. Students are allocated to various organisations to acquire first hand experience in the field of information systems and business. Content learnt in business will depend on the type of organisation the student will be allocated in. The broad scope of envisaged exposure should include: o Analysis o Design o Development o Programming o Facilitation o Testing o Documentation o Training

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 164: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

164

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 0 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 380 Selfstudy 0 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 450 Methods of Student Assessment

Student will be expected to write a full research report on an IS topic related to work done and progress at the organization (40%) The mentor/supervisor will evaluate the students based on progress in terms of the student’s performance at work (60%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS,

Part time) Module description IFS715 Generic module name Knowledge Management Alpha-numeric code IFS715 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the completion of the module, the students must be

able to o Describe Knowledge Management, Learning

Organisations and related concepts in detail, and give a reasoned view of the role of IT in managing organisational knowledge

o Differentiate between explicit and tacit knowledge and discuss the different techniques required to manage each.

o Discuss specific IT techniques which can assist in knowledge management

Main Content o Knowledge Management, Learning Organisations and related concepts

o Explicit and tacit knowledge and different techniques required to manage each.

o IT techniques which can assist in knowledge management

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time)

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 165: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

165

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 30 Individual study 50 3 Lectures Essay research and preparation

38

Examination 2 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Examination (40%), Group participation (20%), Essay (40%).

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS,

Part time) Module description IFS716 Generic module name Research Methods Alpha-numeric code IFS716 Credit Value 10 Duration Term Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the completion of the module, the students must be

able to o Demonstrate a clear understanding of the issues

involved in formal research projects o Competently apply standard research methods to

problems in the Information Technology arena o Write a well-reasoned and properly documented

research proposal and report Main Content o Research principles

o Formal research methods o Application of research methods in the IT field o Proposal writing and referencing

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Part time) Co-requisites This module cannot be completed until the previous four

modules have been completed IFS718, IFS719, IFS714, IFS715

Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Formal seminars 20 Individual study 30 3 Lectures Mini-thesis proposal research and preparation

50

Total Learning Time 100 Methods of Student Assessment

Formal research proposal (100%)

Page 166: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

166

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS,

Part time) Module description IFS717 Generic module name Practical Research Project Alpha-numeric code IFS717 Credit Value 50 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the completion of the module, the students must be

able to o Conduct a significant piece of research in the

Information Technology area and write it up as a formal research report

Main Content o This is a practical research project in an IT-related subject of the student’s choice.

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time), Module 140716 (Research Methods)

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Supervisor meetings 50 Group presentations 20 3 Lectures Individual research and report preparation

430

Total Learning Time 500 Methods of Student Assessment

Final research report (100%)

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS,

Part time) Module description IFS718 Generic module name Managing Information Technology Alpha-numeric code IFS718 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the completion of the module, the students must be

able to o Identify the important IT/IS technological trends and

current status, and discuss their implications for the commercial world

o Demonstrate a clear understanding of the management issues involved in technology decision-making and control

Page 167: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

167

o Research specific aspects of the technological environment; present reasoned findings to seminar participants; and write a formal academic paper on a chosen technology subject.

Main Content o An investigation of current information technologies and management issues related to them

o Trends in IT/IS o Management issues involved in technology decision-

making and control o Research specific aspects of the technological

environment Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 40 Individual study 50 3 lectures Essay research and preparation

28

Examination 2 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Examination (40%), Group participation (30%), Essay (30%).

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Department of Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS,

Part time) Module description IFS719 Generic module name The networked world Alpha-numeric code IFS719 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the completion of the module, the students must be

able to o Describe the major issues and trends in inter-

organisational and eCommerce systems o Describe the roles of systems and enterprise

architects o Describe the strategic opportunities that Information

Systems provide and the implications of implementing strategic systems

Main Content o Investigation of the issues related to inter-organisational and strategic systems and the role of the architect in planning such systems.

o Inter-organisational and e-commerce systems o The role of systems and enterprise architects o Strategic opportunities that Information Systems

provide

Page 168: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

168

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Part time) Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Formal seminars 30 Small group meetings 40 Individual study 50 Essay research and preparation

28 3 Lectures

Examination 2 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Examination (40%), Group participation (20%), Essay (40%).

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full- time) Module description IFS721 Generic module name Information Systems Practice Alpha-numeric code IFS721 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the course, students should be able to:

o Explain how theories, research and ideas from academia are applied in the “real world” of information systems.

o Demonstrate insights learned from practicing IS professionals.

o Contribute to the design, development and implementation of information systems in management decision-making and to analyse the impact of information systems on the enterprise.

o Select and use appropriate frameworks for analysing information system issues and developing decisions to address them.

o Analyse a case study in terms of a) the role of IS in business strategy and organisational design, and b) solving the IS/IT problems of the particular company.

Main Content Theme 1: Introduction o Overview o The changing face of business o The IS revolution and its impact on transforming

business, organisations and management o The role of IT in the networked era o IT/IS STRATEGIC ISSUES Theme 2: Business platforms for the 21st century o Continuous customer connection o The internet o E-commerce o M-commerce

Page 169: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

169

o Asset reconfiguration o Knowledge leverage Theme 3: IT planning and implementation

Management of organisational change o Planning fundamentals o Formulating IS strategy o Implementation challenges o The management of organisational change o Information systems, organisations, and business

processes o Reengineering – changing business and business

processes o The management of organisational change Theme 4: IT Governance o Setting direction for information resources o Board briefing on IT Governance o Finding a way to measure technology’s benefits o Theme 5: IT Security Management o Information security governance o Trends in security technology o Information security management: Understanding

ISO 17799 Theme 6: Total Cost of Ownership o TCO analyst – next generation total cost of

ownership methodology o Determining total cost of ownership Theme 7: Asset Management o Improving productivity & lowering costs through asset

management o Asset tracking – a logical first step toward distributed

enterprise asset management Theme 8: Outsourcing o Managing IT outsourcing o Evaluating the benefits of IT outsourcing Theme 9: IT Service Management o ITIL and IT service management o IT/IS OPERATIONAL ISSUES Theme 10: The Application Service Provider Model o E-sourcing the corporation – harnessing the power of

web-based application services providers o ASP fusion for the enterprise Theme 11: Services Procurement o Application hosting: A customer primer o Alternative approach: Purchasing systems Theme 12: Preparing for the future o Future trends in information technology o Emerging technologies

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IS (Full time)

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 170: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

170

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 45 Tests & examinations: 10 6 Lectures Selfstudy 29 Case preparation/Analysis 24 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Group presentations and case studies 15% Group assignment 35% Final exam 50% Total 100%

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS722 Generic module name Information Systems Research Alpha-numeric code IFS722 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the course, students should be able to:

o Differentiate between and explain qualitative and quantitative research

o Describe a variety of research methods o Create a research proposal o Do elementary research

Main Content The main content of this module focuses on: o The nature and history of academic research o Research in business o Quantitative and qualitative research methods

including case studies, surveys, actions research, etc. o Research proposal and report writing

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time) Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 45 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 6 Lectures Selfstudy 29 Case preparation/Analysis 24 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Presentations 15% Assignments 35% Final exam 50% Total 100%

Page 171: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

171

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS724 Generic module name Information Systems Research Alpha-numeric code IFS724 Credit Value 45 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the course, students should be able to:

o Write a research proposal o Conduct a small research project o Write a report on a research project

Main Content This is a research project module and there does not offer content as such. Relevant material on how to do research will however be provided.

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours IFS (Full time) Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Research activities 380 Total Learning Time 450 Methods of Student Assessment

Research report 100% Total 100%

Home Department Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS731 Generic module name End User Practical Alpha-numeric code IFS731 Credit Value 15 Duration Term Module Type Programme Level 8.1 Main Outcomes After completing the course, students will be able to:

o Prepare for effective written and oral presentations o Conduct professional presentations o Write professional reports o Critically evaluate effective presentations o Work in teams o Manage teams o Conduct research

Main Content This course is a training course for graduate information systems students. It encompasses training tyro in both verbal and written presentation skills. The course take one of the two forms of learning: Form1: User training skills. Students are trained to become trainers and there after are placed in classes where they will teach computer literacy courses to other students. Or

Page 172: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

172

Form 2: Professional presentation skills. Students are first trained in presentation skills through a workshop and series of classes wherein they will research and present on different topics. Eventually students will present to established business executives to test presentation skills learnt in the course. After completion of this course the student will gain skills that include report writing, presentation, general communications skills and ability to work in groups. The course gives tyro confidence to present on any topic. Course content is as follows: o Presentation skills o Report writing skills o Effective written and oral communication o Research in various topics o Teaching/Presenting o Working in groups

Pre-requisites Admission to B Com Honours (IFS) Full time Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations IS731 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Preparation for assignments: 20 6 Lectures Presentations (Tests & examinations):

20

Practicals: 50 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Students are assessed on report writing and on presentation skills by the lecturer and business executives (or students they train). There are no traditional written tests or exams for this course. Assessment Weight: Form1: Class Participation (15%); Student Assessment Marks (5%); Your Class Average (5%); Lecturer Assessment (20%); Presentations and reports (30%); and Personal Report (25%). Form 2: Class presentation (35%); Class participation (15%); Lecturer assessment (10%); Professional audience report (20%) and Personal report (20%)

Home Department Information Systems (B Com Honours IFS, Full-time) Module description IFS734 Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code IFS734 NQF Level 8 Credit Value 45 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Proposed semester to be offered.

Second

Page 173: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

173

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

BCOM Honours Information Systems Full time

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to

demonstrate understanding of the selected topics and be able to: o Analyse and explain current issues in the field; o Engage in debates on selected topics; o Investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics; Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics.

Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Assignments & tasks: 130 Assessment 10 Practicals: 100 Selfstudy 150 Presentations 10 Total Learning Time 450 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests 20% Assignments 30% Presentations 10% Final Examination 40% Total 100%

Assessment Module Type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Delivering Information Systems Benefits Generic Module Name Information Systems 735 Alpha-numeric Code IFS735 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

One

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B. Com Honours in Information Systems Full-time

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to:

• Critically analyse IS project life cycles. • Assemble the required methodologies, tools and

techniques for IS project management • Assess organisational competencies required to

realize IS project benefits

Page 174: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

174

• Apply the mechanisms required to produce cost estimate of projects, including human and non-human resources, and project budgeting.

• Assess IS projects for quality, completeness and validity

• Identify and critically examine project risks and apply their mitigation plans.

• Critically appraise the role of the IS project manager within an organisation.

Main Content • The information systems project life cycles. • Information Systems project methodologies, tools

and techniques • Managing Information Systems time and resources • Information systems scoping, costing and benefits • Information systems project risks and risk mitigation

strategies • Ensuring project quality, completeness and validity • Aligning Information Systems project goals with

organisational goals. Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 52 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 80 Practicals p.w. 1 Practicals: Assessments 10 Self-study 58 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 60% FA: 40%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Information Systems Procurement Generic Module Name Information Systems 736 Alpha-numeric Code IFS736 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered

One

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B. Com Honours in Information Systems

Year level 1

Page 175: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

175

Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to: • Critically assess the major options and issues related to

the development and/or purchase of Information Systems technology.

• Evaluate and compare the appropriateness of different options in IS Procurement.

• Critically analyse the business needs in Information Systems procurement and value chain management.

• Explain the value generated via Information Systems procurement and value chain management.

Main Content • Investigate systems development and package implementation options.

• Issues related to the development and/or purchase of information systems.

• Real-world system acquisition problems. • Analyse how business needs influence procurement

decisions. • Analyse the different sources of added value in

procurement and supply chain management. • Concepts of procurement and value chain

management. Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/ seminars

52 Lectures p.w. 3

Assignments, tasks and group work:

80 Practicals p.w. 1

Assessments 10 Self-study 58 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 60% FA: 40%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic End User Practical Generic Module Name Information Systems 737 Alpha-numeric Code IFS737 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Two

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B. Com Honours in Information Systems

Page 176: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

176

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to:

• Enhance classroom learning with on the job experiential learning in IS and business.

• Apply IS knowledge obtained in the programme such as analysis, design, development, implementation, testing, documentation or facilitation on job experiential learning.

• Demonstrate own development in transferable skills such as professionalism, presentation skills, cognitive and critical thinking, application of theory and business etiquette.

• Effectively communicate work progress. • Write and present professional reports using

technology. • Establish good working relationships and networking

skills. • Critically evaluate theory versus business practices.

Main Content • Exposure to the business environment; • Exposure to analysis, design, development,

programming, testing, facilitation, documentation and training.

• Presentations on progress • Challenges within the working environment and

suggestions for overcoming these challenges/obstacles;

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer 20 Assignments & tasks: 30 Exposure at work environment and self-preparation

150

Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 60% FA: 40%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Information and Knowledge Management Generic Module Name Information Systems 738 Alpha-numeric Code IFS738 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration One semester

Page 177: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

177

Proposed semester to be offered.

Two

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B. Com Honours in Information Systems

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to:

• Critically compare and contrast knowledge management, learning organisations and related concepts in detail.

• Provide insight into the role of IT in managing organisational knowledge.

• Differentiate between explicit and tacit knowledge and apply the different techniques in managing each.

• Apply specific IT techniques that can assist in knowledge management.

Main Content • Knowledge management, the learning organisation and related concepts

• Different perspectives on knowledge management and organisational learning approaches

• Knowledge management systems and tools • Information systems and knowledge management

strategy • Explicit and tacit knowledge and techniques to manage

each • IT techniques that can assist in knowledge

management Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/ seminars

52 Lectures p.w. 3

Assignments, tasks and group work

80 Practicals p.w. 1

Assessments 10 Self-study 58 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 60% FA: 40%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Information Systems Research Project Generic Module Name Information Systems 739 Alpha-numeric Code IFS739 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20

Page 178: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

178

Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Full Time Semester 2 Part Time Semester 1 or 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B.Com Honours in Information Systems

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to:

• Formulate an information systems research question. • Select an appropriate methodology in line with the

research question. • Collect, sort and analyse data, applying appropriate

skills necessary to obtain research results. • Describe and analyse research results. • Compare and contrast research result to significant

prior empirical findings. • Identify contributions to the existing body of knowledge. • Write-up and compile research dissertation.

Main Content • Research goal and objectives • Literature review • Research methodologies • Research design and problem statement • Data collection, sorting and analysis • Review of research results • Research project

Pre-requisite modules IFS743 or IFS744 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: (Includes consultation with supervisor)

40

Self-study / Research Activities And Writing of research thesis

160

Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

FA: 100% Research report

Assessment Module type FA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Strategic Information Systems management Generic Module Name Information Systems 740 Alpha-numeric Code IFS740 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20

Page 179: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

179

Duration semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B. Com Honours in Information Systems

Year level 1

Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to: • Demonstrate a clear understanding of the management

and strategic issues involved in technology decision making and control.

• Critically evaluate the methods, issues, and approaches in managing IS in organisations and explain how the IS function integrates, supports, and enables organisational capabilities.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the use of IS in achieving a competitive advantage.

• Critically analyse the impact of digital organisational transformation and business model innovation.

• Critically evaluate how strategic decisions are made when acquiring IS resources and capabilities including different sourcing options.

• Apply business change methodologies to IS driven organisational change.

• Critically analyse case studies on the role of IS in business strategy and organisational design and solving IS problems.

Main Content • Strategic management concepts and analysis • Methods, issues, and approaches in managing IS in

organisations and how the IS function integrates, supports, and enables organisational capabilities

• Using IS to achieve competitive advantage • Digital organisational transformation and business

model innovation • Evaluate the structure and delivery of organisational

activities and processes through IT. • Evaluate how strategic decisions are made concerning

acquiring IS resources and capabilities including different sourcing options.

• Apply business change methodologies to IS driven organisational change.

• Information systems scenario planning Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 180: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

180

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/seminars

52 Lectures p.w. 3

Assignments and tasks 80 Practicals p.w. 1 Assessments 10 Self-study 58 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 60% FA: 40%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic The networked world Generic Module Name The Networked World Alpha-numeric Code IFS741 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Two

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B. Com Honours in Information Systems Part-Time

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the students should be able to:

• Analyse and compare major issues and trends in inter and intra organisational and eCommerce systems.

• Evaluate the roles of systems and enterprise architects. • Analyse strategic opportunities provided by Information

Systems. • Critically assess the implications of the implementation

of strategic systems. • Evaluate benefits of the networked world.

Main Content • Investigation of the issues related to inter and intra

organisational and strategic systems. • The role of the architect in planning these systems • Inter-organisational and e-commerce systems • The role of systems and enterprise architects • Strategic opportunities of Information Systems • Benefits of the networked world

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 181: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

181

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/seminars

52 Lectures p.w. 3

Assignments, tasks and group work

80 Practicals p.w. 1

Assessments 10 Self-study 58 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

Presentations/ Assignments/ Group work/ Case Studies/ Final Assessment

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Emerging Topics in Information Systems Generic Module Name Information Systems 742 Alpha-numeric Code IFS742 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

One

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B. Com Honors in Information Systems

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to:

• Analyse and explain current and emerging issues in the field.

• Engage in debates on selected core emerging topic/s. • Investigate and explain problems related to the

selected topics. • Present coherent academic arguments on the selected

topic/s. • Critically analyse the managerial implications for the IS

topic/s in organisations.

Main Content • Course content will vary and will be published covering among others:

• Introduction to the emergent issue/s • Problems/solution and/or challenges/opportunities the

current topic present to business • Managerial implications of the emergent issue/s.

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 182: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

182

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 52 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 80 Practicals p.w. 1 Practicals: Assessments 10 Self-study 58 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 60% FA: 40%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Information Systems Research Methodology Generic Module Name Information Systems 743 Alpha-numeric Code IFS743 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Two

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B.Com Honours in Information Systems

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to:

• Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of the different paradigms within IS.

• Critically assess how information systems as a discipline forms part of a set of interrelated cultural, social, political and other systems.

• Critically analyse the different themes/fields/interests/debates within information systems research.

• Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in information systems.

• Construct a research question and craft a literature review on an appropriate topic.

• Apply the philosophical principles of academic writing and publishing in information systems to formulate a research proposal.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the ethical issues raised during the process of conducting research.

• Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of the various research methods used in information systems research.

• Compile a research article • Develop a comprehensive research proposal to

complete the requirements of the Research Report. Main Content • Theory related to Information Systems Research

Methodology will be covered according to the following structure:

Page 183: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

183

• Formulating and clarifying the research topic • Critically reviewing IS literature • Understanding IS research paradigms (philosophies)

and approaches • Formulating the research design, Paradigms,

Approaches, Strategies, Data Collection • Negotiating access and research ethics • Selecting samples • Using secondary data • Collecting primary data through observation • Collecting primary data using semi-structured, in-

depth and group interviews • Collecting primary data using questionnaires • Analysing quantitative data • Analysing qualitative data • Writing and presenting proposal / article

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

IFS744

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 52 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 80 Practicals p.w. 1 Practicals: Assessments 10 Self-study / research / writing

58

Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 50% FA: 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Information Systems Research Methodology Generic Module Name Information Systems 744 Alpha-numeric Code IFS744 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B.Com Honours in Information Systems

Year level 1

Page 184: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

184

Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to: • Demonstrate a conceptual and practical

understanding of the different paradigms within IS. • Critically assess how information systems form part

of a set of interrelated cultural, social, political and other systems.

• Critically analyse the different themes/fields/interests/debates within information systems research.

• Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in information systems.

• Construct a research question and craft a literature review on an appropriate topic.

• Apply the philosophical principles of academic writing and publishing in information systems to formulate a research proposal.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the ethical issues raised during the process of conducting research.

• Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of the various research methods used in information systems research.

• Compile a research article • Develop a comprehensive research proposal to

complete the requirements of the Research Report.

Main Content • Theory related to Information Systems Research Methodology will be covered according to the following structure:

• Formulating and clarifying the research topic • Critically reviewing IS literature • Understanding IS research paradigms (philosophies)

and approaches • Formulating the research design, Paradigms,

Approaches, Strategies, Data Collection • Negotiating access and research ethics • Selecting samples • Using secondary data • Collecting primary data through observation • Collecting primary data using semi-structured, in-

depth and group interviews • Collecting primary data using questionnaires • Analysing quantitative data • Analysing qualitative data • Writing and presenting proposal / article

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

IFS 743

Page 185: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

185

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 52 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 80 Practicals p.w. 1 Practicals: Assessments 10 Self-study / research/ writing 58 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 50% FA: 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Name of module Masters in Information Management Home Department Information Systems Module description Research-only, Masters degree in Information

Management Generic module name MIM Alpha-numeric code IFS801 and IFS802 Credit Value Duration 2 years plus an additional 6 month prior period for the

preparation of a suitable proposal. Module Type University Level 8 Main Outcomes Students should be able to demonstrate:

(a) an ability to identify a topic suitable for a detailed Masters’ study; ie. one that has a solid academic basis, has practical merit or value in the industry, and one in which the student has related knowledge;

(b) the application of research methodology principles in developing a proposal meeting the specific requirements of the Faculty Higher Degrees Committee;

(c) that, once the proposal has been approved, using accepted research design principles, the student can create a framework for the study;

(d) the ability to conduct an effective literature study, identifying related academic and practical works;

(e) that they can identify the key propositions from the literature study, extract the important or significant issues and build a suitable foundation for the next step in the research process;

(f) If an empirical study, demonstrate an ability to develop a suitable measuring instrument for a specific population or sample, administer the instrument, analyse the data, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations.

(g) If a conceptual or interpretive study, demonstrate the ability to develop the necessary framework, identify key academic propositions, intelligently argue or

Page 186: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

186

analyse a case, present the findings, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations;

(h) An ability to present, using scientific, nuanced writing skills, a thesis acceptable for examination;

(i) A high degree of self-motivation, and the ability to work with the minimum of supervision while maintaining a passion for their subject.

Main Content (a) A detailed proposal (b) A thesis meeting the requirements of the University

Pre-requisites (a) Suitable, permissible, academic credentials at undergraduate or Honours level, in Information Systems/ Technology / Management, Computer Science, Business, Management or Commerce; or

(b) In a few special cases, recognition of prior learning (accompanied by extensive knowledge and working experience in the field of study, including a demonstrable willingness to attend selected modules such as research methodology); plus

(c) A high degree of self-motivation; and (d) Sufficient time (from family, job and social

interaction). Co-requisites Practical business or working experience is always

helpful. Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

The successful MIM student will apply 5 - 8 hours per week to their study.

Contact with lecturer / tutor: (a) Relatively intensively during the proposal-formulation phase. This includes two interactive seminars aimed at introducing the student to his/her peers, meeting the academics in the Department, and revisiting some theory such as research methodology and scientific writing.

(b) Once engaged in the study, contact is usually limited to ad-hoc or pre-arranged meetings with the student’s supervisor.

Assignments & tasks: Meeting agreed deadlines, both for the proposal and thesis phases.

Tests & examinations: Thesis examination only Practicals: None, other than the seminars. Selfstudy The entire course is one of self-study. Total Learning Time 2 ½ years of part-time study. Methods of Student Assessment

(a) Successful proposal submission (b) Successful thesis examination

Faculty EMS FACULTY Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic Principles of Information Technology in business Generic Module Name Principles of Information Technology in business Alpha-numeric Code IFM711 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER

Page 187: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

187

Proposed semester to be offered.

1st semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD IN ICT

Year level 1 Main Outcomes This module will provide an introduction to the

management and procurement of IT in business, Main Content Key aspects of business applications, the World-Wide-

Web, Computer hardware, software and infrastructure, as well as mobile applications and current IT trends.

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 Assessments Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assessment Module type

Faculty EMS FACULTY Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Generic Module Name Application management Alpha-numeric Code IFM713 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester to be offered.

1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD IN ICT

Year level 1 Main Outcomes This module will focus on planning, implementing, and

maintaining of business IT applications. Main Content o The module will expand on the application

management opportunities and challenges, vendor neutral desktop management of office productivity, messaging and internet applications. It will also look at vendor neutral server application management and specifically directory management, networking, enterprise messaging/email and database management.

o Mainframe applications management will encompass user account controls, job management, partition

Page 188: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

188

management, virtualisation, middleware, databases and business applications.

o Enterprise Application Management will include the particulars of Service Oriented Architecture (SOA) Management and Virtualized Application Management will look at Virtual Environments using VMWare ESX, Microsoft Hyper-V and Citrix XEN Server. Internet Application Management will focus on Internet Firewalls, Internet Proxies, Messaging, Voice/Video and Social Networking. The storage, backup, messaging and business applications aspect of Cloud Computing will be studied.

o Mobile Applications Management will focus on Mobile OS’s, App Store’s, and industry specific Mobile Applications.

o Application Service Providers or Software as a Service (SaaS) will cater for Web Applications, Application Service Provider (ASP) Models, ASP Security, and ASP Risks.

o Systems Integration will look at aspects of Electronic Data Interchange, Industry standards XML such as Interactive Financial Exchange or IFX, Web Services and Database Integration.

Pre-requisite modules NONE Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination

NONE

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 Assessments Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assessment Module type FA

Faculty EMS FACULTY Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic Information Technology Service Management Generic Module Name Information Technology Service Management Alpha-numeric Code IFM714 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester to be offered.

1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD IN ICT

Page 189: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

189

Year level 1 Main Outcomes Module 4 will focus predominantly on IT Services

management from an ISO20000/1, and BS15000 and IT Infrastructure Library perspective.

Main Content It will provide practical and theoretical training on Project Management for IT Managers, Finance for IT Managers, IT Procurement Management, IT Process Management, IT Helpdesk/Call Centre Management, Change and configuration management, Customer Relationship Management and Client Management.

Pre-requisite modules NONE Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination

NONE

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 Assessments Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assessment Module type FA

Faculty EMS FACULTY Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Generic Module Name Information Technology Governance and Risk

Management Alpha-numeric Code IFM721 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester to be offered.

2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD IN ICT

Year level 1 Main Outcomes Module 5 will introduce IT Governance and Risk

Management from a theoretical perspective, specifically looking at models from the IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) and ISO20000/2 Implementation, the Open Government Architecture Framework (TOGAF), Control Objectives for IT (CobIT), the King III Governance Requirements, Sarbanes Oxley Act Requirements, Security and ISO27001 Information Security Framework, IT Sourcing Strategies, IT Asset Management and IT Risk management and the ISO 27005 framework.

Page 190: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

190

Main Content Module 5 will introduce IT Governance and Risk Management from a theoretical perspective, specifically looking at models from the IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) and ISO20000/2 Implementation, the Open Government Architecture Framework (TOGAF), Control Objectives for IT (CobIT), the King III Governance Requirements, Sarbanes Oxley Act Requirements, Security and ISO27001 Information Security Framework, IT Sourcing Strategies, IT Asset Management and IT Risk management and the ISO 27005 framework.

Pre-requisite modules NONE Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination

NONE

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 Assessments Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assessment Module type FA

Faculty EMS FACULTY Home Department INFORMATION SYSTEMS Module Topic Business specific systems and applications Generic Module Name Business specific systems and applications Alpha-numeric Code IFM722 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester to be offered.

2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD IN ICT

Year level 1 Main Outcomes Module 6 will cater specifically for host organisation

specific infrastructure and applications, and will provide an Introduction to business specific systems and applications, Enterprise Resource Planning, Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Document Management, Content Management, Internet Banking (Banking specific) and Banking Trading Platforms (Investment Banking specific). This module will likely be hosted/co-presented by one or all of the host companies.

Main Content Module 6 will cater specifically for host organisation specific infrastructure and applications, and will provide an Introduction to business specific systems and applications,

Page 191: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

191

Enterprise Resource Planning, Customer Relationship Management (CRM), Document Management, Content Management, Internet Banking (Banking specific) and Banking Trading Platforms (Investment Banking specific). This module will likely be hosted/co-presented by one or all of the host companies.

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1.5 Assessments Selfstudy Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assessment Module type FA

Faculty Community and Health Sciences Home Department School of Public Health Module Topic Health Systems Generic Module Name Health Systems Alpha-numeric Code IFH811 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration One Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

M.Com in Information Management

Year level 1 Main Outcomes

At the end of this module students should be able to: o Identify the components of, and describe the

organisation and operation of healthcare and public health systems on an international basic.

o Identify the role of policy processes and health politics in health management.

o Apply and describe different types of policy analyses in health policy development scenarios.

o Recognize the interdependence of the different professions within the health workforce and assess the degree to which each profession is meeting the health needs of the population and the goals of an effective, efficient health service systems.

o Identify the various facilities and programs that exist in a health service system, and assess the degree to which each form of organization, individually and in

Page 192: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

192

combination with other types of organizations, is meeting the health needs of the population and the goals of an effective, efficient Health services system.

o Identify the major characteristics of various health financing programs.

o Apply and articulate their understanding of vertical health programs on different levels, particularly on

o Evaluate and design health services integration initiatives.

Main Content

Introduction to Health Systems Health Policy and planning National Health Systems in Europe, USA, Asia and Africa Vertical Health Programme Management

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures 2 Assessments: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 45 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Assessment Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final

assessment Assessment Module Type CFA

Faculty Community and Health Sciences Home Department School of Public Health Module Topic Health Systems Generic Module Name Health Systems Alpha-numeric Code IFH812 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration One Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester two

Programmes in which the module will be offered

M.Com in Information Management

Year level 1 Main Outcomes

At the end of this module students should be able to: o Apply their understanding of the special requirements

of data management in healthcare. o Develop and implement a data model within a

database management system.

Page 193: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

193

o Define measures to ensure consistency, completeness, timelines, robustness and relevancy of data.

o Apply their understanding of a range of different international Classification Systems.

o Identify and manipulate encodings within and translations into other classification systems.

o Map data terminologies to each other and to classification systems.

o Develop and implement policies and technologies to protect data integrity and validity.

o Design and implement risk assessment, risk management and business continuity plans to ensure data security and confidentiality.

o Review and evaluate the processes necessary for monitoring quality in healthcare settings.

o Maintain balance among the three vital health related aspects: quality, utilization, and risk.

Main Content

o Health care data management o Health data quality o Health classification systems o Health care data security o Healthcare risk management

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Lectures 2 Assessments: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 35 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 50 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final

assessment Assessment Module Type CFA

Faculty Community and Health Sciences Home Department School of Public Health Module Topic Hospital Information Systems Generic Module Name Hospital Information Systems Alpha-numeric Code IFH813 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration Year module Proposed semester to be offered.

Both

Programmes in which the module will be offered

M.Com in Information Management

Page 194: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

194

Year level 1 Main Outcomes

At the end of this module students should be able to: o Apply their understanding of the different types of

Information technology (IT) applications used in healthcare settings

o Articulate and apply their knowledge of state-of-the art IT applications of hospitals, their core business processes and functions.

o Provide healthcare organizations with the necessary conceptual and technical know-how for planning, implementation and monitoring of Electronic Health Records (EHR).

o Define key performance indicators and reporting systems for hospital management.

o Apply data modelling to ensure query performance, data availability and overall Business Intelligence (BI) results.

o Apply data governance principles. o Apply their understanding of the value of telemedicine

in health management systems. o Apply their understanding of future technological

development in software and hardware to meet upcoming requirements in healthcare.

o Articulate their knowledge of innovation cycles for new technologies.

o Define rules and implementation pathways for new technologies

Main Content

Health Information Systems o System functionality of state-of-the art health

information systems Electronic Health Records o Features and functionality of IT systems for HER o Typical clinical pathways and related workflows in

HER Business Intelligence in Health o Business Intelligence tools o Data extraction procedures and transformation tools o Handling of “Extraction-Transformation-Loading’-

Processes (ETL) o Reporting and visualization of data Telemedicine o Overview of eHealth o Infrastructure and technologies as applied to eHealth o National and international regulations regarding

telemedicine Emerging technologies o Future technological developments in software and

hardware o Potential application fields for new practises and

technologies o Assessment of emerging technologies

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None

Page 195: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

195

Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 90 Lectures 2 Assessments: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 20 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 85 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Assessment Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final

assessment Assessment Module Type CFA

Faculty Community and Health Sciences Home Department School of Public Health Module Topic Information Systems Planning and Implementation Generic Module Name Information Systems Planning and Implementation Alpha-numeric Code IFH814 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester two

Programmes in which the module will be offered

M.Com in Information Management

Year level 1 Main Outcomes

At the end of this module students should be able to: • Articulate and apply their understanding of the role of

information technology and management information systems in the delivery of health services.

• Organize and evaluate effective and efficient computer systems to enhance the functioning of hospitals, physician practices, integrated service delivery systems, and managed care organizations.

• Define the information needs of an organization and design appropriate Information Technology (IT) solutions.

• Organize and conduct information requirements analysis.

• Apply and articulate their understanding of process modelling.

• Implement and optimize essential healthcare processes.

• Design innovative system processes with appropriate IT-support, with the inclusion of continuous and sustainable system improvement.

• Define, lead and/or structure an information system project.

Page 196: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

196

• Articulate and apply their knowledge of procedure models and international reference modes for project management.

• Apply methods of systems engineering to the development of information systems in health care.

Main Content

• Health Information Management • Strategic alignment of information technology • Information systems analysis • Design and management of information systems • Process Management • Principles of process management • Design, optimization and re-evaluation of structures

and processes • Information Systems Project Management • Basic principles of project management • Identification and allocation of resources • Project management tool • Information Systems Analysis, Design,

Implementation and Evaluation • Methods for systems engineering • The systems development lifecycle • User resistance and change management in IS/IT • Evaluation of clinical information systems

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Lectures 2 Assessments: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 30 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final

assessment Assessment Module Type CFA

Faculty Community and Health Sciences Home Department School of Public Health Module Topic Strategic management and Leadership in Health

Organization Generic Module Name Strategic management and Leadership in Health

Organization Alpha-numeric Code IFH815 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Year Module

Page 197: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

197

Proposed semester to be offered.

Year Module

Programmes in which the module will be offered

M.Com in Information Management

Year level 1 Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students should be able to: • Develop a business strategy for a health

organization. • Apply key concepts and theories of strategies

management to the management of an organization. • Conduct all stages of a basic cost effectiveness

analysis. • Design a financing plan for clinical purposes • Plan and allocate human resources according to IT-

support in healthcare • Establish, structure and manage inter-departmental

project teams. • Handle professional and emphatic staff management. • Apply statistical process control techniques for

healthcare management and clinical problems. • Design, plan, implement and monitor QM processes

in all fields of healthcare. • Apply ethical principles in the execution of their

management duties. Main Content

Strategic Management In health Organizations o Management economics o Theory and practise of systemic organizational

change o Development, integration, and application of key

elements of organizational and management theory Financial Management for Health Organizations o Basic principles of finance and selected insurance

concepts o Methods, standards and approaches of financing o Cost analysis and evaluation of cost-effectiveness HRM in Health Organizations o Concepts in human resources management. o Relationship between human resources management

and general management, nature of work and human resources.

Risk and Quality Management in Healthcare o Overview of relevant laws and regulations regarding

HIM o Perspectives on managerial, organizational,

professional and clinical ethics

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 198: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

198

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 90 Lectures 2 Assessments: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 25 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 80 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Assessment Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final

assessment Assessment Module Type CFA

Faculty Community and Health Sciences Home Department School of Public Health Module Topic IT Resource Management Generic Module Name IT Resource Management Alpha-numeric Code IFH816 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

One or Two

Programmes in which the module will be offered

M.Com in Information Management

Year level 1 Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students should be able to: o Design, plan, implement and monitor Information

Technology (IT) services in a healthcare environment. o Define service level agreements between the IT

department and user departments. o Align IT services with the current and future needs of

the healthcare organization and its patients. o Design an IT infrastructure for a health organization

according to general IT standards o Ensure the interoperability of used applications

among organizational and external entities. o Define requirements for IT Vendors. o Develop, manage and control vendor contracts. o Leverage small specialist providers against global

providers according to the advantages and disadvantages inherent in their products

o Apply monitoring and performance management with regards to vendors.

Main Content

Health Service Management o Reference models for IT service management o Evaluation, implementation and continual

improvement of IT service delivery o Monitoring the functionality and cost-effectiveness of

running healthcare systems o Management of external services and resources

Page 199: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

199

IT Infrastructure Management o IT infrastructure management principles o The divisions of an infrastructure management o Frameworks of IT-infrastructure and their client

processes o Comparison of standardized systems with custom

systems o Healthcare Information Technology Vendor

Management o Evaluation of IT Vendor and distributors o Vendor relationship management

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Lectures 2 Assessments: 5 Practicals Assignments & Tasks 40 Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 45 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type Continual assessment, assignments, presentations; final

assessment Assessment Module Type CFA

Faculty Community and Health Sciences Home Department School of Public Health Module Topic Intercultural Management and Communications Generic Module Name Intercultural Management and Communications Alpha-numeric Code IFH817 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

One or Two

Programmes in which the module will be offered

M.Com in Information Management

Year level 2 Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students should be able to: o Rationalize and deal with structured and unstructured

knowledge. o Structure, formalize and translate data into different

formats according to language and cultural differences.

o Transform collected data into valuable information and innovative processes.

o Overcome departmentalized thinking in health management.

Page 200: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

200

o Create awareness of HIM and argue its usefulness. o Introduce emerging technologies o Write and speak effectively o Develop effective communication program to support

system implementation. o Apply their skills in intercultural behaviour o Manage conflicts, negotiations and intercultural

prejudices o Work collaboratively with others as part of a team or

group o Manage meetings and group deliberations

Main Content

Knowledge translation o Different approaches to knowledge management o Cross-cultural aspects in structuring data and its

transformation into information. Social and Organization Issues of HIM o Departmentalized thinking as a general problem o Health information management as a valuable tool for

daily business, change management and continual improvement

o Organizational issues of HIM Communication and Negotiation Skills o Professional communication, presentation and

negotiation o Collaboration, conflict management, mediation and

motivation of teams and employees o Rational decision making and communication of

changes Team and Intercultural Management o Team productivity and effectiveness o Process methods of group management o Management of cross-cultural or international teams

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Lectures Assessments: 40 Practicals Assignments & Tasks Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 30 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type 100% seminar participation and presention Assessment Module Type CFA

Page 201: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

201

Faculty Economic and management Science Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Research Project Generic Module Name ISE701 Alpha-numeric Code ISE701 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD in information Systems in e-Skills Development

Year level Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to demonstrate: o The ability to undertake and finish a research project

related to e-skills development o An integrated approach to e-skills development ( be it

in analysis, in recommendations regarding e-skills interventions, multidisciplinary approach

o A understanding of the application of e-skills research to the workplace ( or, in more theoretical research project, within the wider complex o issues relating to e-skills development)

Main Content

This is a research module that can be done in one of three contexts: (i) in the company/organisation context in which the part-time student work; (ii) in a company/organisation in which the student allowed to do research (which could also be a community organisation); or (iii) a more theoretical study relating to e-skills development. Students will o Identify a topic suitable for Research project, i.e. one

that has solid academic basic, has practical merit or value in the industry, and on in which the student has related knowledge;

o Identify the research problem clearly; o The application of research methodology principles in

developing a proposal meeting the specific requirements of the EMS Faculty;

o The ability to create a framework for the study by using accepted research design principles;

o The ability to conduct an effective literature study of the relevant subject literature, identifying the key propositions, extracting the important or significant issues and building a suitable foundation for the study

o In the case of an empirical study the ability to develop a suitable measuring instrument for a specific population or sample, administer the instrument, analyse the data, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations;

o In the case of conceptual o interpretive study demonstrate the ability to develop the necessary framework, identify key academic propositions, intelligently agrue or analyse a case, present the

Page 202: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

202

findings, draw suitable conclusions and make appropriate recommendations;

o An ability to write a well-reasoned and properly documented research report acceptable for examination using scientific, nuanced writing skills

Pre-requisite modules ISE702, ISE703, ISE704,ISE705, ISE706, ISE707 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures Assessments: 10 Practicals Assignments & Tasks Tutorials Practicals: Selfstudy 260 Total Learning Time 300 Assessment Module type Final Assesment (100%)

Faculty Economic and management Science Home Department Information Systems Module Topic The knowledge Society and the Related Labour Market Generic Module Name ISE702 Alpha-numeric Code ISE702 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD in information Systems in e-Skills Development

Year level Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to demonstrate: o Describe the nature and characteristics of the

information/ knowledge society o Describe the role of information systems and

information technology in the information/knowledge society

o Describe the changing nature of the working environment

o Describe the south African labour market needs and provision in as far as e-skills are concerned, also in the context of current (BB)BEE theory and practice

Main Content

o The information/knowledge society and its characteristics

o The role of information systems and information technology in the information/knowledge society

o The changing nature of the working environment in the information/knowledge society (incl. the various kinds of e-skills)

Page 203: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

203

o Labour market intelligence regarding e-skills in South Africa, according to recent surveys

o (BB)BEE in theory and practice in South Africa Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures Assessments & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type Assignment: 50%

Final Exam: 50% Total: 100%

Faculty Economic and management Science Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Tools of the Digital Era Generic Module Name ISE703 Alpha-numeric Code ISE703 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD in information Systems in e-Skills Development

Year level Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of the functioning of the

information technology in business/organisations o Describe the systems concept in information systems o Demonstrate and understanding of the internets and

the world wide web o Demonstrate the modern application of the various

types of information systems in business/organisations o Demonstrate an understanding of the major trends in

the development of the tools in the digital era

Main Content

o Information technology and its functioning in business/organisations at a user level (hardware [incl. mobile technology], software [operating systems; application software; utility programs])

o The systems concept in information systems o Application of the internet and the World Wide Web in

the 21st century

Page 204: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

204

o Information systems – an overview of the various types of systems and their application in the modern business/organisation (inter alia business intelligence tools, the use of artificial intelligence [intelligent agents, neural networks, genetic algorithms], tools for knowledge management and collaboration, strategic enterprise management tools, customer relationship management tools)

o Trends in the development of the tools of the digital era and tools of the future

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures Assessments & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type Assignment: 50%

Final Exam: 50% Total: 100%

Faculty Economic and management Science Home Department Information Systems Module Topic The SA Regulatory environment for Learning and

development Generic Module Name ISE704 Alpha-numeric Code ISE704 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD in information Systems in e-Skills Development

Year level Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Describe the role and function of the various

regulatory authorities for learning and training in South Africa

o Describe the nature of formal qualifications and certification, as well as the concepts of the following: the various NQF levels, credits, learning outcomes, RPL

o Describe the realistic expectations that can be held of the various providers of learning/training

Page 205: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

205

o Demonstrate the resourcing of appropriate e-skills qualifications from public and/or private suppliers, in the case of specific e-skills needs

Main Content

o The National Qualifications Framework (NQF) o The South African Qualifications Authority (SAQA): its

role and functioning o SETAs (Sectional education and training Authority):

their role and functioning o The FET and Higher education sectors and the

regulatory and funding frameworks within which they functions (with special focus on the providers of “short courses” offered in the sector)

o Recognition of prior Learning (RPL) o Private providers of education and training

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures Assessments & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type Assignment: 50%

Final Exam: 50% Total: 100%

Faculty Economic and management Science Home Department Information Systems Module Topic International E-skills frameworks Generic Module Name ISE705 Alpha-numeric Code ISE705 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD in information Systems in e-Skills Development

Year level Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of various e-skills

frameworks, the environments within which they originated, and their use

o Demonstrate the ability to link e-skills frameworks to the South African regulatory environment for learning and training

Page 206: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

206

o Demonstrate the ability to position specific e-skills requirements and qualifications on e-skills frameworks and to link this positioning to the NQF

o Demonstrate the ability to design a coherent e-skills framework for a specific hypothetical company

Main Content

o The business and e-skills environment within which e-skills frameworks originated

o The SFIA (“Skills Framework for the Information Age”)

o The Europeans e-competence Framework o Other competence Frameworks of importance o Linking e-skills frameworks to national

education/training frameworks Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures Assessments & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type Assignment: 50%

Final Exam: 50% Total: 100%

Faculty Economic and management Science Home Department Information Systems Module Topic E-skills Analyses and interventions Generic Module Name ISE706 Alpha-numeric Code ISE706 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD in information Systems in e-Skills Development

Year level Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of the link between

business processes, information systems and e-skills requirements

o Identify the essential traits of company policy (e.g. a hypothetical company), and specifically the strengths and deficiencies regarding e-skills

Page 207: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

207

o Describe the various kinds of interventions in the workplace relating to e-skills development

o Design a programme (in broad outline) for in – house training and development regarding e-skills

o Design a coaching programme for e-skills developments of mid-levels and managerial staff

Main Content

o The implications of business processes, practices, policies, operating models and strategy, as well as the data – information – knowledge – intelligence/ wisdom hierarchy on e-skills requirements

o Recruitment, training, re-skilling, up-skilling and coaching policies in companies and the way in which e-skills are taken into account

o The nature and scope of interventions in the workplace

o The design and implementation of e-skills programmes for training, re-skilling, up-skilling and coaching

o Outsourcing of training and other e-skills interventions

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures Assessments & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type Assignment: 50%

Final Exam: 50% Total: 100%

Faculty Economic and management Science Home Department Information Systems Module Topic Organizational Behaviour and development Generic Module Name ISE707 Alpha-numeric Code ISE707 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One semester Proposed semester to be offered

Semester 1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

PGD in information Systems in e-Skills Development

Year level

Page 208: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

208

Main Outcomes

At the completion of the module, the students will be able to: o Demonstrate an understanding of contemporary

organisational theory o Demonstrate an understanding of the organisation as

an open system o Critically discuss the different theories of motivation o Diagnose complex organisational problems using the

socio – Technical Model o Apply and implements the action reseach paradigm in

organisation development o Demonstrate an understanding of resistance to change

and interventions to minimise such resistance o Critically evaluate and implement individual and group

level interventions to enhance individual performance in relation to proposed technological changes – based on a Socio – Technical diagnosis

o Critically compare appropriate organisational/systems wide interventions and implement these in a planned change process to enhance organisational performance

o Evaluate and analyse the effectiveness of organisation development interventions and take appropriate steps to make corrections.

Main Content

o Advance contemporary organisational theory o Organisations as an open systems model o Advance models of organisational diagnoses o Models of planned organisational change o Dealing with resistance to change o Advanced techniques to improve technological

performance of the organisation o Advanced techniques to improve employee

empowerment o Advance process consultation o Complex team and inter – group enhancement

approaches Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures Assessments & Tasks 45 Practicals Group Work 10 Tutorials Test & examinations 10 Selfstudy 55 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Module type Assignment: 50%

Final Exam: 50% Total: 100%

Page 209: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

209

INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Organizational Psychology Generic Module Name BPS Organizational Psychology Alpha-numeric code BPS701 Credit value 20 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main Outcomes After completion of this module students should be able

to: o Engage in a critical discussion and evaluation of

contemporary organisational theory; o Explain and evaluate an organisation as an open

system; o Critically discuss the different theories of motivation; o Apply different theories of motivation to case studies; o Engage in a critical discussion of the different

theories of leadership; o Apply critical thinking skills in resolving leadership

challenges; o Critically discuss the relevance of of various

leadership theories; o Explain group and team dynamics o Critically discuss and evaluate team effectiveness; o Discuss advanced organisational theory and the

major challenges facing modern organisations in this regard

Main Content o Advanced contemporary organisational theory o Organisations as an Open systems model; o Theories of motivation; o Theories of leadership o Group and Team Effectiveness o Aspects of the external environment of organisations o Organizational Behaviour challenges facing modern

organisations Pre-requisites Bachelors degree with a major in Industrial Psychology

Co-requisites None

Prohibited combination None

Breakdown of Learning Time (Hours)

Contact with lecturer 60 Class Preparation 35 Assignments 40 Test(s) and Examination 5 Self-study 60 Total learning Time: 200 Hours

Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Evaluation 60% Formal Examination 40%

Page 210: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

210

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Research Methodology Generic Module Name BPS Research Methodology Alpha-numeric code BPS702 Credit value 30 Duration Year (First and Second Semester) Module Type University Level 8 Main outcomes After completion of this course, students should be able

to: o Provide a critical discussion of scientific research; o Explain the logic of scientific research; o Apply the methodology of scientific research within

the work environment; o Formulate research problems; o Anticipate, interpret and rectify practical problems

encountered during research; o Plan projects to solve such problems; o Evaluate the empirical studies of other researchers; o Formulate and compile a research proposal; o Collate relevant information by means of appropriate

measuring instruments and/or techniques; o Analyse data using SPSS;Interpret the information

and come to appropriate conclusions; o Write a research report; o Present data to others.

Main content

o Different methods of acquiring knowledge (non-scientific and scientific);

o Sources and identification of research problems; o Literature review; o Variables and hypothesis formulation; o Conceptual and operational definitions; o Research Design; o Validity of research design; o Sampling techniques; o Data Collection; o Scales of measurement; o Techniques of data collection; o Construction of questionnaires; o Reliability and validity of measurements; o Data capturing; o Interpretation of results and writing reports;

Pre-requisites Bachelors degree with major in Industrial Psychology

Co-requisites None

Page 211: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

211

Prohibited combinations None

Breakdown of learning time

Contact with lecturer 60. Assignments 120 Practical Research Project 100 Test(s) and Examination Self-study 20 Total learning Time: 300 Hours

Methods of student assessment

Final Assessement 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% Total 100%

Name of Module BPS704 Psychometrics Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Industrial Psychology

EMS Core

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Psychometrics Generic Module Name BPS Psychometrics Alpha-numeric code BPS704 Credit value 20 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main outcomes After completion of this course, students should be able

to: o Critically discuss the nature, characteristics, uses and

abuses of psychometric tests; o Explain why use of assessment measures should be

controlled, how control over the use of psychological assessment measures is exercised in SA, statutory control, different categories of psychological professionals who may use psychological measures, the role of the Professional Board for Psychology and the protection of the public

o Describe and explain the legislative and ethical framework pertaining to psychological tests based on the roles played by various users of psychological tests

o Evaluate selection techniques and decisions and determine fairness and bias involved

o Explain the basis and application of competency-based assessment

o Apply their knowledge of psychometrics Main content o An overview of assessment

o Psychological assessment: retrospective overview o Levels of measurement o Reliability of measures o Validity o Norms o Developing a psychological measure o Cross-cultural test adaptation and translation

Page 212: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

212

o The practice of psychological assessment: o Controlling the use of measures, competing values and

ethical practice standards o Administering psychological measures o Assessment of young children, physically disabled

individuals, mentally challenged learners and individuals with chronic conditions

o Computer-based and Internet-delivered assessment o Use of assessment measures in various applied

contexts: o Interpreting and reporting assessment results o Factors affecting assessment results o The future of psychological assessment

Pre-requisites Bachelors degree with major in Industrial Psychology Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of learning time

Contact with lecturer 60 Assignment and seminar 40 Tests and examinations 20 Self-study 80 Total learning hours 200 hours

Methods of student assessment

Final Assessement 40% Continuous Evaluation 60% Total 100%

Name of Module BPS705 Advanced Human Resource Management Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Industrial Psychology

EMS Core

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Advanced Human Resource Management Generic Module Name Advanced Human Resource Management Alpha-numeric code BPS705 Credit value 20 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main outcome On completion of this module, students should be able to

demonstrate: o Provide a critical discussion of the activities

involved in HRM as the intervening process in matching organizations and employees;

o Engage in a meaningful debate about the changing role of the human resource management function in organisations.

o Integrate the theoretical concepts and issues of human resource management with the practical realities found in organizations;

o Apply effective selection procedures, operations and techniques of HR that is required to solve a particular problem in the filed.

Page 213: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

213

Main Content o The changing context of SA organizations; o HR Planning; o Workforce diversity and regulatory challenges; o Job Analysis and work design; o Recruitment and Selection; o Performance management; o Career and development management in

organizations; o Job evaluation and compensation/Aids in the

workplace; o HR Information systems

Pre-requisites A B-degree in Industrial Psychology or Human Resource Management

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer 60 Assignment and seminar 40 Tests and examinations 20 Self-study 80 Total learning hours 200 hours

Methods of Student Assessment

Class participation 5% Oral presentations 20% Written Assignments 30% Case Studies 5% Examination 40% Total: 100%

Name of Module BPS706 Practical Training Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Industrial Psychology

EMS Elective

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Practical Training Generic Module Name Practical Training Alpha-numeric code BPS706 Credit value 15 Duration Year (First and second semester) Module Type University Level 8 Main Outcomes

On completion of this module, students should be able to: o Use psychometric tests in a professional and ethical

manner. o Identify and discuss the strengths, weaknesses,

advantages and limitations of psychometric measuring instruments;

o Comply with appropriate test administration procedures (i.e. familiar with the test administrator’s roles/duties before, during and after a psychometric assessment in accordance with psychometric standards and ethical principles

Page 214: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

214

o Critically discuss the strengths, weaknesses, advantages and limitations of psychometric measuring instruments;

o Accurately administer, score and interpret psychometric test results;

o Compile information from a variety of instruments and sources to formulate an integrated psychometric report

Main Contents o Administer a range of psychometric tests; (i.e. cognitive, interest and personality tests);

o Accurate scoring of psychometric tests and measuring instruments; analysis and interpretation of test results;

o Communication of psychometric test results (i.e. and observations; Integrated psychometric reports.

Pre-requisites A B-degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management.

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer 60 hours Assignment and seminar 120 hours Self-study 20 hours Total learning hours 200 hours

Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous evaluation by means of written Psychometric reports

Name of Module BPS707 Labour Relations Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Industrial Psychology

EMS Elective

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Labour Relations Generic Module Name Labour Relations Alpha-numeric code BPS707 Credit value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main Outcomes On completion of this module, students should be able to:

o Critically discuss the dynamic nature of the labour relationship in local and international labour relations

o Discuss the different frames of reference in labour relations and its impact on the quality of the Employer-Employee relationship;

o Engage in critical debate regarding the role and duties of all parties involved in the labour relationship;

o Identify and provide a discussion about internal and external factors (economic, political, social, cultural, ideological etc.) impacting on the relationship between Employers and Employees.

o Critically discuss the legislative framework regulating the employment relationship (inter alia the S.A. Constitution, BCEA, LRA, SDA, SDLA).

Page 215: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

215

o Evaluate and explain the role of trade unions and employer organisations, and the various alternative dispute resolution procedures (negotiation, mediation, arbitration, CCMA)

Main Content o Labour relationship and labour relations system of various countries.

o The role of various stakeholders within the labour relations system

o Factors (economic, political, social, cultural, ideological etc.) governing and regulating interaction between the various stakeholders.

o The South African labour relations system in societal and historical context

o The legislative framework governing the employment relationship

o The role of trade unions and employer organisations o The central roles of conflict and collective bargaining in

the tripartite relationship o The distinction between alternative dispute resolution

procedures o The role of industrial democracy and workers’

participation, organizational change and renewal processes and anticipated future developments in labour relations in South Africa.

Pre-requisites A B-degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer 60 Class Preparation 30 Assignments 30 Test(s) and Examination 5 Selfstudy 25 Total learning Time: 150 Hours

Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%)

Name of Module BPS708 Training Management Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Honours in Industrial Psychology

EMS Elective

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Training Management Generic Module Name Training Management Alpha-numeric code BPS708 Credit value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main Outcomes On completion of this module, students should be able to:

o Integrate and discuss theory and practice in managing Human Resource Development;

Page 216: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

216

o Analyse and synthesise the local requirements of the NQF with international trends;

o Apply and evaluate the transformational purpose and principles underpinning the skills development legislation in South Africa;

o Critically analyse an organizations’ developmental needs, on an individual level or general, and implement certain training interventions accordingly;

o Evaluate and apply the practical steps for planning, designing and implementing a sustainable skills development strategy;

o Critically evaluate the learning organisation as a performance management tool;

o Critically analyse the roles in the management of the Human Resource Development function;

o Critically analyse and apply various HRD approaches;

o Critically analyse and apply approaches in the evaluation of HRD interventions.

Main Content o Essential aspects of the theory and practice of managing human resource development from an outcomes-based approach.

o International and local trends in HRD; o Purpose and principles underpinning the Skills

development legislation in South Africa; o Training needs analyses; o The design and implementation of various HRD

interventions; o Learning organization and performance

management; o Managing the HRD function (e.g. marketing,

budgeting, etc.) o Technology-based learning, Adult Basic Education

and Training, Multi-skilling, Employment Equity and diversity training.

o Training evaluation. Pre-requisites A B-degree in Industrial Psychology that contains

modules in Human Resources Management Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer 60 Class Preparation 30 Assignments 30 Test(s) and Examination 5 Selfstudy 25 Total learning Time: 150 Hours

Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%)

Page 217: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

217

Name of Module BPS811 Organisational Development: Diversity and Change Management

Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Masters in Industrial Psychology

EMS Core

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description OD: Diversity and Change Management Genric Module Name OD: Diversity and Change Management Alpha-numeric code BPS811 Credit value 20 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main Outcomes On completion of this module, students should be able to:

o Diagnose complex organisational problems; o Apply and implement the action research paradigm in

organisation development; o apply the systems perspective to planned

organisational change; o Critically compare and implement individual level

interventions to enhance individual performance; o Critically evaluate and implement the most effective

group level interventions to enhance group performance – based on a formal diagnosis;

o Critically compare appropriate organisationsystem wide interventions and implement these in a planned change process to enhance diversity;

o Evaluate and analyse the effectiveness of organisation development interventions and take appropriate steps to make corrections.

Main Content o Advanced models of organisation diagnosis; o Models of planned organisation change; o Dealing with resistance to change; o Advanced techniques to improve employee

empowerment, developing sensitivity towards diversity, and coaching;

o Advanced process consultation; o Complex team and inter-group enhancement

approaches; o Advances models of high-performing organisation,

mergers, acquisitions and strategy o Ethical issues in planned organisational change and

diversity. Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor’s degree in Industrial

Psychology, Human Resource Management Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

Page 218: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

218

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 96 3 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 30 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Evaluation (60%) Formal Examination (40%)

Name of Module BPS812 Research Methodology Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Masters in Industrial Psychology

EMS Core

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Research Methodology Generic Module Name Research Methodology Alpha-numeric code BPS812 Credit value 20 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

o Critically discuss different research paradigms and their practical applications

o Identify research problems o Plan projects to solve such problems as individuals

and in a team context o Evaluate the studies of other researchers o Write a research proposal o Gather relevant information o Analyse data o Interpret the information and come to appropriate

conclusions o Write a research report o Present data to management o Discuss research issues.

Main Content o Advanced theory of research and research methodology

o Different research paradigms o Identification of research problems o Project planning o Ethical issues when doing research o Evaluation of the studies of other researchers o Planning and conducting research o Gathering of relevant information o Interpreting the information and reaching appropriate

conclusions o Reporting and presentation of findings

Page 219: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

219

Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 96 3 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 30 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Class participation 5% Case studies 5% SPSS practical applications 10% Research proposal 40% Class presentation of research results 10% Written research report 30%

Name of Module BPS803 Counselling Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Masters in Industrial Psychology

EMS Core

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Counselling Generic Module Name Counselling Alpha-numeric code BPS813 Credit value 20 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

o Critically discuss current theory pertaining to counselling in general and in the workplace;

o Engage in critical debate regarding ethical practice and procedures during a counseling relationship;

o Apply appropriate counselling strategies based on a needs assessment;

o Structure and apply counselling skills during practical and context-specific counselling sessions.

Main content o Intensive assessment and interviewing o Career planning and assist others in planning their

careers o Recognise others in crises and assist in crisis

management o Be familiar with HIV/AIDS-, substance abuse

counselling o Conduct Stress management

Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management

Co-requisites None

Page 220: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

220

Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 96 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 30 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Class participation 10% Oral presentations 35% Written research report 35% Role plays 20%

Name of Module BPS817 Labour Relations Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Masters in Industrial Psychology

EMS Elective

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Labour Relations Generic Module Name Labour Relations Alpha-numeric code BPS817 Credit value 20 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main Outcomes After completion of the module, students should be able

to: o Engage in critical debate regarding strategic labour

relations management; o Critically discuss the impact of relevant South African

labour legislation on the employer-employee relationship;

o Develop and communicate industrial relations policies and procedures in line with legislation.

o Discuss and apply strategies in conflict resolution, o Evaluate grievance and disciplinary hearings o Facilitate procedural and substantive negotiations o Discuss and evaluate the appropriateness of various

disciplinary procedures. o Apply negotiation skills.

Main Content o Strategic Labour Relations management o South African Labour Legislation o Comparative Labour Relations systems o Labour Relations systems and procedures o Negotiations o Disciplinary procedures and dispute mechanisms

Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

Page 221: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

221

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 20 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 90 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment 60% Formal Assessment 40%

Name of Module BPS818 Training Management

Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Masters in Industrial Psychology

EMS Elective

Home Department Industrial Psychology Module Description Training Management Generic Module Name Training Management Alpha-numeric code BPS818 Credit value 20 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 9

Main Outcomes After completion of this module students should be able

to: o Critically analyse and evaluate the clutch of learning

and development legislation and its impact on training and development in organisations.

o Evaluate and apply the various theories of learning to the development and/or implementation of learning and development strategies and practices.

o Evaluate current thinking on workplace learning. o Critically analyse how organisations can utilise their

collective organisational knowledge to develop value-adding skills.

o Analyse and evaluate E-learning, online learning and blended learning and their impact on workplace learning.

o Evaluate Performance management systems and their uses as tools to make learning and development decisions.

o Evaluate best practices analyses and training needs analyses.

Main Content o Learning and development legislation o Theories of learning o Current thinking on workplace learning o Knowledge management o Using collective organisational knowledge o E-learning, online learning and blended learning

Page 222: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

222

o Performance management systems o Best practices analyses and training needs analyses

Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Psychology, Human Resource Management

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 20 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 190 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment 60% Formal Assessment 40%

Name of Module BPS 819 Assessment Programme in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/Elective

Masters in Industrial Psychology

EMS Elective

Home Department Industrial Psychology Generic Module Name Assessment Alpha-numeric code BPS819 Credit value 20 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main Outcomes After completion of this module, students should be able

to: o Critically discuss competency based assessment o Apply the principles and theories of competency based

assessment; o Engage in critical debate and/or discussions regarding

emerging issues and debates pertaining to competency based assessment;

o identify, analyse and deal with concrete and abstract problems faced by assessment practitioners, using appropriate approaches

o identify and analyse information needs and retrieve information when conducting assessments;

o critically analyse, synthesise and evaluate quantitative and qualitative data to assist in the decision making process

Main Content o An overview of competency based assessment, from a national and international perspective

o The impact of legislation on the practice of assessments in general and competency based assessments in particular

o Validity, bias and reliability studies o The development of competency based job profiles

Page 223: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

223

o Competency based assessment techniques, including interviews, role plays, group exercises, presentations

o Generating assessment results/outcomes o Interpreting and reporting assessment results o Legislative and other organisational factors impacting

on assessment results o The future of competency based assessment and

competencies for the future o Ongoing researchComputer generated competency

based assessments Pre-requisites An Honours or 4-year Bachelor’s degree in Industrial

Psychology, Human Resource Management or Psychology that contains modules in Human Resource/Personnel Management and Psychometrics.

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 20 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment 60% Formal Assessment 40%

INSTITUTE FOR SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT

Module Name DVS703 : Development Management Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS703 Module description Development Management Generic module name Development Studies 703 Credit Value 24 Duration 1 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7 Main Outcomes o To provide students with a conceptual introduction to,

and the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of development management

o To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development

o To enhance students’ capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations

o To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to those problems

o To enhance students’ capacities to develop their own ideas and to communicate their ideas clearly

o To strengthen students’ capacity to work in teams o To reinforce students’ inclination toward and

commitment to service

Page 224: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

224

o To build students’ confidence and self-esteem, so that they see themselves as potential leaders of and contributors to development in their communities

Main Content o Topics that will be covered include: o Theoretical overview of Development Management o Development Management in practice o Situation

Assessment o Programme Conceptualization and Planning o Programme Implementation, Monitoring, and

Evaluation o Use of Management Information Systems o Budgeting and Financial Management o Resource Mobilization o Negotiation and Representation o Leadership and Empowerment

Pre-requisites Faculty Honours admission requirements Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Reading 25 Papers 25 Group assignments 30 Extra-class activities 10 Self-study 120 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Class participation and presentations, 2 seminar papers, 5 group assignments, class tests and final examination (externally moderated)

Method of Lecturer Assessment

Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester

Module Name DVST 706 : Social Policy and Development Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS706 Module Description Social Policy and Development Credit Value 24 Duration 1 Semester Module Type Program Level 7 Main Outcomes Outcomes of the course

o Upon completion of the course students should o Have a framework within which to understand global

problems of poverty and development; o Have the ability to understand, formulate and critique

social policy in developing countries such as South Africa;

o Have an overview of key social-economic policy areas such as employment creation, social security, education and training, health and labour, against the

Page 225: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

225

backdrop of poverty and inequality in developing countries such as South Africa;

o Have improved analytical and writing skills, which are critical to engaging in policy debates.

Main Content o Introduction to the course o Social issues and problems in our time o Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and

challenges o The socio-economic context – coping with social

problems within the context of globalisation o Models of social security o The crisis of the socialist, social-democratic model and

conservative welfare states o The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing

nations: South Africa and Chile o The relevance of gender to social policy: Measuring the

impact of social policy o Measuring the impact of social policy o The challenge for social policy in developing countries o Labour o Job creation strategies: Small Business and Public

works programmes. o Health o Education

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Contact with lecturer: 28 hours Assignments & tasks: 100 hours Tests & examinations: 48 hours Self-study 64 hours Total Learning Time 240 hours

Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly preparation papers, 2 long assignments, examination

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Research Paper Generic Module Name Research Paper Alpha-numeric Code DVS720 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration 1 Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes Upon completion of the module, students should be able

to: • Submit a feasible topic for research on a developments

studies related research problem

Page 226: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

226

• Conduct a literature review of the selected area of research

• Conduct either theoretical or empirical research • Utilise the appropriate methods and techniques to

gather relevant information • Present and analyse the findings of the research • Make appropriate recommendations

Main Content • Research Problem • Conceptual Framework • Analytical Framework • Methodology • Collection of data • Analysis of data • Interpretation of results • Discussion of findings • Conclusion and recommendations

Pre-requisite modules Research Methods (DVS749) Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lecture pw 0 Assignments & tasks: 0 Tutorials pw 0 Practicals: 0 Practicals pw 0 Assessments 150 Self-study 120 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Final exam (Research paper) 100%

Assessment Module type FA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Theories of Social Transformation Generic Module Name Theories of Social Transformation Alpha-numeric Code DVS721 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration 1 Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Distinguish, explain and compare concepts relevant to social transformation in developing countries

Page 227: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

227

• Identify and compare role-players within local, national and international development context

• Identify and explain debates concerning social transformation

• Apply this knowledge to discuss issues, theories and policies relevant to social transformation in South Africa and interpret these and their consequences

Main Content • Introduction to the concept of development • Development Theory: Marxist Development theories,

Modernisation theory, and other selected social theory; Neo-liberal theories

• Basic sociological concepts: nature of power, gender, race and class, households and institutions, elites, stratification

• The nature of the of the state, market and civil society in the context of development

• The developmental state • Capabilities Theory (eg. Sen) • Social transformation in South Africa

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules Economics for Development Studies (DVS722), Research Methods (DVS749)

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 20 Practicals pw 0 Assessments 48 Tutorials pw 1 Self-study 62 Practicals 0 Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

Course Work: Essays, Mid-term exam, Class tests 50% Final Exam 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA.

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Economics for Development Studies Generic Module Name Economics for Development Studies Alpha-numeric Code DVS722 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration 1 Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies

Year level 1

Page 228: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

228

Main Outcomes Upon completion of the module, students should be able to: • Distinguish and describe economic terminology and the

economic theories relevant for the understanding of problems of economic development and under-development

• Explain economic options and trade-offs that are critical for development

• Apply this knowledge to analyse the determinants of the variance in the developmental outcome of different economic policies in South Africa

• Describe and compare political-economic development experiences in developing countries

• Investigate options for policy concerning economic development and the mitigation of negative outcomes from such development

Main Content A: Introduction to development economics • Issues in normative development economics • Issues in positive development economics • The development economists toolbox

B: Components of economic development • Factors of production: Physical, natural and

financial capital • Factors of production: Human and social capital • Factors of production: Technology • Strategic complementarities in economics • Economic institutions

C: Economic development and under-development problems and policies • Political economy and governance • Behavioral factors • International factors • Geography, economic structure and economic

development Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules DVS749, DVS721 Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 50 Self-study 94 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

Course Work: Think pieces, Short essay,Group work Long Essay 50% Final Exam: Long essay: 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Page 229: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

229

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Urban and Regional Development (name change) Generic Module Name Urban and Regional Development (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS723 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Term Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Identify and explain the key theories, debates, and strategies in the field of urban and rural development

• Identify and explain rural and urban problems and issues.

• Apply this knowledge by critically analyzing these concepts to case study material drawn from the South African context

• Explain how rural to urban migration and globalization processes shape urban and rural areas

• Critically analyse and engage in the debate of current policy frameworks in relation to urban and rural development in South Africa

• Examine why certain urban and rural development initiatives succeed through a critical examination of case studies in other ‘Third World’ countries.

Main Content • Overview of the state of development and/or underdevelopment of urban and rural areas in South Africa

• Theories of and urban and rural development • Globalization processes impact rural and urban

development • South African urbanization and rural development

processes and spatial transformations in the post-apartheid era, focusing on a critical appraisal of the government’s rural development (including land reform) and urban development programmes.

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 230: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

230

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 70 Tutorials pw 0 Self-study 52 Practicals pw 0 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Course work: Team tasks, essays, class presentations 50% Final Exam, Long Essay 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Development Management and Planning Generic Module Name Development Management and Planning Alpha-numeric Code DVS724 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Term Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Bachelor of Artsm Honours in Development Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Identify and explain the theory, concept, principles, basic tools and techniques of participatory development management.

• Identify and explain the challenges of development management and demonstrate the ability to formulate and apply concepts and principles to actual situations.

• Identify, explain and assess Project Cycle Management (problem identification, planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation).

• Explain and assess the Logical Framework Approach (LFA) structuring the main elements in a project, highlighting logical linkages between intended inputs, planned activities and expected results.

• Apply this knowledge of management information systems by structuring the main elements of the approach for a case study project, highlighting logical linkages between intended inputs, planned activities and expected results.

Main Content Conceptual and theoretical overview of development management, situational assessment, project cycle, programme conceptualization and planning, programme implementation, monitoring and evaluation. Identification, planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of development projects and programmes Development management tools and techniques Problem solving and leadership

Page 231: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

231

Management information systems, budgeting and financial management, resource mobilization, budgets, = Strategic planning

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 40 Tutorial pw 0 Assessments 30 Practicals pw 0 Self-study 52 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Course work: Group work, Essays, Mid-term test 50% Final Exam: Exam 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA.

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Community Development in theory and practice Generic Module Name Community Development in theory and practice Alpha-numeric Code DVS725 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Term Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes Upon completion of the module, students should be able

to: • Distinguish and explain concepts and theories of

community development • Describe and compare options for community

development • Explain and compare current approaches,

methodologies, institutions, processes and procedures for community development

• Apply this knowledge to critically analyse the social, legal, political and cultural influences that affect community level outcomes in developing countries

• Describe, explain and compare options for policy concerning community development

Main Content • Conceptualization of community development within the framework of current development thinking

• Classical Community Development Theories • Participatory, People centred Development Theories • Building a base for Community Development • Legislative framework of Community Development • Participatory Rural Appraisal (PAR)

Page 232: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

232

• Community Development Processes • Assessing Community • Community Development Lessons from NGOs • Community Action Plan and Application Community

Action Plan • Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation (PM&E) • Communication Skills and community development • Leadership and community development

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lecture pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tutorials pw 0 Practicals: 0 Practicals pw 0 Assessments 30 Self-study 72 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Course work: Group work, Short essays, Mid-term test 50% Final exam: Exam 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Social Policy for Developing Countries (name change) Generic Module Name Social Policy for Developing Countries (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS726 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Term Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Bachelor of Arts, Honours in Development Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Identify, explain and contrast concepts relevant to social policy in developing countries

• Identify and explain debates concerning social policy though the application and comparison of alternative theories of welfare

• Explain and compare how different historical experiences and socio-political perspectives may lead to different kinds of policies;

• Identify, discuss and compare social policies in a number of key fields (eg. Disability, child support, old age, unemployment)

Page 233: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

233

• Apply this knowledge by critically analysing case study policies which been formulated and institutionalised

Main Content • Social issues and problems in our time • Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and

challenges • The socio-economic context – coping with social

problems within the context of globalisation • Models of social security, such as the social-democratic

model and conservative welfare states • The neo-liberal model in developing nations: South

Africa and Chile; problem of this model from the perspective of the poor

• The Developmental State and social security in Latin America and Asia

• Cash transfers to the poor • The relevance of gender to social policy • Measuring the impact of social policy • The challenges for social policy in developing countries

in different fields such as housing, education, health care, food security and labour law

• The impact on the environment of all social and economic policies

• An elementary understanding of different theoretical models for analysing and interpreting social policy, such as the Capability Approach and the Livelihood Approach

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 45 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 30 Self-study 47 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Course Work: Short essays, Long essay: 50% Final Exam: Long essay: 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Module Name DVS731 : Theories of Social Transformation Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS731 Module Description Theories of Social Transformation Generic module name Development Studies 731 Credit Value 24 Duration 1 Semester Module Type Programme Level 7

Page 234: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

234

Main Outcomes o Students will have an understanding basic concepts critical to the development debate

o Students will have an understanding of the dynamics between these concepts and role-players within development

o Students will have an understanding the historical context of the various theories of social transformation

o Students will have an understanding how these theories fit into the current debate around development

o Students will be able to apply these theories to contemporary developmental issues

o Students will be able to apply these concepts to contemporary South African development debate

Main Content o The central backbone of this course is Development Theory.

o This we may divide into three streams: Marxist Development theories, Modernisation theory, and Other Social theory.

o Neo-liberal economic theories associated with the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund.

o We examine all of these theories with special reference to South Africa.

o We look at a number of basic sociological concepts which illuminate the theories mentioned above i.e topics like the nature of power, civil society and the nature of the state

Pre-requisites Faculty Honours admission requirements Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 24 Reading 132 Papers 50 Preparation for semester and class tests

34

Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Participation, 2 papers, semester test, 5 class tests and final examination. Externally moderated

Method of Lecturer Assessment

Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester

Module Name DVS732 : Economics for Development Studies Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS732 Module description Economics for Development Studies Generic module name Development Studies 732 Credit Value 24 Duration 1 Semester Module Type Programme

Page 235: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

235

Level 7 Main Outcomes Upon completion of the course students should

o Be acquainted with the recent economic history of a range of countries with economic policies of interest to developing countries.

o Have an insight into the nature of the economic debates between free marketers, socialist democrats, socialists and developmental economists.

o Know some of the more technical contemporary economic terminology important for an understanding of the discussions of economic issues in the media;

o Develop a better understanding relevance of some of the contemporary economic policies for a developing country of the student’s choice.

Main Content o The nature of a free market economy and the limited but crucial regulating role a government plays in such an economy.

o The key economic policies and debates in two countries with a free market orientation, e.g. the USA, Chile or Uganda.

o The key features of a number welfare capitalist economies, with a social democratic or social market orientation.

o Some of the key economic and social policies adopted in at least one welfare capitalist state, e.g. in Sweden, Germany or Norway.

o The key economic policies of socialist states, including a discussion of the policies and reasons for transition of previous socialist states.

o In broad outlines, the economic history of at least two socialist states, e.g. of Cuba, of the Soviet Union or of Mao’s China.

o The key economic strategies adopted in developmental states, and an overview of the reasons for their success.

o An understanding in broad outlines of the history of two counties in which a successful developmental state emerged, e.g. of Malaysia, South Korea, Taiwan or of China post 1978.

o An understanding, in the light of the experiences of the other countries, of the specific challenges faced by at least one African country, e.g. Ethiopia.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 236: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

236

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 58 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly preparation for short tests on prescribed reading, 2 short (8-10pp) essays, an overview test and an examination (Externally moderated)

Module Name DVS733 : Research Methodology Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS733 Module Description Research Methodology Generic Module Name Development Studies 733 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme Duration 1 Semester Level 7 Main Outcomes A student will be able to:

1. to understand the logic and principles that guides social enquiry

2. to master the methods and techniques used to conduct social research using the different research paradigms and traditions

3 to apply correctly the different research paradigms, methods and techniques in the real world in real situations amongst real people.

This module has a strong practical and empirical dimension and character. Social research methods cannot only be taught. In order to master the methods and techniques and to understand the philosophy and logic underpinning it, one has to apply the methods and techniques in the real world

Main Content o The module will focus on: o The philosophy of science o The different types of research o Research design and problem formulation o Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling, questionnaire construction) o Qualitative studies o Participatory action research (par) o Evaluative research o Ethics and politics of (social) research

Pre-requisite modules Faculty Honours admission requirements

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 237: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

237

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Selfstudy 214 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Active participation of students, a number of minor written worksheets, number of small class tests (non counting for year mark), one major empirical research project and a 3 hour 40 minute open book examination (Externally moderated)

Module Name DVS734 : Urban and Regional Development Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS734 Module Description Urban and Regional Development Generic Module Name Development Studies 734 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme Duration 1 Semester Level 7 Main Outcomes The student will be able to

o Understand key historical and contemporary theories and concepts in social development generally and rural development theory and practice in particular

o To apply these concepts to case study material drawn from the current South African and Southern African context.

o To critically engage in debate and discussion of current official policy thinking and theoretical frameworks in relation to rural development in South and Southern Africa.

o To understand why some local rural development initiatives

o practices/interventions succeeded while others failed through

o application of theoretical tools to empirical situations

Main Content The module will focus on o Overview of the state of underdevelopment of the rural

areas in Southern Africa with reference to rural poverty and its manifold of socio economic implications for both rural and urban areas

o Analysis of the main theories of rural development, dealing with both the establish approaches like modernization theory as well a the more recent holistic, post modern and substantivist approaches including sustainable rural development paradigm

o The Sustainable Rural Livelihood Approach as a methodological tool to the development of the rural areas

o Micro and Rural Finance and MFIs as an critical interventionist strategy to sustainable rural development

Page 238: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

238

o The Land Reform Programme and its potential role in (under) development of our rural hinterland.

o The efficacy, sustainability and economic viability of contemporary Poverty Reduction Strategies

Pre-requisite modules Faculty Honours admission requirements Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Selfstudy 212 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Active participation of students, a number of minor written worksheets, one major assignments and a 3 hour examination (Externally moderated)

Module Name DVS746: Community Development in Theory and Practice

Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS746 Module Description Community Development in Theory and Practice Generic module name Development Studies 746 Credit Value 24 Duration 1 semester Module Type Programme Level 7 Main Outcomes Aims of the course:

To create a more complete understanding and clarity on: o The theoretical origins of community development o Theoretical changes regarding community development

within the broader framework of development thinking o The current views on community development based

on the practical situation in South Africa and Africa and the Third World

o To stimulate critical thought and academic debate on the topic of community development

o To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development and to enhance students’ capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations

o To provide students with the opportunity to apply basic tools needed to facilitate action in the 21st century

o To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to those problems

Main Content Specific module content o Conceptualization of community development within the

framework of current development thinking o Classical Development Theories o Alterative Development Theories o Building a base for Community Development

Page 239: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

239

o Legislative framework of Community Development o Participatory Rural Appraisal (PAR) o Community Development Process o Assessing Community o Community Development Lessons from NGOs o Community Action Plan and o Application Community Action Plan o Participatory Monitoring and Evaluation (PM&E) o Communication Skills and CD o Leadership and CD

Pre-requisites Degree Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Reading 35 Papers 35 Internship/Research report 40 Extra-class activities 10 Self-study 90 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Class participation, one individual based long essay (8 pages) and one short essay (6 pages) as well as an internship report (8 pages). group assignments, class tests and final examination

Method of Lecturer Assessment

Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Research Methodology for Development Studies Generic Module Name Research Methodology Alpha-numeric Code DVS749 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration 1 Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

BA Hons (Development Studies)

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Apply this knowledge by drafting a research proposal using techniques appropriate to their research question.

• Describe, define, contrast and explain the theory and principles of social science research methods

• Demonstrate the expertise in research design of the empirical research using some of the main data collection and analysis techniques

Page 240: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

240

• Describe, define, contrast and explain methods of enquiry in development studies;

• Demonstrate the ability to critically evaluate scientific literature, synthesise knowledge and make a logical argument.

• Apply this knowledge by providing academic writing and oral skills, including the ability to engage with and respond appropriately to the presentation of team work.

Main Content • Introduction to literature and referencing procedures • The planning of a research proposal • The philosophy of science • The scientific research process • The different types of research • Research design and problem formulation • Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling,

questionnaire construction) • Qualitative studies • The ethics and politics of social research

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules DVS 722, DVS 721

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 70 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 25 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 15 Selfstudy 90 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CAM 50% Final Exam (50%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Migration and Development Generic Module Name Development Studies 750 Alpha-numeric Code DVS750 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

BA Honours in Development Studies BCom Honours in Development Studies BAdmin Honours in Development Studies

Year level 1

Page 241: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

241

Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should able to: • Evaluate the theoretical and conceptual frameworks of

migration • Analyze strategies of migration and enhance its

development potential. • Apply migration policies in local, regional and national

levels. • Evaluate the role of remittances, food security, ethics in

migration Main Content • Introduction to migration

• Major migration theories • Migration and development policies • Globalization & migration • Domestic migration • The role of remittances & development • Transnationalism • Return migration • Food security and migration • Ethics and migration

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lectures pw 3 Assignments & tasks: 58 Tutorial pw Practicals: Practicals pw Assessments 3 Selfstudy 50 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 50% FA: 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Module Name DVS807 : Social Policy and Development Home Department ISD Module description Social Policy for Developing Countries Generic module name Development Studies 807 Alpha-numeric code DVS807 Credit Value 24 Duration 1 Semester Module Type 267250 Level Programme Main Outcomes Outcomes of the course

Upon completion of the course students should o Understand how different historical experiences and

socio-political perspectives may lead to different kinds of policies;

Page 242: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

242

o Critically analyse social policies appropriate for a developing country;

o Understand how policies are formulated and institutionalised;

o Have a thorough understanding of social policy in a number of key fields;

o Be able to write a green paper on a social policy issue.

Main Content o Social issues and problems in our time o Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and

challenges o The socio-economic context – coping with social

problems within the context of globalisation o Models of social security o The social-democratic model and conservative

welfare states o The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing

nations: South Africa and Chile; problem of this model

o The Developmental State o The relevance of gender to social policy o Measuring the impact of social policy o The challenge for social policy in developing

countries o Labour policies important for social development, with

specific reference to the debates in South Africa o Education policies important for social development,

with specific reference to the debates in South Africa o Job creation strategies: Public works programmes. o Health policies important for social development with

specific reference to the South African debates. o The impact on the environment of all social and

economic policies. Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 60 Tests & examinations: 72 Selfstudy 80 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

5 Weekly preparation papers, 1 long assignment, examination (Externally moderated)

Module Name DVS808 : Development Management Home Department ISD Module description Development Management Generic module name Development Studies 808 Alpha-numeric code DVS808 Credit Value 24 Duration 2 semester

Page 243: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

243

Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes o To provide students with a theoretical understanding

and conceptual introduction to development management

o To provide students the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of development management

o To introduce students to basic concepts and principles of community development

o To enhance students’ capacity to apply concepts and principles to actual situations

o To enable students to consider development problems in communities that they know and to consider responses to those problems

Main Content Topics that will be covered include: o Overview of Development Management o Contextualisation of development o Contemporary Management Theories and

Approaches o Critiques of and Alternatives to Conventional

Planning and Management Ideas and Practices o The institutional role players in development o Development Management in practice: i.e. Public

participation and integrated development planning o Situation Assessment, Programme Conceptualization

and Planning o Programme Implementation, Monitoring, and

Evaluation o Use of Management Information Systems o Budgeting and Financial Management o Resource Mobilization o Negotiation and Representation o Leadership and Empowerment

Pre-requisites Honours

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Reading 100 Papers 60 Group assignments 20 Extra-class activities 10 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Presentations, Seminar papers, class test and final examination

Method of Lecturer Assessment

Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester

Page 244: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

244

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Theories of Social Transformation Generic Module Name Theories of Social Transformation Alpha-numeric Code DVS821 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

1st Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Distinguish, assess and interpret advanced concepts relevant to social transformation in developing countries

• Explain the dynamics between these concepts and the role-players within local, national and international contexts

• Identify and explain debates concerning social transformation though the application and comparison of alternative social theories

• Apply this knowledge to examine issues, theories and policies relevant to social transformation in the Global South and critically analyse these and their consequences

• Investigate options for policy concerning social transformation and the mitigation of negative outcomes from transformation

Main Content • Introduction to the concept of development • Development Theory: Marxist Development theories,

Modernisation theory, and other selected social theory; Neo-liberal theories

• Social theories including globalisation (eg. Castells), nature of power (eg. Foucalt), post-modernism (eg. Ferguson, Escobar, Fanon), structuration (eg. Giddens) and Reflexivity (eg Popper, Gay).

• The nature of the state, market and civil society in the context of development, developmental states and predatory states

• Debates in Social Choice Theory and more specifically Capabilities Theory (eg. Sen, Nausbaum, Finnes)

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules Economics for Development Studies (DVS822), Research Methods (DVS850)

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 245: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

245

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 80 Practicals pw 0 Assessments 70 Tutorials 0 Self-study 94 Practicals 0 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Course Work: Short essays, Long Essay, Oral exam 50% Final exam: Exam 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Economics for Development Studies Generic Module Name Economics for Development Studies Alpha-numeric Code DVS822 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration 1 Semester Proposed semester to be offered

1st semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes Upon completion of the module, students should be able

to: • Distinguish, assess and interpret economic concepts,

terminology and arguments and the economic theories relevant for the understanding of problems of economic development and under-development.

• Examine and evaluation key economic options, trade-offs and policies at the micro-, meso- and macro-level that are critical for development

• Explain and compare the applicability of specific economic policies to solve problems of economic under-development based on a rigorous theoretical and comparative analysis.

• Apply this knowledge to analyse the domestic and international determinants of different economic policies that have been adopted in developing countries

• Apply this knowledge to critically analyse the social, legal, political and cultural influences that affect economic outcomes in developing countries

• Investigate and compare political-economic experiences of developed and developing countries

• Investigate options for policy concerning economic development and the mitigation of negative outcomes from such development

Main Content A: The Development Economics Toolbox • Introduction to development economics • Basic principles of macroeconomic for development

Page 246: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

246

• Basic principles of microeconomics for development • Measuring economic development B: Alternative economic explanations of Development

and Underdevelopment • Standard economic growth theories of development • Institutional and evolutionary theories of development • Behavioural and experimental economic theories of

development • The political economy of development and under-

development C: Economic Analysis of Selected Development

Problems • Public finance and the budget • Trade theory for development policies • Agriculture and rural development • Economic development problems and policies

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules DVS850, DVS821 Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 56 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 60 Self-study 174 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Course Work: Short essays, Research paper 50% Final Exam: Long essay: 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Urban and Regional Development (name change) Generic Module Name Urban and Regional Development (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS823 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Term Proposed semester to be offered

2nd Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Distinguish, assess and interpret the key theories, debates, and strategies in the field of urban and rural development

Page 247: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

247

• Examine, explain, compare and interpret rural and urban problems and issues.

• Apply this knowledge by critically analyzing these concepts using case study material drawn from the South African and other ‘third world’ contexts

• Explain and justify how rural to urban migration and globalization processes shape urban and rural areas

• Critically analyse and engage in the debate of current policy frameworks in relation to urban and rural development in South Africa and in other ‘third world’ contexts

• Investigate why certain urban and rural development initiatives succeed through a critical examination of case studies in other ‘Third World’ countries.

Main Content • Overview of the state of development and/or underdevelopment of urban and rural areas in South Africa

• Theories of and urban and rural development • Globalization processes and rural and urban

development • South African urbanization and rural development

processes and spatial transformations in the post-apartheid era, focusing on a critical appraisal of the government’s rural development (including land reform) and urban development programmes.

• Comparative experiences of urban and regional development

• Institutions and governance in urban and rural environments

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 50 Tutorials pw 0 Self-study 72 Practicals pw 0 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Course work: Team tasks, essays, class presentations 50% Final Exam: Long Essay 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Development Management and Planning Generic Module Name Development Management and Planning Alpha-numeric Code DVS824 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Term

Page 248: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

248

Proposed semester to be offered

2nd semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Distinguish, assess and interpret the theoretical and conceptual framework of development management; and demonstrate the ability, skills, responsibilities development management in an effective and efficient manner within a changing environment.

• Explain and justify all stages of the Project Cycle Management and demonstrate the skills in identifying the causal relationships between the different levels of objectives, provides indicators to check whether these objectives have been achieved and establishes what assumptions outside the project may influence its success.

• Explain and synthesize the challenges of development management and demonstrate the ability to formulate and apply concepts and principles to actual situations; and demonstrate confidence and self-esteem, so that they see themselves as potential leaders of and contributors to development in their communities

• Apply this knowledge by demonstrate the ability to develop and manage a Project Cycle Management (problem identification, planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation); and show the ability of applying/using the general management principles and important functions (planning, organizing, directing and controlling).

• Apply this knowledge by using the Logical Framework (Logframe), to design a systematic map of a project’s objectives and activities.

Main Content • Conceptual and theoretical overview of development management, situational assessment, project cycle, programme conceptualization and planning, programme implementation.

• Planning, implementing, monitoring and evaluation development projects/programmes.

• Identification, planning, implementation, monitoring and evaluation of development projects and programmes

• Development management tools and techniques • Problem solving and leadership using case studies • Management information systems, budgeting and

financial management, resource mobilization, budgets

• Strategic planning • Development management, situation assessment,

programme conceptualization and planning, programme implementation, monitoring, and evaluation,

Page 249: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

249

• Logical Framework (Logframe), use of management information systems, budgeting and financial management, resource mobilization, negotiation and representation, leadership and empowerment within the context of Development Studies.

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks 20 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 30 Practicals pw 0 Self-study 72 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Course work: Team project, Essay, Mid-term test 50% Final exam: Exam 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Community Development in Theory and Practice Generic Module Name Community Development Alpha-numeric Code DVS826 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Term Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes Upon completion of the module, students should be able

to: • Distinguish, assess and interpret concepts and

theories of community development • Examine and evaluate options and limitations for

community development • Explain, compare and evaluate current and emerging

approaches, methodologies, institutions, processes and procedures for community development

• Apply this knowledge to critically analyse the social, legal, political and cultural influences that affect community level outcomes in developing countries

• Apply this knowledge to design and critically analyse strategies for community development including community self-assessment, group processes, network analysis and leadership development

• Investigate and propose options for policy concerning community development and the mitigation of negative outcomes from such development

Page 250: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

250

Main Content A: Community Development Theory: • The concept of community and differences in a

historical, urban or rural context. • Historical and theoretical roots of community

development and the linkage between these and various current theories of practice.

• Strategies for community regeneration and development which promote sustainability in their local areas will be explored.

• Community development principles and practices, community relations and community development in developing countries and South Africa

• Critical examination of the process of community development and associated projects

• Major Issues in Community Development B: Community Development Practice: • Processes, stages, skills and knowledge involved in

community development and project management. • Practical issues of community • Community project management, planning and

control. Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lecture pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 30 Self-study 52 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Course Work: Group work, Short essays, Long Essay Mid-term test 50% Final Exam: Exam 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Social Policy for Developing Countries (name change) Generic Module Name Social Policy for Developing Countries (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS827 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Term Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies

Year level 1

Page 251: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

251

Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to: • Distinguish, assess and interpret advanced concepts

relevant to social policy in developing countries • Identify and explain debates concerning social policy

though the application and comparison of alternative theories of welfare

• Explain and compare how different historical experiences and socio-political perspectives may lead to different kinds of policies;

• Critically analyse social protection policies appropriate for a developing country;

• Identify, discuss and compare social protection policies in a number of key fields (eg. Disability, child support, old age, unemployment)

• Apply this knowledge by critically analysing case study policies which have been formulated and institutionalised;

• Apply this knowledge by proposing and critically reviewing a policy document on a social protection issue.

Main Content • Social issues and problems in our time • Social Policy as a response: Definitions, models and

challenges • The socio-economic context – coping with social

problems within the context of globalisation • Models of social security • The social-democratic model and conservative

welfare states • The spread of the neo-liberal model to developing

nations: South Africa and Chile; problem of this model

• The Developmental State • The relevance of gender to social policy • Measuring the impact of social policy • The challenge for social policy in developing

countries • Labour policies important for social development, with

specific reference to the debates in South Africa • Education policies important for social development,

with specific reference to the debates in South Africa • Job creation strategies: Public works programmes. • Health policies important for social development with

specific reference to the South African debates. • The impact on the environment of all social and

economic policies.

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 252: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

252

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 28 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 30 Self-study 64 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Course Work: Short essays 50% Long essay: Final Exam: Long essay: 50%

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Poverty and Inequality (name change) Generic Module Name Poverty and Inequality (name change) Alpha-numeric Code DVS828 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration 1 Term Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Master in Development Studies, M. Phil (Land & Agrarian Studies), M. Phil in Citizenship Studies

Year level 1

Main Outcomes Upon completion of the course students should be able to: • Distinguish, assess and interpret concepts, causes

and measures of poverty and inequality • Compare, assess and critically analyse poverty

reduction policies and the extent to which they can contribute to enabling development, economic growth and poverty reduction.

• Identify, describe, critically analyse and apply relevant social and economic theories to problems related to the reduction of poverty and inequality.

• Compare, describe, critically analyse the economic, political and cultural determinants and of the institutional and situational context dependency of the effectiveness of different means of poverty reduction.

• Apply this knowledge by deriving theory and research based policy recommendations that enable development and poverty reduction and that are adapted to developing country contexts.

Main Content • Conceptualisation and critical analysis of different definitions, measurements and causes of poverty and inequality.

• Overview and critical analysis of different social and economic theories of poverty and inequality.

Page 253: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

253

• Overview and critical analysis of economic theories in the field of public and development economics that are relevant for the analysis of the effectiveness of poverty reduction policies

• Critical discussion of the possibilities, limitations and determinants of the following means of public policy to enable poverty reduction:

• Livelihoods • Savings, Remittances and Donations • Direct and Indirect Taxation • State Owned Enterprises and Public/Private

Partnerships • Asset Redistribution • Social Protection • Foreign and Domestic Investment • Foreign Aid • Two Case Studies

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures pw 4 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals pw 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 30 Self-study 82 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Course Work: Short essay, Research paper 50% Final Exam: Long essay: 50%

Assessment Module type CA and FA

Module Name DVS831: Theories of Social Transformation - Masters Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS831 Module Description Theories of Social Transformation Generic module name Development Studies 831 Credit Value 24 Duration 1 semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main Outcomes o Students will have an understanding of basic

concepts critical to the development debate o Students will have an understanding of the dynamics

between these concepts and role-players within the international development context

Page 254: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

254

o Students will have an ability to deconstruct debate around development though the application of social theories.

o Students will make class presentations to fellow masters students

o Students will have an an ability to think critically about issues surrounding social transformation

Main Content o Development Theory. o Divided into three streams: Marxist Development theories, Modernisation theory

and other social theory i.e. o Neo-liberal and Keynesian macro -economic theories o Other topics like the globalisation (Castells), nature of

Power (Foucault), post- Modernism (Ferguson, Escobar, Fanon), structuration (Giddens) and the nature of the state.

o Finally in the course the Social Choice Theory of Amartya Sen

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 24 Reading 180 Papers 36 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Participation, 7 papers (of which one paper serve as the theoretical chapter of their theses), final oral examination

Method of Lecturer Assessment

Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester

Module Name DVS832: Economics for Development Studies Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Code DVS832 Module Description Economics for Development Generic module name Development Studies 832 Credit Value 24 Duration 1 Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main Outcomes Upon completion of the course students should

o Be thoroughly acquainted with the economic terminology and the economic theories relevant for the understanding of a number of key economic policies at the micro-, meso- and macro-level that are critical for development

o Have developed the ability to argue for or against the applicability of specific economic policies based on a rigorous theoretical and comparative analysis.

o Have developed a thorough understanding of domestic and international as well as the economic,

Page 255: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

255

legal, political and cultural determinants of the variance in the developmental outcome of different economic policies across different countries

o Be acquainted with the political-economic development experiences of a broad range of developed and developing countries

Main Content o Overview, application and critical analysis of different institutional economic and political-economic theories relevant for a comparative analysis of the developmental outcome of different types of political-economic systems

o Critical analysis of the developmental impact of the economic system, that is, different types of economic policies and economic institutions at the micro- (organisational), meso- (industry/market) and macro (economy) level. Policies and other institutions discussed vary depending on the interest and background of the students and the current developmental relevance and may comprise some of the following: • micro-level: property rights regimes (ownership),

governance structures, contracting, corporate social responsibility, organisational culture etc

• meso-level: industry regulations, competition policies, market liberalisation, privatisations

• macro-level: inflation policies, monetary policies, (un)employment policies etc

• Critical analysis of the influence of the legal and judicial system on development

o Critical analysis of the influence of the political-constitutional system on development

o Critical analysis of the international economic system (e.g. international treaties, multilateral agreements etc) on development

o Critical analysis of the influence of the cultural system, such as religions, social norms, collective beliefs and traditions on development

o Critical discussion of the (systemic and non-systemic) determinants of the development and dynamics of economic and financial crises

o Depending on the interest and background of the students as well as the current developmental relevance, up to 6 different country experiences from low, middle, and high income countries are discussed (such as, for example, China, South Africa, Argentine, Bolivia, Brazil, Malaysia, Germany, Sweden, India, Russia, Cuba etc) and are systematically compared.

Pre-requisites Preferably the honours in Comparative Economics, the masters in Poverty Alleviation and Public Finance or other courses or experiences which can provide the students with an equivalent economic background on development

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

Page 256: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

256

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

A varying combination of the following: One to two case studies & presentations, two short essays (a 8 to 10 pages) or one long essay (25 to 30 pages), final written exam (externally moderated)

Module Name DVS834 : Urban and Regional Development Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Urban and Regional Development Generic Module Name Development Studies 834 Alpha-numeric Code DVS834 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme Duration 1 Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes 1. Understand key historical and contemporary

concepts in rural development theory and practice 2. Ability to apply these concepts to case study material

drawn from the current South African and Southern African context.

3. Ability to critically engage in debate and discussion of current official policy thinking and theoretical frameworks in relation to rural development in South and Southern Africa.

4. Ability to understand why some local rural development initiatives practices/interventions succeeded while others failed through application of theoretical tools to empirical situations

5. Ability to contribute to a critical debate regarding appropriate rural development strategies and general policy development for SA

Main Content The module will focus on: The Masters module broadly covers the same crucial aspects and themes covered in the Honours module with more concentrated focus on theories and some additional themes included. 1. Overview of the state of underdevelopment of the

rural areas in Southern Africa with reference to rural poverty and its manifold of socio economic implications for both rural and urban areas

2. Analysis of the main theories of rural development, dealing with both the establish approaches like modernization theory as well a the more recent holistic, post modern and substantivist approaches including sustainable rural development paradigm

3. Different agri economic models for Africa

Page 257: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

257

4. The Sustainable Rural Livelihood Approach as a methodological tool to the development of the rural areas

5. Exploration and assessment of Government’s contemporary conceptual thinking and policy implementation (ISRDS) regarding the sustainable economic transformation of the rural areas of SA.

6. Micro and Rural Finance and MFIs as an critical interventionist strategy to sustainable rural development

7. Pro – Poor Tourism and Sustainable Rural development

8. The Land Reform Programme and its potential role in (under) development of our rural hinterland.

9. Rural Education: Sowing the Seeds of Learning 10. The efficacy, sustainability and economic viability of

contemporary Poverty Reduction Strategies 11. Designing a conceptual framework for appropriate

and sustainable agri rural development for SA Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to

Masters. Co-requisite modules Masters Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 212 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Active participation of students, a number of minor written worksheets, three major assignments and a 3.5 hour examination

Module Name DVS839 : Social Problems Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Social Problems Generic Module Name Development Studies 839 Alpha-numeric Code DVS839 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme Duration One Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes o Understanding of the dynamics various social problems

o Understanding of the historical context within which social problems exist in South Africa and the importance of paying attention to historical context

o Understanding of social problems within a development framework

o Understand how some social problems can be socially constructed that further the agendas of those in power

Page 258: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

258

o Ability to apply critical eye to development itself through the exploration of the deeper causes of social problems (e.g., social, economic & structural inequality)

o Deep historical exploration and sharing of own social/cultural/familial group to evidence social challenges and strengths.

o Some experience with teaching honours students Main Content o Application of work of current development theorists to

understand elements and critique social problems and development in South Africa and sub-Saharan Africa

o Use of theoretical work of current development theorists to critically explore the concepts of poverty, poverty reduction and poverty production

o Use of recent critiques of development paradigms to propose alternative approaches to social problems and their resolution

o Use of specific case studies of social problems as selected by students in consultation with the lecturing staff to apply and critique these theoretical approaches

Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to Masters.

Co-requisite modules Masters Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 36 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 201 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Class participation and presentations (10%) Preparation of research proposal (10%) Research project and seminar paper (30) Final examination (40%)

Module Name DVS841 : Research Method Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Research Methods Generic Module Name Development Studies 841 Alpha-numeric Code DVS841 Credit Value 24 Module Type Programme Duration One Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes A student will be able to:

1. understand the logic and principles that guides social enquiry

2. examine the most influential paradigms/traditions of social sciences, that include logical positivism,

Page 259: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

259

interpretisvism/phenomenology, critical theory, feminism and post-modernism

3. understand that research includes quantitative, qualitative or participatory methods

4. master the methods and techniques used to conduct social research using the different research paradigms and traditions

5. understand that research is a process and involves a number of different stages

6. Access a range of appropriate information as the basis for research using different methodological tools

7. Analyse and synthesise gathered information 8. Include researched material in reports 9. Interpret documents for their value in terms of their

research content 10. construct a research proposal for Masters dissertation

Main Content The module will focus on o Introduction to literature and referencing procedures o The planning of a research proposals o The philosophy of science o The scientific research process o The different types of research o Research design and problem formulation o Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling,

questionnaire construction) o Qualitative studies o Participatory action research (par) o Evaluative research o The ethics and politics of social research o Data collection and sampling methods o Data processing, data analysis and interpretation of

results o Introduction to computer packages, computer

analysis of data o Graphical representation of results. o Report writing

Pre-requisite modules Normal academic requirements relevant for entrée to Masters.

Co-requisite modules Masters Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 26 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 0 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 214 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Class participation and presentations (10%) Preparation of research proposal (10%) Research project and seminar paper (30) Final examination (40%)

Page 260: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

260

Module Name DVS843 : Poverty and Public Finance Home Department ISD Module description Poverty and Public Finance Generic module name Development Studies 843 Alpha-numeric code DVS843 Credit Value 24 Duration 1 Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes Upon completion of the course students should

o have a detailed understanding of concepts, causes and measures of (under)development and poverty (reduction)

o have a detailed understanding of different means of public finance and to what extent they can contribute to enabling both development and poverty alleviation.

o have a detailed understanding of, be able to critically discuss and to apply relevant economic theories in the field of public economics and development economics to problems related to public finance, development and poverty alleviation.

o have a detailed understanding of the economic, political and cultural determinants and of the institutional and situational context dependency of the effectiveness of different means of public finance.

o have the ability to derive theory based policy recommendations that enable development and poverty alleviation and that are adapted to developing country contexts.

Main Content o A thorough conceptualisation and critical analysis of different definitions and measurements causes of (under)development and poverty

o Overview and critical analysis of different economic theories of (under) development.

o Overview and critical analysis of (micro) economic theories in the field of public and development economics that are relevant for the analysis of the effectiveness of means of public finance, especially Neoclassical Economics, New Institutional Economics and Behavioural Economics

o Critical discussion of the possibilities and limitations and determinants of the following means of public finance to enable development and poverty alleviation:

o Savings & Remittances o Direct and Indirect Taxation o State Owned Enterprises o Privatisations o Public Private Partnerships o Foreign (Direct & Portfolio) Investments o (Official and Private) Foreign Aid

Page 261: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

261

o Two Case Studies: The Determinants of Foreign Aid Effectiveness & Negotiating Public Private Partnership Contracts

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 100 Tests & examinations: 3 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Course Work: Memorandum writing exercise, two short essays, two case studies including presentations, final written exam

Module Name DVS846 : Community Development in Theory and Practice

Home Department ISD Module description Community Development in Theory and Practice Generic module name Development Studies 846 Alpha-numeric code DVS846 Credit Value 24 Duration 1 semester Module Type Programme Level Masters Main Outcomes Aims:

o To provide students with a conceptual introduction to, and the opportunity to apply, basic tools and techniques of community development, including:

o Conceptualization and theories of community development

o Historical and theoretical roots of community development

o Community development principles, processes, models and debates

o Assessment of communities o The community action planning process o Dealing with differences and diversity o Basic group processes o Community communications o Impact assessment and measuring outcomes o Networks, partnerships and coalitions o The local economic base and strategies for economic

development o Participatory research approaches o Leadership in communities o To enhance students’ capacity to apply concepts and

principles to actual situations and equip students with practical skills in facilitating a participatory, people centred grassroots process;

Page 262: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

262

o To reinforce students’ inclination toward and commitment to service

o To build students’ confidence and self-esteem, so that they see themselves as potential leaders of and contributors to development in their communities and in their country

o The course will broaden the experience of people in community development practice who work in such specific areas as health education, worker education, environmental education and training, rural development and local government, agriculture, public works programmes etc.

o It will empower students to function effectively and expand their knowledge in a rapidly changing micro and macro society.

Main Content Programme outline: I: Community Development Theory: o This section introduces community development

theory: The following aspects will be addressed: o Defining and examining the concept of community

and understanding the differences in a historical, urban or rural context.

o An examination of the historical and theoretical roots of community development and the linkage between these and various current theories of practice. Current strategies for community regeneration and development which promote sustainability in their local areas will be explored.

o Defining community development, its link to poverty reduction processes, Community development principles and practices, community relations and community development in developing countries and South Africa

o A general overview of the community development field will be provided and an introduction to the key principles and debates in community development.

o A critical examination of the process of community development and associated projects by discussing a number of models through which this work is undertaken.

o Major Issues in Community Development This section aims to critically explore the impact of some ‘key issues’ and how they impact on community development. Examples of such topics are:

o Gender and community development o The environment and community development o The impact of globalisation (globalisation) of the local

economy II: Community Development Practice: o This section introduces community development

practice: The following aspects will be addressed: o The first section aims to engage students in the key

processes, stages, skills and knowledge involved in community development and project management.

Page 263: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

263

o Practical issues of community development will be dealt with including community mobilisation and how to engage community members in participatory methods of dealing with community challenges as well as handling local initiatives.

o Students will be introduced to the field of project management, planning and control with particular emphasis on community-based development projects.

Pre-requisites Honour’s degree Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 50 Reading 100 Papers 60 Group assignments 20 Extra-class activities 10 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Assessment: Throughout the semester a diversified mode of evaluation will be carried out which includes the following: Long essay on individual prescribed topics Class participation Group work and presentations Research project and internship Externally moderated

Method of Lecturer Assessment

Lecturer is assessed through confidential evaluations written by students during the last class of the semester

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Research Methodology for Development Studies Generic Module Name Research Methodology Alpha-numeric Code DVS850 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration 1 Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Master in Development Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

• Prepare a research proposal for a Masters mini-thesis • Describe, define, contrast and explain theoretical ideas

and logic of social science research method including logical positivism, interpretivism/phenomenology, critical theory, feminism and postmodernism

• Describe, define, contrast and explain quantitative, qualitative and participatory data collection and data

Page 264: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

264

analysis techniques used by social science researchers.

• Apply high level of knowledge by demonstrating the use of social science research methods in their own research using secondary data, proposing techniques appropriate to their research question in order to reach relevant and confirmable conclusions.

• Apply these techniques using a statistical package used for social science research data analysis

• Analyse, synthesise and explain the results of their research

Main Content • Introduction to literature and referencing procedures • The planning of a research proposals • The philosophy of science • The scientific research process • The different types of research • Research design and problem formulation • Quantitative research design (surveys, sampling,

questionnaire construction) • Qualitative studies • Participatory action research • Evaluative research • The ethics and politics of social research

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules Economics for Development Studies (DVS 822)

Theories of Social Transformation (DVS 821) Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 84 Lectures p.w. 4 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. Practicals: Tutorials p.w. 2 Assessments 10 Selfstudy 146 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

CA (50%) Final Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department Institute for Social Development Module Topic Migration and Development Generic Module Name Development Studies 861 Alpha-numeric Code DVS861 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd semester

Page 265: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

265

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Master of Development Studies

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

• Apply the skills of migration and development in an effective and efficient manner within a changing environment.

• Evaluate all stages of the migration and demonstrate the skills in identifying the causal relationships in development policies.

• Analyze and synthesize the challenges of migration and demonstrate the ability to formulate and apply concepts and principles to actual situations;

• Apply this knowledge and show the ability to use the general migration theories in planning development policies.

Main Content • Theories of migration for work in the 21st century • Contemporary debate on migration and development • Comparative analysis of migration and development

policies • Effects of globalization on international and domestic

migration • Migration and the role of remittances • Impact of migration on food and nutrition security • Realistic and idealistic approaches to the ethics of

migration Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lectures pw 3 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tutorials pw 0 Assessments 3 Practicals pw 0 Selfstudy 78 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

CA: 50% FA: 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Page 266: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

266

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS & FINANCE

Mod

ule

Cod

es

Prer

equi

site

s

MD

P

Seni

or M

DP

Adv

Dip

lom

a in

Man

agem

ent

ADM

(Fin

ance

)

ADM

(Fin

anci

al P

lann

ing)

Post

grad

Dip

in M

anag

emen

t

PGD

M (F

inan

ce)

BCom

(Hon

s)(M

anag

emen

t)

BCom

(Hon

s)(F

inan

ce)

Hon

ours

in

Bus.

Adm

in (c

lose

d)

CORE MODULES Business Communication

MDP569 MDP579 - C - - - - - - - -

Business Finance MDP580 ADM668 MDP581

None C - E - E - - - - -

Economics for Managers

MDP549 ADM617 MAN749

MDP548/ ADM616/ MAN748

- E E C C C C C C C

Employee Management

MDP578 MAN651 MAN755

MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751

- E E - - C --

- - C

Finance Research & Communication

FRC611 RCF711

ADM616/ MAN748

- - C - - - - - -

Financial Accounting 1 ACC681 ACC781

MDP553/ ADM619/ MAN753

- - E C - E C - C E

Financial & Analytical Techniques

ADM635 ADM622 MDP556

- - - E - - - - - -

Financial Management MDP556 ADM622 MAN756

MDP580/ ADM668/ ADM616/ MAN748

- E E C C E C C C C

Information Systems & Technology

ADM647 MAN747

- - - C C - E E C C C

Intro to Information Systems

MDP550 - C - - - - - - - - -

Management Skills Development

MDP579 - C - - - - - - - - -

Marketing MDP554 ADM620 MAN754

- - E C - - C - C C C

Operations Management

MDP557 ADM623 MAN757

MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751

- E C - - C - C C C

Principles of Management Accounting

MDP553 ADM619 MAN753

- - E E C C C C E C -

Page 267: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

267

Mod

ule

Cod

es

Prer

equi

site

s

MD

P

Seni

or M

DP

Adv

Dip

lom

a in

Man

agem

ent

ADM

(Fin

ance

)

ADM

(Fin

anci

al P

lann

ing)

Post

grad

Dip

in M

anag

emen

t

PGD

M (F

inan

ce)

BCom

(Hon

s)(M

anag

emen

t)

BCom

(Hon

s)(F

inan

ce)

Hon

ours

in

Bus.

Adm

in (c

lose

d)

Principles of Management & Business

MDP551 ADM618 MAN751

- C - C C C C C C C C

CORE MODULES cont Quantitative Analysis MDP548

ADM616 MAN748

MDP580/ 581 ADM668

- E E C C E C E - C

Quantitative Mgt Topics - see Fin & Analytical Techniques

MAN710 ADM622 MAN756

- - E - E - E -

Research & Comm for Business

ADM626 RCB711

ADM618 MAN751

- - C - C - C - -

Strategic Management ADM629 MAN769

ADM618/ MAN751, ADM620/ MAN754, ADM623/ MAN757

- - E E - C E C E C

SME consulting ADM610 MAN732

C – Core E – Elective - - Not Applicable

Page 268: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

268

Mod

ule

Cod

es

Prer

equi

site

s

Seni

or M

DP

Adv

Dip

lom

a in

Man

agem

ent

ADM

(Fin

ance

)

ADM

(Fin

anci

al P

lann

ing)

Post

grad

Dip

in M

anag

emen

t PG

DM

(Fin

ance

)

BCom

(Hon

s)(M

anag

emen

t)

BCom

(Hon

s)(F

inan

ce)

Hon

ours

in

Bus.

Adm

in (c

lose

d)

FINANCE & FINANCIAL PLANNING Adv. Financial Management

MAN704 MAN312/ ADM622MAN756

- - E - E C - C E

Retirement Planning RPP715 IST714/ IST310/ LTI614

- - - - - - E -

Adv Management Accounting

MAN745 ADM619/ MAN753

- - - - E E E E E

Financial Accounting 2 ACC782 ACC681/ ACC781

- - - - C - E E

Financial Analysis MAN706 ACC681 ACC781

MAN604, MAN704

- - - - - E - C E

Financial Planning ADM632 ADM668, ADM622

- - - C - - - - -

Finance Research FRP711 MAN314, ADM626 FRC311, RCF711; MAN307, ADM605 MAN705; MAN312 MAN756, ADM622

- - - - E - C -

Finance Research Report

FRR711 FRP711 - - - - - E - C -

Finance Seminar (Currency Risk Management)

MAN742 MAN307/ ADM605/ MAN705

- - - - - E - E E

Financial Statement Analysis

FSA711 ADM681/ ACC781

- - - - - E - E -

Investment Analysis ADM780MAN780

MAN307/ MAN605/ MAN705

- - E - - E - E E

Investment Management

ADM605MAN705

MAN234/ ADM622/ MAN756

- - E - - C - C E

Long-term Insurance LTI614 None - - - C - - - - -

Page 269: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

269

Mod

ule

Cod

es

Prer

equi

site

s

Seni

or M

DP

Adv

Dip

lom

a in

Man

agem

ent

ADM

(Fin

ance

)

ADM

(Fin

anci

al P

lann

ing)

Post

grad

Dip

in M

anag

emen

t PG

DM

(Fin

ance

)

BCom

(Hon

s)(M

anag

emen

t)

BCom

(Hon

s)(F

inan

ce)

Hon

ours

in B

us.

Adm

in (c

lose

d)

Long-term Insurance IST713 MAN234 ADM668 ADM622 MAN756

- - - - - E - E -

Research & Comms for Finance

RCF711 ADM616/ MAN748

- C - C -

Short-term Insurance & Risk

IST611 IST712

None - - - C - E E -

Statistics for Investments

MAN787 ADM616/ MAN748

- - - - - C E C E

Tax & Estate Planning ADM631 ADM668/ ADM622

- - - C - - - - -

ELEC

TIVE

S

Mod

ule

Cod

e

Prer

equi

site

s

Seni

or M

DP

Adv

Dip

lom

a in

Man

agem

ent

Post

grad

Dip

in M

anag

emen

t

PGD

M(F

inan

ce)

BCom

(Hon

s) (M

anag

emen

t)

BCom

(Hon

s) (F

inan

ce)

Hon

s in

Bus

. Ad

min

(clo

sed)

MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP Advanced Employee Management

MAN714 MAN324/ MAN651/ MAN755

- - E - E - E

Advanced Marketing MAN702 MAN231/ ADM620/ MAN754

- - E - E - E

Analytical and Critical Thinking

MAN746 MAN314/ ADM626/ RCB711

- - E - E - E

Consumer Research CRO711 MAN314/ ADM626/ RCB711

- - E - E - -

Page 270: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

270

ELEC

TIVE

S

Mod

ule

Cod

e

Prer

equi

site

s

Seni

or M

DP

Adv

Dip

lom

a in

Man

agem

ent

Post

grad

Dip

in M

anag

emen

t

PGD

M(F

inan

ce)

BCom

(Hon

s) (M

anag

emen

t)

BCom

(Hon

s) (F

inan

ce)

Hon

s in

Bus

. Ad

min

(clo

sed)

Contemp. Management Topics - Corporate Governance

MAN709 ADM618/ MAN751

- - E E E E E

Entrepreneurship & Enterprise Development

ADM607/MAN711

MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751

- E E - E - E

Field Study (30 credits)

MAN717 MRP711 - - - - E E -

Global Marketing MAN719 MAN554/ ADM620/ MAN754

- - E - E - E

Management Information Systems

MAN712 ADM647/ MAN747

- - E E E E -

Management Research

MRP711 MAN314/ ADM626/ RCB711

- - E - E - -

Management Research Report

MRR711 MRP711 - E - E C - -

Project Management MAN620 MAN720

MAN233/ ADM623/ MAN757

- E E E E E E

Services Marketing MAN728 MDP554/ ADM620/ MAN754

- - E - E - E

SME Management MDP531 MAN631 MAN731

MDP551/ ADM618/ MAN751

- E E - E - E

Strategy and Global Competition

MAN726 MAN304/ ADM629/ MAN769

- - - - E -

Supply Chain Management

MAN730 MAN233/ ADM623/ MAN757

- - E - -

Technical Report MAN763 MRP711 - - - E - - World Class Operations

MAN721 MAN233/ ADM623/ MAN757

- E E - E - E

C: Core E: Elective --: Not applicable

Page 271: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

271

MDP CORE MODULES

Name of module Business Communication Programme Senior Management

Develoment Programme Core

Alpha-numeric code MDP569 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 6 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

o Read and analyse case studies, do presentations and write reports based on presentations

o Identify problems, research those problems, do presentations and write up reports based on the research.

Main Content 1. Case analysis 2. Presentations: Group & individual (including Power

Point) 3. Report writing based on case study analysis 4. Researching problems 5. Identifying research tools 6. Collating and interpreting data 7. Independent report writing (formats) 8. Introducing: Investigative feasibility reports

Pre-requisites MDP579

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 44 Case preparation/Analysis 28 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%)

Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Business Finance Alpha-numeric code MDP580/MDP581 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

1st and 2nd

Programmes in which the module is offered.

MDP

Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students will be able to:

o Compute mathematical calculations used in financial management;

Page 272: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

272

o Understand and interpret graphs and basic descriptive statistics;

o Interpret financial statements through ratio analysis; and

o Demonstrate an understanding of the basic use of analytical techniques in finance.

Main Content o Basic operations and fractions; o Percents and their applications; o Graphs and basic statistics; o Financial management concepts; o Financial statements and analysis (ratios); o Risk and return; o Time value of money; o Valuation of shares and bonds; o Cash flows, budgeting and working capital

management; o Capital budgeting

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 10 Assessment 15 Practicals: 43 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Module Topic Introduction to Information Systems Alpha-numeric code MDP570 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Programmes in which the module is offered.

MDP

Level 5 Main Outcomes The course aims to develop foundational competencies in

the use of information systems and information technology as a personal productivity tool and in organizational decision-making and problem-solving. On completion of the course the student will be able to demonstrate: o Demonstrate the use personal computer technology

effectively and productively. o Use the computer to organize and manage

information at a personal level. o Know and understand the role of information systems

in supporting organizational operations and decision-making

Page 273: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

273

o Know and understand the place of the information systems department in organizations

Main Content o The use of information systems (IS) and information technology in decision-making and problem-solving. The module provides an overview of business information systems – • transaction processing systems, • functional management IS • end-user computing and systems development

o Practical exposure to PC-based tools such as Windows, word-processing, spreadsheets, databases and the Internet.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 46 Assessment 20 Practicals: 14 Selfstudy Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Name of module Management Skills Development Programme Management Development

Programme Core

Alpha-numeric code MDP579 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 5 Main Outcomes The module aims to develop listening, writing, reading,

speaking and life-skills. On completion the student will have demonstrated competence to o Manage their own and cooperative learning

processes as well as expressing well-informed points of view in a confident way

o Formulate diverse types of well-constructed academic and business writing (e.g. business correspondence, assignments) in a professional manner.

o Apply academic reading skills in various contexts, e.g. text books & articles in journals, newspapers, magazines.

o Use accurate and appropriate language in oral and written communication

Page 274: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

274

o Deliver well-developed oral presentations and express coherent, informed points of view in oral discussions.

o Apply cross-cultural communication strategies successfully in oral communication

o Demonstrate their ability to effectively manage learning time using planning techniques.

Main Content 1. Listening and note-taking skills. 2. Learning to write and writing to learn, e.g.

constructing coherent paragraphs, summarising and paraphrasing skills .

3. Introducing students to multiple reading strategies, e.g. pre-reading skills, reading with comprehension, and critical reading.

4. Organising, managing and controlling a coherent, formal presentation

5. Problem diagnosis 6. Task and time management, career planning, giving

instructions and delegating Pre-requisites Management Skills Development Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 3 lectures 0 Tutorials Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 54 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments; Tutorials; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%)

Name of module Principles of Management and Business Programme Management Development

Programme Core

Alpha-numeric code MDP551 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 5 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Demonstrate a clear understanding of management and business concepts

o Apply the principles of management by using personal and group exercises that draw on student experience, self-assessment, work applications, and situational management techniques.

Main Content This module covers all key management topics and concepts. It is comprehensive in scope and key outcomes are reinforced throughout the module. The business is presented as a system and managers must work within a system of relationships. o Managing in a global environment: Management,

Culture, Ethics, Social Responsibility

Page 275: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

275

o Planning: Creative problem-solving and decision-making; Strategic and Operational Planning Process;

o Organising: Organising and Delegating Work; Managing Change, Innovation and Diversity; Human Resources Management and Staffing

o Leading: Organisational Behaviour; Team Leadership; Communicating for Results; Leading with Influence

o Controlling: Control Systems, Financial and Human; Operations, Quality, Technology and Information Systems

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals/Tutorials: 20 1 lecture and 2 tutorials Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Semester test, Group report, Assignments/case studies, Tutorials & Unannounced class tests (60%); Examination 40%)

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Marketing Generic Module Name Marketing Alpha-numeric Code MDP554 NQF Level 6.1 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

First semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

SMDP

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module, the student will be able to: • Discuss the fundamental principles of marketing • Apply the principles and practices to profit-seeking and

non -profit-seeking organizations • Have an understanding of the different marketing mix

components, that is, the product, distribution, pricing and promotion policies and strategies.

• Develop marketing plans Main Content

The main areas that will be covered in this course are: • Environmental variables; • Types of Competitors; • Market segmentation and target marketing; • Product policy related issues • Pricing related issues; • Distribution methods; • Promotional methods.

Pre-requisite modules None

Page 276: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

276

Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 14 Lectures p.w 1 Assignments & tasks: 28 Practical’s p.w. Assessment 58 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 50 Selfstudy Class preparation Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assignments; tests; tutorials (60%); examination (40%)

Assessment Module type

Module Topic Introduction to Information Systems Alpha-numeric code MDP570 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Programmes in which the module is offered.

MDP

Level 5 Main Outcomes The course aims to develop foundational competencies in

the use of information systems and information technology as a personal productivity tool and in organizational decision-making and problem-solving. On completion of the course the student will be able to demonstrate: • Demonstrate the use personal computer technology

effectively and productively. • Use the computer to organize and manage information

at a personal level. • Know and understand the role of information systems in

supporting organizational operations and decision-making

• Know and understand the place of the information systems department in organizations

Main Content The use of information systems (IS) and information technology in decision-making and problem-solving. The module provides an overview of business information systems – transaction processing systems, functional management IS end-user computing and systems development Practical exposure to PC-based tools such as Windows, word-processing, spreadsheets, databases and the Internet.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

Page 277: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

277

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 46 Assessment 20 Practicals: 14 Selfstudy Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests, Assignments, Practicals (60%), Examination (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA CORE MODULES – MANAGEMENT & FINANCE DIVISIONS

Name of module Business Finance Programme Advanced Diploma Management &

ADM(Financial Planning) Core

Alpha-numeric code ADM668 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 6 Main Outcomes At the end of the module students should be able to:

o Compute mathematical calculations used in financial anagement;

o Interpret graphs and descriptive statistics; o Analyse and interpret financial statements; and o Demonstrate an understanding of the use of

analytical techniques in finance. Main Content o Basic operations and fractions;

o Percents and their applications; o Graphs and basic statistics; o Financial management concepts; o Financial statements and analysis (ratios); o Risk and return; o Time value of money; o Valuation of shares and bonds; o Cash flows, budgeting and working capital

management; o Capital budgeting

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 3 lectures Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 63 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%)

Page 278: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

278

Module Topic Economic for Managers Alpha-numeric code MDP549/ADM617/MAN749 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

2nd

Programmes in which the module is offered.

PGDBA

Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of fundamental principles of micro- and macro-economic theory.

• Apply and compare the economic theories to analyse the South African and global economy.

• Evaluate the challenges facing the domestic economy in the global economic context.

• Assess the impact of changes in economic climate and make sound and practical business decisions accordingly.

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o The Market process: o Supply, demand & price determination; o The economicrole of government; o Measuring the performance of the economy; o The business cycle: inflation & unemployment o Production cycle; o Money and financial markets and o International trade and finance.

Pre-requisites MDP548; ADM616; MAN748 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations ADM617 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (60%); Final Examination (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Name of module Employee Management Alpha-numeric code MDP578/MAN651/MAN755 NQF Credit Value 15 NQF Level 8 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

Second semester

Programme in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate diploma in Business Administration; BCom (Hons) (Management)

Page 279: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

279

Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

(a) Identify and analyse the main issues faced in employment relations (ER) and employee management in South Africa from a practical and conceptual perspective.

(b) Elaborate on the why management needs a coherent philosophy about employees individually and collectively and how to select an approach.

(c) Analyse how human resources can be effectively developed and utilized to enhance efficiency and effectiveness.

(d) Analyse employee management from the perspectives of different disciplines and of management.

(e) Demonstrate practical competencies in wage negotiations and conducting simple research projects, individually and as members of a team.

Main Content o Conceptual frameworks for ER and human resource

management o Historical and environmental context o Trade union and management approaches to ER o Role of state and labour legislation in employee

management o Bargaining forums and negotiation o Strategic Human Resource Management o Recruitment o Training and skills development o Employment Equity o Flexible utilization of employees

Pre-requisites MAN763; RCB711 (40%)

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations MAN324 or MAN651

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Lectures p.w 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 68 Class preparation Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (60%); Final Examination 40%

Assessment Module Type CFA

Page 280: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

280

Generic Module Name Finance Research and Communication Alpha-Numeric Code FRC611 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed Semester To Be Offered.

Semester 1

Programmes In Which The Module Will Be Offered

ADM(Finance); ADM(Financial Planning), PGDM(Finance), BCom(Hons) (Finance)

Level 7 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes The module aims to develop communication and research

skills in an integrated manner. On completion, students should be able to: o Explain the finance research process o Formulate research questions and identify research

objectives. o Design a simple finance research project o Conduct a literature review on a finance topic. o Produce a basic seminar paper o Conduct professional oral and written

communications relating to the research project using appropriate technology

Main Content o Basic Research processes in finance. o Research topics in investment and corporate finance. o Prepare a finance research proposal o Basic computational research techniques. o Research analysis and presentation. o Professional oral and written communications,

including letters, proposals, presentations and report writing

Pre-Requisite Modules MDP548/ADM616/ MAN748

Co-Requisite Modules ADM622

Prohibited Module Combination

ADM626

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Tests & Examinations: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 20 Practicals Seminar Paper 43 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Tests, Seminar Papers, Assignments, Presentation, Proposal (60%) and Exam (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Page 281: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

281

Name of module Financial Accounting 1 Programme Advanced Diploma in Management,

ADM(Finance) , PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Finance)/ B.Com Hons(Fin/Inv)

Core/ Elective

Alpha-numeric code ACC681/ACC781 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Prepare Financial Statements o Reconcile various control accounts o Analyse business transactions for Accounting

reporting o Use Financial statements to assess performance o Evaluate firm’s capacity to meet future obligations o Assess Financial and Business risk

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Accounting Concepts and Organisation of Financial

Statements o Revenue recognition o Accounting for and control of assets o Cash Marketable securities and receivables o Inventory costing methods o Property Plant and Equipment o Operating assets o Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity o Statement of Cash flows o Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity o Financial Statement Analysis

Pre-requisites MDP553/ADM619/ MAN753 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations Financial Accounting Level 6 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly Class Test(18%); Mid-Term Test (16%); Assignments (16%); Exam (50%)

Name of module Financial and Analytical Techniques Quantitative Management Topics

Programme ADM(Finance), PGDM (Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Finance)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code ADM635, MAN710 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8

Page 282: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

282

Main Outcomes At the end of the course, students will be able to: o Apply the various analytical techniques that

managers use in practice in respect of decision making, forecasting and also have a working knowledge of project management

Main Content o Fundamentals of decision theory o Decision trees o Forecasting o Linear programming o Network models o Simulation o Project management

Pre-requisites ADM622/MAN756 Prohibited Combinations MAN305 Breakdown of Learning Time Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer / tutor: 21 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 73 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests; Assignments (50%); Exam (50%)

Name of module Financial Management Programme ADM ( Finance) Core

Senior Management Development Programme/ Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM

Elective

Alpha-numeric code MDP556/ADM622/(MAN756 replace by MAN762) Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 6/7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Demonstrate the use of finance related analytical techniques;

o Evaluate the profitability of an enterprise; o Determine project and enterprise risk; o Analyze Fixed Income securities and shares; o Evaluate project feasibility.

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o time value of money; o analysis and interpretation of financial statements; o determination of cost of capital, return on equity; o determination of bond and share prices; o risk and return; o evaluation of leasing; o budgetary systems for planning and control; and o Working capital management.

Pre-requisites MDP580 or ADM668 or ADM616 or MAN748 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations MAN312

Page 283: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

283

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 3 lectures 0 tutorials Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly tests; class tests; project – (60%); Examination (40%)

Name of module Information Systems and Technology Programme Advanced Diploma in Management,

ADM(Finance), PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com(Hons) (Management), B.Com(Hons)(Finance)

Core

Alpha-numeric code ADM647/(MAN747 – replace by MAN761) Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 78 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o demonstrate an understanding of: o The basic concepts of information systems and

technology (IST); how they are managed and their potential benefit for organizations;

o How organizations can use IST to enhance competitiveness;

o How IST can be utilized by organizations in problem solving, increasing efficiency, improving customer service, enhancing communications and collaboration.

o Demonstrate practical competence in desktop tools. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are:

o Information technology uses in organizations; o Network, E-business computing, Mobile computing; o Transaction processing and enterprise systems; o Data, knowledge and decision support systems; o Business process and architectures; o E-learning technology; and o Strategic alignment and competitive strategy

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 15 3 lectures 0 tutorials Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 33 Case preparation/Analysis Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments; Tests; Practicals, Case studies (60%); Examination (40%)

Page 284: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

284

Name of module Marketing Organization and Management Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration and any Postgraduate UWC qualification requiring an introductory module in Marketing

Alpha-numeric code ADM620/MAN754 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

First semester

Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Discuss the role of marketing in society, its changing role in the organisation and its impact on consumers and producers.

o Apply the principles of marketing, the marketing concept and process.

o Analyse consumer behavior; o Critically discuss the need and value of marketing

information and its interpretation. o Apply segmentation, target market selection and

positioning (STP). o Develop an appropriate and alternative marketing mix

strategy. o Develop a marketing plan o Evaluate the requirements to establish an

international marketing unit. Main Content The main areas that will be covered in this course are:

o Marketing strategic planning; o Marketing philosophies; o Environmental analysis; o Competitor analysis; o Consumer Behaviour; o Segmentation and target marketing; o Positioning and differentiation; o Product policies and strategies; o Pricing related issues; o Distribution methods; o Promotional methods and strategies; o Social marketing o International marketing

Prohibited Combinations None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited module combinations

None

Page 285: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

285

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 1 of 2 hour Assignments & tasks: 35 Tutorials p.w. 1 of 1 hour Assessment : 7 Practicals p.w. Selfstudy 68 Other: 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (60%); Final examination (40%)

Assessment Module Type CFA

Name of module Operations Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management,

PGDM, B.Com (Hons)(Management) B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)(closed) Senior Mnaagement Development Programme

Core Elective

Alpha-numeric code MDP557/ADM623/(MAN757 – Replace by MAN761) Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Define and discuss basic operations management concepts

o Apply basic operations management techniques and management tools

o Apply the operations management concepts, techniques and tools to analyse and improve operations.

Main Content o Basic concepts of Operations Management o Business process types & management o Forecasting o Capacity management o Production & Service planning o Inventory management o Quality management

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Group case studies: 46 Tests & examinations: 20 Selfstudy 42 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests, Group case assignments (Preliminary Components, Final Report), tutorials; (60%); Examination (40%)

Page 286: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

286

Name of module Principles of Management Accounting Programme ADM(Finance), ADM(Fin Planning Core/ Elective

SMDP, Advanced Diploma in Management /

Elective

Alpha-numeric code MDP553/ADM619/(MAN753 – replace by MAN762) Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Faculty Level 6/7/8 Main Outcomes Accounting principles and conventions are considered

from the perspective of financial managers as users and not accountants as preparers. At the end of the course, students will be able to demonstrate and understanding of: o The product costing structure o The accounting systems needed to record the

Costs/Expenses and Sales of a Business o Budgetary Control o The use of Financial Statements

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Cost/Expense Terminology and Management o Product costing structure o Recording Costs/Expenses and Sales of a Business o Budgetary Control o Financial Statements (Balance Sheet, Income

Statement and Statement of Cash flows) Prohibited Combinations MAC234; AC M255; Management Accounting at Level 6 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 10 3 lectures 0 tutorials (MDP553)

1 lecture and 2 tutorials (MAN753) Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly Class Tests, term tests; assignments (60%) and exam (40%)

Name of module Principles of Management and Business Programme Advanced Diploma in Management ,

ADM (Finance), PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com(Hons)(Management, B.Com (Hons) (Fin/Inv)(closed) ADM(Fin Plan)

Core Elective

Alpha-numeric code ADM618/(MAN751- replace by MAN763) Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Demonstrate a clear understanding of management and business concepts

Page 287: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

287

o Apply the principles of management by using personal and group exercises that draw on student experience, self-assessment, work applications, and situational management techniques.

Main Content This module covers all key management topics and concepts. It is comprehensive in scope and key outcomes are reinforced throughout the module. The business is presented as a system and managers must work within a system of relationships. o Managing in a global environment: Management,

Culture, Ethics, Social Responsibility o Planning: Creative problem-solving and decision-

making; Strategic and Operational Planning Process; o Organising: Organising and Delegating Work;

Managing Change, Innovation and Diversity; Human Resources Management and Staffing

o Leading: Organisational Behaviour; Team Leadership; Communicating for Results; Leading with Influence

o Controlling: Control Systems, Financial and Human; Operations, Quality, Technology and Information Systems

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals/Tutorials: 20 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Semester test, Group report, Assignments/case studies, Tutorials & Unannounced class tests (60%); Examination 40%)

Name of module Quantitative Analysis Programme Advanced Diploma in Management

(Finance) Core

Senior Management Development Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM, BCom(Hons)(Management)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code MDP548, ADM616, MAN748 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 6/7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Demonstrate an understanding of introductory statistical techniques; and

o Demonstrate the application of these techniques to management decision making.

Page 288: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

288

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Statistical methods; o descriptive statistics; o probability distribution; o sampling and estimation; o regression; o time series and correlation. o time value of money

Pre-requisites MAN668 (ADM(Management), SMDP)

Prohibited Combinations MAN235

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 20 Tests & examinations: 20 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Practicals; tutorials, tests (60%); Examination (40%)

Generic Module Name Research and Communication for Business Alpha-Numeric Code ADM626/RCB711 NQF Credit Value 15 NQF Level 8 Duration Semester Proposed Semester To Be Offered.

1st Semester

Programmes In Which The Module Is Offered.

Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration (PGDBA) and BCom (Hons) (Management)

Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module the student must be able to:

o Identify research problems. o Formulate research problems, research questions,

hypotheses and objectives. o Compile a literature review. o Design and execute a simple research study,

justifying the choice of the selected research design and method;

o Collect, analyse and interpret primary and secondary data from appropriate sources.

o Compile a research report with reference to a contemporary research topic.

o Utilise oral and written communication and appropriate technology professionally in the preparation and presentation of a business research project.

Page 289: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

289

Main Content o The nature of business research; o Quantitative, Qualitative & Mixed Methods

Approaches; o Thinking like a Research Questions; o Formulating Research questions; o Reviewing the Management Literature; o Ethics in Business Research o Business Research Designs o Qualitative data analysis. o Sampling Design o Surveys & Questionnaire Design o Interviews, Focus Groups and Fieldwork o Quantitative date analysis o Writing the Research Report o Professional communication skills required to conduct

business research projects. Pre-Requisites MAN762; MAN754; MAN761 Co-Requisites None Prohibited Combinations RCF711; MAN314; ADM626; FRC611 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Lectures p.w. 2 Assessment 7 Selfstudy 53 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment (60%); Final Examination (40%)

Assessment Module Type CFA

Name of module Strategic Management Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com

(Hons) (Management), B.Com (Hons) (BusAd)(closed) Advanced Diploma in Management/

Core Elective

Alpha-numeric code ADM629 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme NQF Level 8 Proposed semester to be offered

Second semester

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to (a) Apply selected analytical analytical tools used to:

o manage the process of strategic management o develop competitive advantage o formulate and integrate strategic analysis and o functional strategies to develop business unit

strategies o implement and monitor strategies

Page 290: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

290

(b) Evaluate the above tools by making reasoned judgments founded on sound analysis, when developing strategy case study problems. (c) Incorporate current business practice and issues when analyzing strategic management challenges.

Main Content The main areas that will be covered are: o Strategic management and decision-making

processes; o Influence of leadership, power, values and

organizational culture on strategy formulation. o Formulation of mission and objectives in context of

industry and competitive analysis, and internal analysis of resources and capabilities

o Integration of corporate, business unit and functional strategies

o Identification of competitive advantage and strategy selection.

o Designing systems for effective strategy implementation and monitoring.

Pre-requisites MAN754; MAN761; MAN762 & MAN763 Co-requisites

Prohibited Combinations MAN304, ADM629 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & Tasks Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 15 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 59 Board meetings/Case preparation

36

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (60%); Final Examination (40%)

Assessment Module Type CFA FINANCE & FINANCIAL PLANNING MODULES

Faculty Economic and Management Science Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Financial Planning Environment Generic Module Name Financial Planning 701 Alpha-numeric Code FPE701 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Post-Graduate Diploma in Financial Planning

Year level 1

Page 291: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

291

Main Outcomes On Completion of this module, students should be able to: i) Apply the various analytical techniques to the financial

planning process and in particular the 6-step financial planning process to decision-making of individual and business clients.

ii) Demonstrate an understanding of client behavioural finance and ethics for financial planners.

iii) Apply various statutes governing the regulatory environment for financial advisors and the legal implications of the Financial Services and Intermediary Act (FAIS), Treating Customers Fairly (TCF), Retail Distribution Review (RDR), The Protection of Personal Information Act (POPI) and relevant court judgements.

iv) Integrate tools and techniques of time value of money concepts into financial calculations as part of the 6-step financial planning process.

Main Content • Set-up of a financial planning business; • The six (6) step financial planning process. • Factors that influence client behaviour when dealing

with finance and how client behaviour impact decision-making. Understanding of cognitive and emotional behavioural biases.

• Incorporate risk profiling and behavioural finance into constructing an imaginary client’s investment portfolio.

• Demonstrate an understanding of the psychology of money;

• The role of ethics and ethical behaviour in the financial planning professions;

• The regulatory background the regulatory framework of the financial planning sector;

• The relevance and legal implications contacts and delictual liability;

• The government’s macro-economic plan: NDP • Medium-term budget planning as well as apply it to

financial planning • The relevance of globalisation for financial planning • Economics theory and factors that specifically impact

on the financial services industry. • Different taxes and the regulations governing the

Financial Services Industry in South Africa. Time Value of Money.

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 292: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

292

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Other teaching modes that does not require time-table

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 10 Tutorials p.w. 2 Assessments 14 Selfstudy 197 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment : 50% Exam : 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economic and Management Science Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Corporate Financial Planning Generic Module Name Financial Planning 702 Alpha-numeric Code FPE702 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Post-Graduate Diploma in Financial Planning

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

i) Distinguish, assess and interpret different business entities and analyse the ownership, tax implication and succession of the different business entities.

ii) Examine and evaluate the Business Needs Analysis to demonstrate the management of the business’ insurance risks.

iii) Apply this knowledge to perform a business valuation based on generally accepted valuation methods and valuation of shares.

iv) Integrate Business Planning into overall Financial Planning personal finances.

Main Content • The legal, tax and other implications of different business entities namely, sole proprietors, partnerships, close corporations, companies and business trusts. A comparison of business entities can be conducted for a client.

• Business Needs Analysis to demonstrate the management of the business’ insurance risks.

• Business client’s risk management objectives. Policies owned by companies or employers on the lives of employees.

• Buy-and-sell agreements, the funding thereof by life insurance, the income tax, capital gains tax and estate duty implications thereof.

Page 293: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

293

• Identify other business assurance plans and commercial short-terms risks the business client are exposed to.

• Sections 11(w) of the Income Tax Act as applied to business assurance and company-owned policies.

• Business valuations based on generally accepted valuation methods and valuation of shares.

• Assumptions underlying financial statements of different business entities.

• Structure and content of financial statements of different business entities.

• Analysis of financial statements in the financial planning process for business clients.

• Important issues regarding valuations. • Fundamental and technical analysis of a share’s

value • Integrate Business Planning into overall Financial

Planning. • Synthesize the business planning tools and

techniques to include investment planning, tax planning, estate planning, health benefit planning and retirement planning into overall financial plan for business owners.

Pre-requisite modules FPE701 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Other teaching modes that does not require time-table

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 10 Tutorials p.w. 2 Assessments 14 Selfstudy 197 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment : 50% Exam : 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economic and Management Science Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Personal Financial Planning Generic Module Name Financial Planning 703 Alpha-numeric Code FPE703 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 1

Page 294: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

294

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Post-Graduate Diploma in Financial Planning

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On Completion of this module, students should be able to:

i) Formulate and implement an investment plan for individual (non-business) clients

ii) Apply various analytical techniques to perform a Financial Needs Analysis to demonstrate the management of an individual’s long-term and short-term insurance risks

iii) Integrate a health-care, retirement plan and an estate plan into a holistic financial plan for an individual client

Main Content • Understanding the Financial Markets and different asset classes into an individual client’s investment portfolio.

• Investment process and methodology to an individual client. Risk-profiling and behavioural finance into constructing the client’s investment portfolio.

• Investment Policy Statement for an individual clients. • Impact of asset allocation, risk and market timing on

an individual client’s investment plan. • Financial needs analysis for a client to demonstrate

the management of an individual client’s long-terms insurance risks.

• The history and sources of South African Insurance Law as it pertains to the Long-term insurance Act.

• Risk management objectives. • Financial ratios as a planning tool. • Restrictions on certain policies in terms of the Long-

term insurance Act. • Disability and other ancillary benefits available to an

individual client. • The risk management plan. Evaluate the risk

management plan and recommend regular reviews of the plan.

• The Short-term insurance Act. The insurance contract and the principle of indemnity, insurable interest, good faith, warranties, misrepresentation and non-disclosure. Personal accident/stated benefits, sickness insurance, motor insurance, marine and transport insurance, aviation insurance, fire and other property damage insurances, theft, all risks, glass and engineering insurances are understood and can be explained.

• The South African health system. The regulatory framework with reference to the Medical schemes, the Medical Schemes Act, the regulations passed in terms of the Medical Schemes Act and other regulatory issues in terms of the Medical Schemes Act.

• Current and future developments affecting the healthcare cover for individuals in South Africa.

• Retirement planning.

Page 295: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

295

• The regulatory framework of marital regimes, matrimonial property law into estate planning for an individual client.

• The Maintenance of Surviving Spouses Act and the Insolvency of spouses in the context of an individual client’s estate plan.

• The law of succession with reference to Intestate Succession, Testamentary Succession and Limited Rights.

• Different types of trusts as tools to use in designing and implementing an estate plan.

• The Trust Property Control Act as it pertains to an individual client’s estate plan. The advantages and disadvantages of trusts. The taxation of trusts, trust beneficiaries. The Conduit Principle in terms of Section 25B of the Income Tax Act.

• Capital gains tax payable for various estate planning scenarios;

• Donations tax, transfer duties, and stamp duty. • Estate planning tools and techniques to design, draw

up and implement an estate plan for an individual client.

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Other teaching modes that does not require time-table

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 10 Tutorials p.w. 2 Assessments 14 Selfstudy 197 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment : 50% Exam : 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economic and Management Science Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Financial Planning Case Study Generic Module Name Financial Planning 704 – Case Study Alpha-numeric Code FPE704 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Post-Graduate Diploma in Financial Planning

Page 296: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

296

Year level 1 Main Outcomes On Completion of this module, students should be able to:

• Integrate techniques and tools to develop strategies, recommendation and financial plans for clients using real world case studies.

Main Content • Comprehensive case studies on personal financial planning and corporate financial planning or combination of both in the same case study.

• Critical thinking skills and decision-making abilities to integrate all the components of the Financial Planning Curriculum Framework, namely,

• Principles and Practices of Financial Planning; • Financial Management; • Asset Management; • Risk Management; • Tax Planning; • Retirement Planning; • Estate Planning; and • Integrated Financial Planning

Pre-requisite modules FPE701; FPE703 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Other teaching modes that does not require time-table

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 10 Tutorials p.w. 2 Assessments 14 Selfstudy 197 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment : 50% Exam : 60%

Assessment Module type CFA

Name of module Advanced Financial Management Programme Advanced Diploma in

Management (Finance)/B.Com Honours (Finance/Investments) B.Com.(Honours) in Management

Core Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN704 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Use Financial techniques to make investment decisions

Page 297: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

297

o Show proficiency in assessing risk and the opportunity cost of Capital

o Demonstrate an understanding of the limits of the Efficient Market Hypothesis in the South African Context and share valuation.

o Discuss the relationship between borrowing, risk, cost of capital and the expected return

o Value shares and bonds Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are:

o Growth (Absolute and proportional increases) o Advanced topics in Risk and Return o Financing decisions and Market Efficiency o Dividend policy o Capital structure, risk, cost of capital and return o Mergers and Acquisitions o Control, Governance and Financial Architecture

Pre-requisites MAN622 or MAN312 or equivalent

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of Module Retirement Planning Programme (s) in which module will be offered

B.Com(Hons)(Finance) Elective

Alpha-numeric code RPP715 Credit Value 15 Duration semester Module Type Faculty Level 8 Main Outcomes Students should be able to:

• Critically assess the legal and tax implications of Long Term Insurance and retirement Funds

• Assess and review the Code of Conduct of Life Offices Association

• Critically assess and compare Retirement Funds • Critically assess Group Benefits Estate Duty and

Planning • Critically assess and compare nature of Investment

Instruments and Individual Retirement Options • Evaluate and implement policy proposals

Main Content • Personal Insurance Policy • Life Insurance as a Service Industry • Legal and Taxation Principles

Page 298: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

298

• Legislation that Affects Retirement Funds • Life Insurance - A Product Introduction • Individual Retirement Options • Policy Proposals.

Pre-requisites IST714 / IST310 Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%)

Name of Module Advanced Management Accounting Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com

(Hons) (Mgt); B.Com (Hons) (Finance)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN745

Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Analyse Capital Expenditure Decisions o Investigate Financing liabilities o Analyse Leases and off-balance sheet debt o Understand Post employment benefits o Analyse Inter-corporate Investments o Assess Financial and Business Risks

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Budgetary Planning o The Capital-Expenditure Decision o Analysis of Inventories o Cost-Control Reporting o Analysis of Financing Liabilities o Pensions and Post employment Benefits o Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments o Business Combinations o Credit and Risk Analysis

Pre-requisites ADM619/MAN753

Page 299: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

299

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%) Examination (50%)

Faculty Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Finance Research Generic module name Finance Research Alpha-numeric code FRP711 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B.Com Honours (Finance); Postgraduate Diploma in Finance

Year Level 1 Main Outcomes The module aims to develop quantitative and qualitative

research skills in the area of finance. On completion of the module, students should be able to: • Apply the methods of sound reasoning and analysis

to finance research • Engage critically with academic literature in proposed

area of research • Identify logical fallacies and correct poorly reasoned

arguments in finance. • Identify areas of research interest in the finance

domain • Evaluate alternatives and select an appropriate

methodology for their study • Design a research study under the supervision of a

project leader • Professionally write-up and present a finance

research seminar paper • Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or

complete draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Research Report or Field Study

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: • Research processes in finance. • Research topics in investment and corporate finance • Critical Analysis of academic literature in proposed

area of finance research • Formulating coherent academic arguments and

research questions • Seminar preparation and presentation.

Page 300: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

300

• Computational research techniques. • Quantitative and qualitative research design for

Finance • Technical academic writing and Research proposal-

writing • Writing up the Research Report

Pre-requisites MAN312 or ADM622 and FRC611 Co-requisites None Prohibited module combinations

N/A

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w.3 Assignments & tasks: 23 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 5 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 50 Other: Please specify 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM: 50% Examination:50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Finance Research Report Generic module name Finance Research Report Alpha-numeric code FRR712 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B.Com Honours (Finance);

Year Level 1 Main Outcomes The module aims to develop applied quantitative and

qualitative research skills in the area of finance. On completion of the module, students should be able to: • Formulate finance research question • Design methodology in line with the research question • Collect, sort and prune financial data from databases • Apply appropriate quantitative computational skills

necessary to obtain research results. • Describe and analyse research results. • Compare and contrast research results to significant

prior empirical findings. • Identify contributions to the existing body of

knowledge. • Write-up and compile research dissertation.

Page 301: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

301

Main Content • Research design and problem statement • Research goal and objectives • Data collection, sorting and pruning • Research methodologies • Analysis of Research Results • Oral and written presentation of the research

dissertation • Analysis, interpretation and application of finance case

studies/current economic affairs Pre-requisites FRP711/FRP712 Co-requisites FRP711/FRP712 Prohibited module combinations

MAN717 Field Study

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w.3 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 5 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 20 Other: Please specify 40 Dissertation Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM: 50% Final: 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Finance Seminar (Currency Risk Management) Generic module name Finance Seminar (Currency Risk Management) Alpha-numeric code MAN742 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2nd Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

B.Com Honours (Finance); Postgraduate Diploma in Finance

Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of the foreign exchange market and computations of various foreign exchange quotations

• Use the understanding of foreign exchange parity relations to identify potential arbitrage opportunities in the foreign exchange market

• Explain various forms of foreign exchange exposures and their influences in foreign exchange transactions.

• Apply internal and external hedging techniques (derivatives) in managing foreign exchange exposures

• Critically discuss the current international economic and political affairs and evaluate their impacts on the

Page 302: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

302

financial positions of MNCs. • Conduct performance evaluation on assets from an

international investor’s perspective using international asset pricing models.

• Critically analyse issues relating to multinational investment and financing decisions

• Perform international capital budgeting on projects of an MNC

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: • The foreign exchange market • Foreign exchange parity relations • Foreign currency exposures • Forward cover and money market hedge • Currency options • Internal hedging techniques • International asset pricing • International capital budgeting

Pre-requisites ADM622/MAN312/MAN756 Co-requisites N/A Prohibited module combinations

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w.2 Assignments & tasks: 20 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 6 Tutorials p.w.0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 84 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM: 50% Final: 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Name of module Financial Accounting 2 Programme PGDM(Finanace), B. Com

(Hons)(Finance), Elective

Alpha-numeric code ACC782 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the course students will be able to:

o Prepare a set of Financial Statements; o Analyze financial statements to assess the

performance of the business; o Evaluate a firm’s capacity to meet future obligations;

and o Assess Financial and Business risk.

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities o Accounting for Equity

Page 303: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

303

o Long-term Investments and Consolidated Financial Statements.

o Analysis of Financial Statements o Inflation Accounting o Income Taxes o Analysis of Intra - corporate Investments

Pre-requisites ACC681/ACC781 or equivalent Level 6 Financial Accounting

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests; assignments; tutorials (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of Module Financial Analysis Programme Post-Graduate Diploma in

Management (Finance) B.Com (Hons) (Finance)

Elective Core

Alpha-numeric code MAN706 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the Financial Statements and Company performance.

o Conduct Sectoral and Industry analysis o Forecast performance and predict failure o Value the various methods of Mergers

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Strategy analysis o Implementing Accounting and Financial Analysis o Forecasting (Sensitivity Analysis) o Valuation theory and Concepts o Credit Analysis and Distress Prediction

Pre-requisites MAN604/MAN704 and ADM681/ACC781 or equivalent level 6 module

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly class test; mid-term test; assignments; (50%); Examination (50%)

Page 304: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

304

Name of module Financial Planning Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Alpha-numeric Code ADM632 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Level 6 Main Outcomes Students should demonstrate the ability to

o Critically evaluate Collective Investment Schemes o Critically evaluate linked products o Assess value of Multi-manager funds o Evaluate the value of Hedge funds in a portfolio o Develop asset allocation decisions o Implement a Financial Plan o assess, analyse and manage insurance risk. o Apply the above tools by analyzing and developing

viable solutions to case studies. o Provide Financial Planning advice as is required of an

Associated Financial Planner which is accredited by the Financial Planning Institute

Main Content o Collective Investment Schemes o Linked products o Mult-manager funds o Hedge funds o Asset Allocation o Financial planning process

Pre-requisite modules ADM668 or ADM622 Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%)

Generic Module Name Financial Statement Analysis Alpha-Numeric Code FSA711 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed Semester To Be Offered.

Semester 2

Programmes In Which The Module Will Be Offered

B.Com Honours (Finance), PGDM(Finance)

Level 8

Page 305: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

305

Main Outcomes On completion of the module, the student should be able to: o Use Financial Ratios to assess Financial Risk o Use Financial statements to assess performance o Evaluate firm’s capacity to meet future obligations o Assess Financial and Business risk o Use Financial Instruments to mitigate Financial Risk o Use Financial Statements to value businesses

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Company Financial Statements o Revenue recognition o Cash Marketable securities and receivables o Cash flow Analysis o Inventory costing methods o Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity o Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity o Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments o Pensions and Postemployment benefits o Business Combinations o Valuation and Forecasting

Pre-Requisite Modules ACC681/ACC781 or equivalent Level 6 Fin Acc module Co-Requisite Modules None Prohibited Module Combination

FIA341 and FIA342

Breakdown Of Learning Time

Hours

Contact With Lecturer/Tutor: 35 Assignments & Tasks: 50 Tests & Examinations: 5 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods Of Student Assessment

Assignments; Tests (50%); Examination (50%)

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department School of Business and Finance – Finance Division Module Topic Financial Statement Analysis Generic Module Name Fin Statement Analysis Alpha-numeric Code FSA712 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

B.Com Honours (Finance), PGDM(Finance)

NQF level 8 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, the student should be able

to: • Use Financial Ratios to assess Financial Risk • Use Financial statements to assess performance • Evaluate firm’s capacity to meet future obligations

Page 306: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

306

• Assess Financial and Business risk • Use Financial Instruments to mitigate Financial Risk • Use Financial Statements to value businesses

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: • Company Financial Statements • Revenue recognition • Cash Marketable securities and receivables • Cash flow Analysis • Inventory costing methods • Accounting for Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity • Accounting for Long-Term Liabilities and Equity • Analysis of Inter-corporate Investments • Pensions and Postemployment benefits • Business Combinations • Valuation and Forecasting

Pre-requisite modules ACC781 or equivalent Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

FIA341 and FIA342

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer /tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & Examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Practicals 0 Total Learning Time 160 Method of Student Assessment

Tests and Assignments (50%) Exam (50%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Name of module Investment Analysis Programme Advanced Diploma in Management (Finance)

PGDM(Finance); BCom(Hons)(Finance), Elective

Alpha-numeric code ADM680/MAN680/MAN780 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to:

o Demonstrate an understanding of investment and portfolio management principles.

o Critically discuss the characteristics of the most commons investment instruments and markets.

o Analyse company and industry trends. o Evaluate options and futures

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o BONDS: Fundamentals, Analysis and Valuation o EQUITIES: Company & Share valuation and

analysis o Charting and Technical Analysis

Page 307: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

307

o DIRIVATIVES: Futures, Forwards, Options and Swaps

o PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT: Trading stategies. o Collective Investments o Investment performance measurement

Pre-requisites ADM605/MAN705/ MAN307

Prohibited Combinations MAN308

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly Class Test; Mid-term test; Assignments; (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Investment Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management

(Finance) PGDM(Finance); B.Com(Hons)(Finance) B.Com (Hons)(Fin/Inv) (closed)

Elective Core

Alpha-numeric code ADM605/MAN705 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Faculty Level 7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

• Critically discuss the investment environment. • Demonstrate an understanding of the construction of

Market Indexes. • Critically discuss the developments in Investment

Theory • Effect Individual Financial Planning

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: • The Investment Environment. • Asset allocation and selecting investments in a Global

Market • Security market indicator series and functioning of

markets • Efficient Capital markets • Portfolio Management and Asset pricing models. • Introduction to Security Valuation • Stock market and industry analysis • Company Analysis and Stock Valuation

Pre-requisites ADM622/MAN756/MAN312 or equivalent Prohibited Combinations MAN307

Page 308: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

308

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Weekly Class Test; Mid-term test; assignments (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Long Term Insurance and Retirement Funds Programmes ADM (Financial Planning),

PGDM(Finance), B. Com (Hons)(Finance) Core Elective

Alpha-numeric code LTI614 Credit Value 15 Duration 1 semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 Main Outcomes Students should be able to

o Assess long term Insurance Risk o Assess and Implement the Legal Framework of

Retirement Funds o Compare different types of Retirement Funds and their

associated risks o Evaluate and compare defined Benefit and Contribution

Funds o review the FAIS Act and its implications with respect to

long term retirement Insurance o Asssess and implement Legal and Taxation Principles o Compare different Life Products and their risks o Assess, identity and analyse insurance risk.

Main Content o Retirement Funds o Risk and Insurance o Different types of Retirement Funds o Group Benefits o Life Insurance – A Product Introduction

Pre-requisites LTI614 - None IST713 – MAN234/MAN756/ADM 668 or equivalent

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations IST310 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%)

Page 309: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

309

Name of module Short Term Insurance & Risk Programme (s) in which module will be offered

ADM (Financial Planning) PGDM(Finance), BCom(Hons)(Finance)

Core Elective

Alpha-numeric code IST712 Credit Value 15 Duration 1 semester Module Type Faculty Level 8.0 Main Outcomes On completion, students should be able to

o Apply legal and tax issues to analyse Short Term Insurance (STI) contracts

o Critically analyse the principles and practice of Personal and Commercial Insurance

o Describe the FAIS Act and discuss its implications for STI

o Describe legal and taxation principles and apply them to STI

o Critically analyse Insurance Products and their risks o Describe the regulation of Health Insurance and

recommend the choice of appropriate solutions o Describe and apply the principles of Insurance and

Risk Management. o Identify and critically analyse insurance risk

Main Content o The Law of Contract o Risk Management o Basic Insurance Principles o The insurance Market in South Africa. o Personal and Commercial Insurance Policy o The Financial Advisory and Intermediary Services Act

(FAIS) o Legal and Taxation Principles o Legal Framework – Insurance Environment o The principle of indemnity o Insurable interest o Good faith, warranties, misrepresentation and non-

disclosure o Beneficiary nominations o Cessions o Short-term Insurance o Introduction to medical schemes o The application of Medical Schemes Act

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 310: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

310

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%)

Name of module Statistics for Investments Programme Postgraduate Diploma in Finance,

B.Com (Hons) (Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Management)

Core Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN787 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme NQF Level 8 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to:

o Apply mathematical and statistical techniques to summarise and make inferences from financial data.

o Develop quantitative models to assist in the investment decision making process.

o Use spreadsheet to develop a set of tools to organize, present and analyse financial data.

o Build and construct investment models to obtain quantitative solutions to investment problems.

o Develop and enhance analytical and problem-solving skills for investment analysis

o Apply quantitative tools within the investment/finance research process

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: o Calculus for finance o Risk management: option valuation option Greeks

and hedging o Linear algebra for finance applications o Probability and statistics for investments o Correlation and linear regression o Econometrics and asset pricing models (time-series

and cross-sectional) o Matrices application in finance o Portfolio optimization o Finance research considerations

Pre-requisites MAN307/ADM605/MAN705; PLUS MAN308/ADM680/MAN780; PLUS Intermediate Excel Skills

Co-requisites N/A

Page 311: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

311

Prohibited module combinations

N/A

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w 2 Assignments & tasks: 60 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. 1 Selfstudy 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

CAM: 50% Final Examination: 50%

Assessment Module Type CFA

Name of Module Tax and Estate Planning Programmes Advanced Diploma in Management (Financial Planning) Alpha-numeric Code ADM631 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Level 6 Main Outcomes Students should demonstrate the ability to

o Evaluate the tax liability under various schemes o Perform Estate Planning to reduce duties and taxes o Provide Succession advice in Estate Planning o Evaluate the implications of the Matrimonial and

Property Act on Estate Planning o Evaluate the implications of the Will Act on Estate

Planning o Evaluate the implications of the Trust Property and

Control Act on Estate Planning Main Content o Income and Capital Gains Tax

o Estate Duty, Donations Tax, Transfer Duty o Securities Tax o Succession and Estate Planning o Matrimonial Property Act o Wills Act o Trust Property and Control Act

Pre-requisite modules ADM668 or ADM622 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 10 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Selfstudy 50 Case studies 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Tutorial exercises/Assignments; Oral Presentation; Semester Test (60%); Examination (40%)

Page 312: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

312

MANAGEMENT & ENTREPRENEURSHIP

Module Name Advanced Employee Management Alpha-Numeric Code MAN714 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed Semester To Be Offered.

To be determined

Programmes In Which The Module Is Offered.

B.Com Honours (Management), PGDM

Level 8 Year Level Post-graduate Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

o Critically analyse how the management of employees and the organisation of work are shaped by markets, institutions and processes in which employers, organised labour and the state are key role players.

o Critically discuss key developments in strategic human resource management (HRM) and employment relations (ER) from a comparative perspective

o Critically analyse strategic human resource developments at firm-level in South Africa, where new ideas are borrowed from, the distinct context in which they arose, and the challenges faced in transposing them into the local context.

Main Content The most important issues include: o Comparative approaches to ER, HRM and national

institutions o Integrating HRM, employee management and

operations strategies o Industrial Democracy, Co-determination and

Participation in Germany and Japan o High Performance Work Practices in liberal market

economies o Emerging markets – Competitive challenge of

Chinese HRM o Interpreting SA experience from an international

perspective o Training and Skill Development o Performance related pay and executive

compensation o Organisational restructuring and flexible work

practices o Talent Management and Migration o Employee Participation o Employment Equity and Affirmative Action

Page 313: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

313

Pre-Requisites MAN324 or MAN651 or MAN755

Co-Requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 30 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 5 Tutorials p.w. 0 Selfstudy 45 Other: Class Preparation 28 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Research Paper/Essay; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (60%); Examination (40%)

Name of module Advanced Marketing Policy and Strategy Programme Postgraduate Diploma in Management

B.Com Honours (BA) Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN602/MAN702 Module numeric code 111602/111317 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Critically discuss the importance of marketing policy and strategy;

o Demonstrate an understanding of how it relates to the company’s overall policy and strategy

o Analyze the external and internal environments with a view to identify threats and opportunities for the organization;

o Evaluate the Marketing policies and strategies of competitor organizations to gain a competitive edge.

o Develop and implement a marketing policy and strategy unique to the organization.

Main Content The themes are: o Business policy and strategy; o Marketing models; o Marketing environment; o Marketing policies; o Marketing objectives; o Marketing strategies. o Marketing performance models.

Pre-requisites MDP554; MAN754

Page 314: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

314

OR MAN231 & MAN303

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 15 Selfstudy 40 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments (15%); Case studies (15%); class discussion with peer evaluation (10%); Weekly chapter outlines (10%) and examination (50%).

Name of Module Analytical and Critical Thinking Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Mgt) Elective Alpha-numeric code MAN746 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to:

o Apply the methods, of sound arguing, reasoning and analysis.

o Identify logical fallacies in arguments. o Identify and correct poorly reasoned arguments and

conclusions. o Critically discuss why clear thinking is important and

necessary. o Engage critically with academic literature and

arguments in proposed are of research. o Develop a research prosal to complete the

requirements of the Techinal Report. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are:

o Plagiarism and academic writing o writing a coherent Academic Argument and

Research Report o Structure of Arguments o Identifying Fallacies o Avoiding poorly Reasoned Arguments o Research Proposal o Selecting a Research Topic o Literature Review o Critical Analysis of Literature in Proposed Area of

Research o Selecting a Research method

Prerequisites MAN314/ADM626

Co-requisistes MAN763 Technical Report

Page 315: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

315

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 25 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/Analysis 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Group work; Oral Presentations and test (50%); Research Proposal (25%); Examination (25%)

Generic Module Name Consumer Research Alpha-Numeric Code CRP711 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed Semester To Be Offered.

1st

Programmes In Which The Module Will Be Offered

PGDM B.Com (Hons) (Management)

Elective

Level 8 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

o Explain the theories and central concepts of consumer behaviour.

o Apply consumer behaviour concepts to develop a research project

o Formulate a research proposal on a consumer behaviour topic.

o Appreciate the necessity and value of the scientific method in consumer research

o Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in consumer behaviour

o Construct a research question and craft a literature review on an appropriate topic

o Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of the use of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in consumer research.

o Design a research study under the supervision and guidance of a project leader

o Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Research Report or Field Study.

Main Content o Introduction to Consumer behavior and consumer research

o Consumer behaviour - Internal and external influences o Consumer decision-making o Reviewing the literature o Developing a Conceptual Framework and Formulating

Research Questions in Consumer studies

Page 316: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

316

o Linking Concepts & Constructs to Data in Consumer studies

o Research Design o Creating Qualitative and Quantitative Consumer Data o Qualitative and Quantitative Consumer data analysis o Ethics in consumer research o Writing the Final Research Report

Pre-Requisite Modules MAN303 or ADM620 or MAN754 Co-Requisite Modules MRR711/MRR712; MAN787 (recommended) Prohibited Module Combination

MRP711 or MRP712 or MAN746

Breakdown Of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 0 Assessments 7 Selfstudy 51 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Tests, presentations and assignments (40%), Research Proposal or draft research report chapters (30%); Examination (30%)

Name of module Contemporary Management Topics (Corporate Governance)

Programme PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Management), B.Com (Hons)(Finance)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN709 Module numeric code 111387 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

• Critically discuss corporate governance rationale: principal and agent theory;

• Critically analyse corporate governance in South Africa (i.e. King 2 Report) from a comparative perspective;

• Engage critically in debates about Corporate Governance issues of relevance to public sector institutions and private enterprise

• Conduct research and write corporate governance analyses;

• Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues Main Content • Principles of corporate governance in the context of

diverse organisational types • Fundamental nature of Corporate governance (CG) • CG Theories; • CG Law in SA and King 2 Report; • Role of Governing Boards • Responsibilities of directors

Page 317: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

317

• Role of Top Management and relationships with Boards • Accountability and implementing of Board decisions

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/Analysis 20 Total Learning Time 150 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Semester test, research essay, assignments: 50%; final written exam : 50%

Name of Module Entrepreneurship and Enterprise Development Programme SMDP/Advanced Diploma in Management,

PGDM B.Com (Hons)/(Mgt) Elective

Alpha-numeric code MDP531/ADM607/MAN711 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 6/7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

o Demonstrate an understanding of the nature of enterprise development and entrepreneurship, both as areas of knowledge and as characteristics of the growth and development processes in South Africa.

o Critically discuss enterprise development o Apply enterprise development skills in the career they

wish to pursue. o Develop strong entrepreneurship tendencies as the key

process needed to meet economic challenges and to make a nation economically competitive.

o Meet the various requirements necessary for starting a business

o Continually evaluate the risks attached to starting and managing a small business

o Define an enabling small business environment o Critically discuss the stages and dimensions of

business growth o Critically discuss strategies of harvesting the

enterprises Main Content The module comprises:

o A series of topics and discussions on entrepreneurship and enterprise development;

o Assignments and case studies addressing contemporary issues in enterprise development and entrepreneurship; and,

o Seminars dealing with selected topics in entrepreneurship.

o Elements of starting, managing and harvesting an enterprise

Page 318: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

318

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Case studies 15 Tutorials 15 Self study 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Semester test, Group report, Assignments, Tutorials, Case Studies, Unannounced class tests (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module Global Marketing Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons)/(Management) Elective Alpha-numeric code MAN719 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students must be able to

demonstrate the ability to: o Evaluate the global environment and challenges of

globalisation that companies or organisations operate in.

o Evaluate the strategic global position of in a business/institution,

o Demonstrate an understanding of the impact of culture on global marketing.

o Critically discuss the ethical considerations in global businesses

o Evaluate the power relationships that influence trading relationships.

o Demonstrate an understanding of consumer behaviour in the dynamically changing context.

o Develop a global marketing strategy as it relates to the global context.

o Apply global marketing theory in practical case examples.

Main Content o Global marketing research theories o Environment of Global business o The context within developing and developed nations o Ethical considerations in global businesses o Trading blocs and trade relations and the power of

governments and regions to influence them o Culture and global business o Consumer Behaviour and global marketing strategy o Global marketing, entry, communications and

distribution Strategies o Developing a comprehensive integrated global

marketing strategy Pre-requisites MAN654 or the undergraduate 3rd year courses in

marketing.

Page 319: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

319

Breakdown of Learning Hours Time-table Requirement per week Contact with lecturer 40 Assignments and tasks 40 Tests and examinations 10 Self-study 30 Practical 30 Total learning time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Cases, Written tasks, Position paper (50%) and final exam consisting of a case study and a research paper 50%.

Name of Module Management Information Systems Alpha-numeric code MAN712 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 Main Outcomes The course is presented as an advanced elective in

Management Information Systems (MIS) and as such the content will change as the agenda of the Chief Information Officers (CIOs) in the knowledge economy changes. At the end of the module, students will be able to: o analyze current strategic MIS issues facing managers

in the knowledge economy; o present some solutions to allow effective decision-

making. Main Content Though the content will change from time to time, the

following themes will be addressed: o The Business Context of Information Systems o The Internet o Benefits Realization and Information Systems Delivery

Valuation o Outsourcing Perspectives in the knowledge economy o Supply Chain Management (SCM) and strategic

disintermediation o Value Maps o Other selected MIS topics

Pre-requisites ADM647/MAN747 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 55 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Literature reviews; Individual Assignment; Group Assignment; Class test (50%); Final examination (50%)

Page 320: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

320

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Operations and Information Management Generic Module Name Operations and Information Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN761 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration One Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Second Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Post Graduate Diploma in Business Administration (PGDBA)

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student should be able to

define, discuss and apply: • Principles of Operations strategy drawing on trends in a

changing environment. • Discuss Contemporary Operations management

concepts, methodologies, techniques and tools to assess and improve business performance.

• Apply Supply Chain Management concepts, techniques and tools in the context of manufacturing and service industries.

• Compare fundamental concepts of Information Management (IM) and Technology.

• Project management, principles and processes. • Apply IM strategies to enable analytics, decision-

making, and knowledge management. • Discuss IT governance mechanisms and information

risk assessment. • Identify trends which impact business operations in

global markets. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are:

• Fundamental Operations Management principles, concepts and techniques.

• Business process improvement methodologies. • Production and service planning, scheduling and

capacity management. • Supply Chain Management and logistics. • Quality and Inventory management. • Information Management disciplines. • Networks, E-Commerce, mobile computing and social

media. • Solution development methodologies including

sourcing of applications and services. • Project management. • Data, information and knowledge management

systems. • Information risk and emerging threat analysis. • Alignment with business strategies.

Pre-requisite modules Principles of Management and Leadership (MAN763)

Co-requisite modules None

Page 321: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

321

Prohibited module Combination

ADM647 and ADM623

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 7 Selfstudy 53 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Class Tests;Term Tests; Assignments and Exam Continuous assessment (60%) and Final Exam (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Accounting and Finance for Management Generic Module Name Accounting and Finance for Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN762 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration

Year level 2 Main Outcomes At the end of the module a student should be able to:

• Demonstrate and understand accounting principles and conventions by users to plan and design product and service costing, accounting systems and budgetary controls.

• Apply finance related analytical techniques. • Evaluate the profitability of a business or venture. • Determine project and enterprise risk. • Analyse the risk and return. • Evaluate project feasibility.

Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are: • cost/expense terminology and management; • product costing; • costs/expenses and sales of a business; • budgetary control; • time value of money; • elementary analysis and interpretation of financial

statements; • determination of cost of capital, return on equity; • determination of bond and share prices; • risk and return; • working capital management.

Pre-requisite modules

Page 322: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

322

Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination

ADM619 and ADM622

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments 7 Selfstudy 53 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (60%) and Final exam (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Sciences Home Department School of Business and Finance Module Topic Principles of Management and Leadership Generic Module Name Principles of Management and Leadership Alpha-numeric Code MAN763 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Semester 1

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Postgraduate Diploma in Business Administration

Year level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

• Apply management and leadership concepts and theories.

• Demonstrate an ability to apply the principles of management and leadership.

• Analyse and solve managerial and leadership problems in a team context.

Main Content This module covers key management and leadership concepts. Organisations are presented with managers and leaders operating within a complex system of relationships. • Managing and leading organisations within dynamic

global environments; • Exploring leadership theories; • Followership; • Managerial problem-solving and decision-making; • Strategic and operational planning; • Organising and delegating; • Managing change; • Managing innovation and diversity; • Human Resources Management; • Meeting the ethical challenges of leadership.

Page 323: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

323

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Prohibited module Combination

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 35 Practicals p.w. 0 Practicals: 7 Tutorials p.w. 1 Assessments Selfstudy 78 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (60%) and Final exam (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department SBF Module Topic Strategic Management Generic module name Strategic Management Alpha-numeric code MAN769 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2

Programmes in which the module will be offered.

PGDM, PGDM(Finance), B.Com (Hons) (Management), Advanced Diploma in Management

Year Level Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to

(a) Apply selected analytical tools used to: • manage the process of strategic management • develop competitive advantage • formulate and integrate strategic analysis and • functional strategies to develop business unit

strategies • implement and monitor strategies

(b) Evaluate the above tools, by making reasoned judgments founded on sound analysis, when developing strategic alternatives and viable solutions to strategy case study problems.

(c) Incorporate current business practice and issues when analyzing strategic management challenges.

Main Content The main areas that will be covered are: • Strategic management and decision-making

processes; • Influence of leadership, power, values and

organizational culture on strategy formulation. • Formulation of mission and objectives in context of

industry and competitive analysis, and internal

Page 324: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

324

analysis of resources and capabilities • Integration of corporate, business unit and functional

strategies • Identification of competitive advantage and strategy

selection. • Designing systems for effective strategy

implementation and monitoring. Pre-requisites MAN754; MAN761; MAN762 & MAN763 Co-requisites Prohibited module combinations

MAN304, ADM629

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 10 Practicals p.w.0 Assessment 15 Tutorials p.w. 1 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 59 Other: Please specify 36 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (60%) and Final exam (40%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Organizational Diagnosis Generic Module Name Stats for Investments Alpha-numeric Code MAN804 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Year

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Demonstrate a systematic understanding of the various

factors involved in the functioning of complex organizations

• Critically discuss the multi-dimensional perspectives through which organizational life can be analysed

• Apply inter-disciplinary analytic and diagnostic skills with respect to issues, problems and opportunities within organizations.

Main Content

• Understanding Organizations and Organizing • Organisations as Multi-dimensional Complex Systems • Mechanical Images of Organization • Organizations as Organisms in the External

Environment • Organizations as Political Systems • Organizations as Cultures

Page 325: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

325

• Organizations as Brains • Organizations as Psychic Prisons and Instruments of

Domination • Measuring and Improving Organizational Effectiveness

Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 35 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/Analysis 20 Method of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Research Project; Assignments; Class Participation and Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Ethics and Leadership Generic Module Name Masters in Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN805 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Year

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues

Main Content

• Ethical issues; • Professional ethics; • Leadership theories, past and present; • Personal assessment of preferred leadership style • Practicing personal leadership skills • Self-Leadership for organizational and • personal success • Empowerment of employees • Motivation skills for a diverse workforce • Ethical frameworks from literature and in practice • Why making good business decisions can be so difficult • Leadership and ethics in the global • environment of diversity • Avoiding the “dark side of the force” in your career

Page 326: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

326

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 Lectures p.w Tests & examinations: 5 Practical’s p.w. Selfstudy 50 Tutorials p.w. Case preparation/Analysis 50 Total Learning Time 150 150 Method of Student Assessment

Research Project; Assignments; Class Participation and Oral Presentations (50%); final written exam (50%)

Assessment Module type

Name of Module Corporate Governance Programme B. Com (Honours) in Business

Administration , B.Com Hons (Mgt) Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN808 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

• Critically discuss corporate governance rationale: principal and agent theory;

• Critically analyse corporate governance in South Africa (i.e. King 2 Report) from a comparative perspective;

• Engage critically in debates about Corporate Governance issues of relevance to public sector institutions and private enterprise

• Conduct research and write corporate governance analyses;

• Manage/negotiate ambiguous/difficult ethical issues

Main Content • Principles of corporate governance in the context of • diverse organisational types • Fundamental nature of Corporate governance (CG) • CG Theories; • CG Law in SA and King 2 Report; • Role of Governing Boards • Responsibilities of directors • Role of Top Management and relationships with Boards • Accountability and implementing of Board decisions

Page 327: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

327

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 45 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/Analysis 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Semester test, research essay, assignments: 50%; final written exam : 50%

Name of module Business and the Political Economy Programme Masters in Management Core Alpha-numeric code MAN809 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should demonstrate an

ability to: • understand the political economy approach to

business, economics and employment relations. • analyse the roles and interests of domestic and

international capital, the state and organised labour • analyse the impact of globalisation, liberalisation, re-

regulation and social transformation on the economy. • analyse the contested terrain between capital, labour

and the state in policy formulation and regulatory reforms.

• understand the political process underlying changes domestically from comparative perspective

Main Content The main areas that will be covered in this course are: • Business, Politics, Economics and Policy • Capitalism in context – Globally embedded in politics,

society, institutions • Varieties of Capitalism and the political economy of

South Africa • Liberalisation, democratisation and societal corporatism • Political Economy of Economic Policy, Industrialisation

& Economic Development • Political Economy of Trade, foreign direct investment

and multi-national corporations • Labour market, Training, Skill Development and

Manufacturing Competitiveness Pre-requisites Major in Management, Politics, Economics or related

discipline Prohibited Combinations MAN724 Political Economy of Industrial Relations

Page 328: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

328

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 65 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Research Project; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Comparative Organization and Management Generic Module Name Masters in Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN812 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Year

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Demonstrate a deep understanding of their own

culture; • Analyse the principles of diversity management

applicable to South Africa; • Critically discuss different dimensions of organisational

culture; • Demonstrate an understanding of national

characteristics and how they impact on organisational culture.

Main Content

The main aspects that will be covered are: • cultural differences; • how culture affects the process of doing business; • organisational cultures • managing culture successfully; • Diversity.

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 329: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

329

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 30 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 65 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assignments; Tests; Case studies (50%); Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Social Entrepreneurship and the Social Enterprise Generic Module Name Masters in Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN813 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Year

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Critically analyze the role that traditional

entrepreneurs and social entrepreneurs play in creating job opportunities;

• Evaluate what are the drivers of social entrepreneurs; • Critically analyze the differences in entrepreneurship

and social entrepreneurship processes;

Main Content

The main aspects that will be covered are: • Social entrepreneurship • Social enterprise; • Social entrepreneurs; • Understanding the: • Mission; • Strategies; • Goals; and • Organizational structure of Success and failure of

social enterprises.

Pre-requisite modules MAN711

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

Page 330: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

330

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 40 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 75 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assignments; Case studies (50%); Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Advanced Strategic Management Generic Module Name Masters in Management Alpha-numeric Code MAN814 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Year

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • critical and analytical thinking skills about a range of

strategic management issues • an in-depth understanding of and appreciation for

concepts and cutting edge research in strategic management;

• The ability to conduct written and oral analysis of current research in strategic management;

• the ability to explicitly link ideas, theory and research in the field to practical situations (i.e. case studies);

• the ability to communicate, both verbally and in writing, current knowledge, critical evaluations and the application of new ideas in strategic management

Main Content

This module follows an in-depth approach to strategy issues in theory and in practice. • Competing models of strategy • Industry Analysis, Strategic Choice and the Business

Environment • Strategic leaders, values and culture. • Business Strategy: Resources, capabilities and core

competencies • Strategic Innovation, learning and knowledge

management • Strategic Organization and Decision-Making Models • Corporate Strategy: Diversification and mature

sectors • Network Strategy: Relationships and Cooperative

Strategy

Page 331: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

331

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 25 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/Analysis 30 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Assignments; Executive summaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Name of module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Finance Programme Faculty Elective Alpha-numeric code MAN821 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should demonstrate an

understanding of the selected topics and be able to: • analyse and explain current issues in the field; • engage in debates on selected topics; • investigate and explain problems related to the

selected topics; and • Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the

selected topics.

Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer.

Pre-requisites MAN704, MAN705, MAN706, MAN710

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Research & writing 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%)

Page 332: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

332

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Capita Selecta - Selected Topics in Labour Relations Generic Module Name MAN830 Alpha-numeric Code MAN830 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: • analyse and explain current issues in the field; • engage in debates on selected topics; • investigate and explain problems related to the

selected topics; and • Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the

selected topics. Main Content

The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer.

Pre-requisite modules MAN714

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 40 Practical’s p.w. Research & writing 70 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Strategic Human Resource Issues Generic Module Name MAN832 Alpha-numeric Code MAN832 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Page 333: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

333

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an in-depth understanding of: • how the organisation of work and employee

participation at firm, industry and country levels are shaped by contexts in which organised labour and capital are the key role players.

• The institutional framework, within which these processes evolve, develops over generations and is shaped, particularly by the state.

• Key developments transforming production systems, industrial relations and human resource management and worker participation from a comparative perspective

• the changes in human resources policies and practices at firm-level, where new ideas are borrowed from, the contexts in which they arose, and the challenges faced in transposing them into the local context

Main Content

• Comparative Approaches to IR, HR and national institutions

• Global Competition, human resources, production strategy and competitive advantage

• Integrating HR, IR and production strategies – international comparisons

• Systems of Industrial Democracy & Co-determination • Interpreting SA experience from an international

perspective: • Training, Skill Development and Competitiveness • Workplace Restructuring and Employee Participation • Performance related pay • Organisational restructuring and flexible work

practices

Pre-requisite modules MAN714 Advanced Industrial Relations

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 30 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 65 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Research Papers/Essays; Discussion papers; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Page 334: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

334

Generic Module Name Critical Analysis for Research in Management Alpha-Numeric Code MAN833 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Programmes in which the Module Will Be Offered

Masters in Management Core

Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to:

• Understand the business research process and apply this to drafting a comprehensive draft research proposal

• Apply the requirements and methods of sound arguing, reasoning and analysis for Master’s-level academic writing.

• Identify logical fallacies in research and correct poorly reasoned arguments and conclusions.

• Apply critical reasoning and analytical skills to academic literature on a selected research topic.

• Construct an organising framework to integrate relevant literature on a selected topic

• Identify an appropriate research design • Develop a draft proposal using a conceptual analytical

framework that incorporates all of the above Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are:

• The research and proposal-writing process • Developing and refining the topic for a research project • Avoiding plagiarism and writing coherent academic

arguments • Fundamentals and application of analytical and critical

thinking • Structure of complex arguments in research context • Identifying and avoiding common research fallacies • Surveying, analysing, organising and reviewing

literature • Formulating research questions • Theory building and operationalising research

constructs • Quantitative and qualitative research methods

Pre-Requisite Modules None Co-Requisite Modules None Prohibited Module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 25 Practicals p.w. 0 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Class preparation 30 Total Learning Time 150 Assessment Type Oral Presentations; Assignments; Literature Review;

Research Proposal (60%); Examination (40%)

Page 335: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

335

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Advanced Marketing Seminar Generic Module Name MAN840 Alpha-numeric Code MAN840 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Demonstrate a critical understanding and knowledge of

classical marketing theories • Discuss the relevance of marketing theory in

developing marketing and business strategy. • Interrogate relevant marketing theory and its

implications in selected companies • Critically discuss contemporary themes and relevant

marketing theories • Evaluate the implications of marketing theories on

cases studies. • Demonstrate an understanding of the influence of

strategic marketing theories relating to segmentation, consumer behaviour, marketing mix

• Apply theoretical tools to interrogate different and opposing marketing paradigms.

• Analyse case studies to demonstrate the relevant theories that influence the selected choices or options.

• Apply marketing theory in practical case examples. • Present cases relating to marketing theory.

Main Content

• Marketing classical theories • Understanding consumer behaviour theories and

critique those. • Evaluate the ethical marketing theories considerations

in marketing strategy and its implementation. • Culture and marketing theory • Marketing Strategy theories • Theories relating to advertising, public relations as well

as gap theories. • Theoretical tools to assist in analysis the marketing

strategies to be followed in the organisation • Contemporary challenges facing marketers and the

need for theory to inform strategies • Develop a comprehensive integrated marketing

strategy based on theory

Pre-requisite modules MAN719

Co-requisite modules None

Page 336: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

336

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 65 Practical’s p.w. Selfstudy 55 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Review essay/review paper; Action written tasks; critiques; case studies (50%) Examination (50%).

Assessment Module type

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Capita Selecta – Selected topics in Marketing Generic Module Name MAN841 Alpha-numeric Code MAN841 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: • analyse and explain current issues in the field; • engage in debates on selected topics; • investigate and explain problems related to the

selected topics; and • Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the

selected topics. Main Content

• The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer.

Pre-requisite modules MAN719 OR MAN702 Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 40 Practical’s p.w. Research & writing 70 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Page 337: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

337

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Work Organisation Generic Module Name MAN850 Alpha-numeric Code MAN850 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Critically discuss theory on work organisation • Critically discuss what organizations can do to improve

their work organisation • Critically discuss how to implement work organisation. • Evaluate the work organisation of firms.

Main Content

The main aspects that will be covered in this course are: • Theories of Work Organisation • Incentives and Reward Systems • Implementation of Work Organisation Initiatives • Team Performance Measurement • Dissemination of Team-based Work Organisation • Shop Floor Teamwork • Decision-making • Job Design • Training

Pre-requisite modules MAN721 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 50 Practical’s p.w. Selfstudy 70 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Case studies, assignments, oral presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic Capita Selecta – Selected topics in Operations Generic Module Name MAN851 Alpha-numeric Code MAN851 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester

Page 338: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

338

Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the selected topics and be able to: • analyse and explain current issues in the field; • engage in debates on selected topics; • investigate and explain problems related to the

selected topics; and • Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the

selected topics. Main Content

• The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer.

Pre-requisite modules MAN721 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 40 Practical’s p.w. Research & writing 70 Tutorials p.w. Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Assignment & tasks, research reports (50%) Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Name of Module Business Research Methods Programme Masters in Management Core Alpha-numeric code MAN860 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of the course, the student will be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of the research process for a Business Research Project;

• Critically discuss the philosophy surrounding the identification of a workable Research topic, conceptualization of a Research Project, preliminary survey of relevant literature.

• Apply relevant theory to chosen topic, identified relevant concepts, the relationships between them, and their operationalization.

• Analysed how different research methods are utilized to address particular research questions.

• Demonstrate an understanding of various Data collection and Analysis tools, and identified what is applicable to him/her.

• Complete a draft Research Proposal.

Page 339: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

339

Main Content This module offers an in-depth introduction to theoretical and practical issues surrounding the conduct of Business Research at Masters level. Topics that will be covered are: • Introduction to Business Research Process and

Proposal writing. • Library resources and using internet, referencing and

plagiarism. • Formulating and clarifying researchable topic and

research questions and/or hypotheses. • Developing Theory, and how to do a preliminary

literature review. • Concepts, relationships and operationalization of

concepts. • Examination of different Research Strategies/designs

- Qualitative vs. Quantitative studies. • Designing, Planning and doing a Case Study • Designing, planning and doing a Survey • Questionnaire design and administration • Data analysis and reporting • Report writing and presentation of findings

Pre-requisites MAN833 CARM Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor 30 Assignments & Critiques 20 Draft Research Proposal 25 Class presentations & discussions

10

Selfstudy 45 Examination 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Critique/Assignments, Oral Presentations, Draft Research Proposal (50%); Examination (50%)

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department SBF Module Topic South African Business and Globalisation Generic Module Name MAN865 Alpha-numeric Code MAN865 NQF Level 9.2 NQF Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Masters in Management

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • critically analyze a broad range of domestic and

international topics which are currently of strategic importance to management in South Africa.

Page 340: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

340

• Apply the theories, concepts and principles covered in the course readings to the practical organizational context.

• conduct secondary empirical research on the competitiveness of firms and/or sectors.

Main Content

The general focus is on environmental factors that are currently having a significant impact on firm competitiveness and strategies and the areas to be covered are: • Strategy and international competition • Globalisation and competition • Comparative and Competitive Advantage • Competitive strategy for global players • Industrial Policy & Strategy in South Africa and Newly

Industrialised Countries • South Africa: Global, Regional & Local Competition • Strategic Linkages -Value Chains and Supplier

Relations • Regions and Clusters

Pre-requisite modules MAN726 Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 35 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 5 Tutorials p.w. Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/Analysis 20 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Research Project; Commentaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Assessment Module type

Generic Module Name Management Research Alpha-Numeric Code MRP711 Credit Value 15 Duration 1st Semester Proposed Semester/Term 1st Programmes In Which The Module Will Be Offered

B.Com (Hons) (Management); PGDM

Level 8 Main Outcomes On completion of the module, students should be able to:

o Critically analyse empirical and theoretical management research

o Appreciate the necessity and value of the scientific method

o Read and critically analyse theoretical and empirical research in the proposed area of management research.

Page 341: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

341

o Construct an academic argument and craft a literature review

o Demonstrate a conceptual and practical understanding of quantitative and qualitative research methodologies in a business context.

o Design a research study under the supervision of a project leader

o Develop a comprehensive research proposal (or draft Introduction, Literature Review and Research Method chapters) to complete the requirements of the Management Research Report or Field Study.

Main Content o Thinking like a Researcher & Reading Critically o Reviewing the literature o Developing a Conceptual Framework and Formulating

Research Questions o Linking Concepts & Constructs to Data o Research Designs o Creating Qualitative and Quantitative Data o Qualitative and Quantitative data analysis o Ethics in business research o Writing the Final Research Report

Pre-Requisite Modules MAN314 or ADM626 or FRC311 or FRC312 or RCF711 Co-Requisite Modules MRR712 (Honours students only) Prohibited Module Combination

FRP711 or FRP712

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. Tests & examinations: 7 Selfstudy 43 Other: Fieldwork 10 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Tests, Assignments, Presentations (40%) Draft Research Report or Research Proposal (30%); Examination (30%)

Generic Module Name Management Research Report Alpha-Numeric Code MRR711 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Proposed Semester To Be Offered.

Semester 2

Programmes in which the Module Will Be Offered

B.Com Honours (Management) PGDM

Core Eelective

Level 8 Year Level Postgraduate Main Outcomes The module aims to enable the student to complete a

research report applying quantitative or qualitative research skills in the area of management. On completion, students should be able to: o Formulate a management research question

Page 342: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

342

o Select an appropriate methodology in line with the research question

o Collect, sort and analyse data, applying appropriate skills necessary to obtain research results.

o Describe and analyse research results. o Compare and contrast research results to significant

prior empirical findings. o Identify contributions to the existing body of knowledge. o Write-up and compile research dissertation.

Main Content o Research goal and objectives o Literature Review o Research methodologies o Research design and problem statement o Data collection, sorting and analysis o Review of Research Results o Oral and written presentations of the draft and final

research dissertation Pre-Requisite Modules MRP711 or MRP712 Co-Requisite Modules None Prohibited Module Combination

None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 20 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals p.w. Selfstudy 20 Research Dissertation 70 Total Learning Time 150 Method of Student Assessment

Seminar Papers, Assignments and Presentations (25%) Dissertation (75%)

Name of Module Project Management Programme Advanced Diploma in Management, PGDM,

B.Com (Hons) (Management) Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN620/MAN720 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the students will be able to:

o Understand the need for project management in today’s life and understand the role and necessary characteristics of a Project Manager,

o Demonstrate an understanding of: o the five Project Management Process Groups – and

apply these processes to effectively manage a project through its life cycle,

o the nine focussed expert Knowledge Areas required to succeed in Project Management - apply these knowledge areas in order to more effectively manage a project,

Page 343: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

343

o Demonstrate an understanding of the relationship between the inputs, tools and techniques and expected outcomes of each of the knowledge

o Critically assess the viability of a project proposal. Main Content o Project Management Introduction,

o Characteristics of a Project Manager o Project Processes and Actions o Initiating, Planning, Executing and Controlling

Processes o Closing Activities o Key Knowledge and Competence Areas o Project Scope, Cost, Time & Quality Management o Project Communication and Procurement

Management o Project Stakeholder and Social Compact

Management o Project Risk Management o Project Integration Management

Pre-requisites A module in operations management, MAN233 or MAN757

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 15 Selfstudy 40 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments; test; class discussion with peer evaluation (60%); and Examination (40%).

Name of Module Services Marketing Programme Advanced Diploma in Management Elective Alpha-numeric code ADM628/MAN728 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of services marketing.

• Identify aspects within organizations that can improve the service delivery to their customers.

• Develop a services marketing policy and strategy • Evaluate the Service Marketing policies and

strategies of competitor organizations, to develop a competitive advantage.

Main Content The major areas that will be covered in this course are: • The role of services in a changing economy; • The relation and importance of services to the Gross

Domestic product;

Page 344: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

344

• The principles of the Servqual model; • Service design, service setting, service quality and

the use of the SERVQUAL model, the service encounter;

• Managing supply and demand for services; • Service communications; • Performance measurement and delivering

satisfactory service; • Monitoring and evaluating service.

Pre-requisites MAN754 OR MAN231 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 28 Tests & examinations: 8 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 34 Class preparation 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments, Case studies, class discussion; Weekly chapter outlines (50%) and examination (50%)

Name of Module Strategy and Global Competition Programme PGDM, B. Com (Honours)

(Management), Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN726 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will have demonstrated

the ability to: o critically analyze a broad range of domestic and

international topics which are currently of strategic importance to management in South Africa.

o Apply the theories, concepts and principles covered in the course readings to the practical organizational context.

o conduct secondary empirical research on the competitiveness of firms and/or sectors.

Main Content The general focus is on environmental factors that are currently having a significant impact on firm competitiveness and strategies and the areas to be covered are: o Strategy and international competition o Globalisation and competition o Comparative and Competitive Advantage o Competitive strategy for global players o Industrial Policy & Strategy in South Africa and Newly

Industrialised Countries o South Africa: Global, Regional & Local Competition

Page 345: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

345

o Strategic Linkages -Value Chains and Supplier Relations

o Regions and Clusters Pre-requisites MAN304/ADM629/MAN769 Prohibited Combinations MAN865 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 35 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 50 Case preparation/Analysis 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Case Studies; Research Project; Commentaries; Oral Presentations (50%); Examination (50%)

Name of module SME Consulting Programme Advanced Diploma in

Management//PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management)

Elective

Alpha-numeric code MAN732 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 7/8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able

demonstrate the ability to: o Prepare a profile of a business; o Do a SWOT analysis; o Prepare an action plan; o Present the action plan to a mentor and the owner of

the business; o Prepare a final action incorporating the suggestions

from the mentor and owner (s); o Present the final action plan and overall plan to the

owner. Main Content The main aspects that will be covered are:

o what is consulting; o consulting to a family business; o the SMME environment; o productivity improvement model; o business planning

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 42 Assignments & tasks: 40 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 30 Case preparation/Analysis 18 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Profile; swot analysis; action plan (60%); final report and verbal presentation (40%)

Page 346: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

346

Name of module Supply Chain Management Programme PGDM, B.Com (Hons) (Management) Elective Alpha-numeric code MAN730 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student should be able to:

o Apply the principles of world class supply chain management (SCM) to real world settings.

o Critically analyse the role that SCM plays in providing organizations with a competitive edge.

o Utilise analytical tools to integrate various functional areas of a business with suppliers locally and globally

o Evaluate the holistic effectiveness of a supply chain operation

o Explain the challenges of developing sustainable supply chains.

Main Content o Professional SCM o Supply Chain Organisation and Management o New Product Development o Purchasing Descriptions and Specifications o Managing Quality in the Supply Chain o Procurement of Equipment and Services o Strategic Sourcing and Outsourcing o Global Supply Management o Contract Negotiation and & Relationship

Management o Ethics, Social Responsibility and Sustainability

Pre-requisites ADM623/MAN757/ MAN233

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer 35 Assignments 25 Case studies 30 Tests 20 Examination 15 Preparation 25 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments; Tests; Case studies (60%); Examination (40%)

Module Name World Class Operations Programme B.Com Honours (Mgt) Elective Alpha-Numeric Code MAN721 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 8

Page 347: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

347

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, the student will be able to: o Critically discuss the interactive relationship between

Operations, Strategy and Technology in today’s global competitive environment.

o Critically discuss the various trade-off/conflicts associated with revolutionary approaches of managing operations.

o Analyze critically an organization’s approaches to the design of its products, processes and services.

o Evaluate the implication of various revolutionary manufacturing techniques to the efficient and effective transformation/use of aggregate inputs – raw materials, personnel, machines, technology, capital, information, & other resources – into marketable and competitive outputs.

Main Content This module will cover theoretical and practical contemporary issues related Operations management. The following will be covered: o What are the challenges in global competitive

environment and its implications on local operations o How to create competitive advantage through

Operations, New product & process development, and Operations improvements..

o Examine various revolutionary approaches (World Class Manufacturing/Lean/JIT/Team work, etc), and note some growing disillusionment with some of these approaches.

o Dynamic processes for building firm-level technological capabilities

o Dynamic Organizational capabilities needed to offer products or services that are cost competitive, of consistently high quality, and meet the thrice delivery objectives of flexibility, dependability and speed.

Pre-requisites MDP557/ MAN233/ADM623/MAN757 Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor 42 Assignments & critiques 30 Case studies & Class discussions

20

Selfstudy 25 Test 15 Examination 18 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments/critiques, Case studies, Tests (50%); Examination (50%)

Page 348: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

348

MASTERS IN MANAGEMENT

Name of Module Management Research Seminar Programme Masters in Management Core Alpha-numeric code MAN864 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type Programme Level 9 Main Outcomes The purpose with this module is to assist students to

complete the data collection, analysis and drafting of the Research Report. At the end of the module, the student would have demonstrated how to: o Incorporate support and feedback from his/her class

presentations into draft chapters of a Research Project; o Prepare draft chapters of literature review, research

design, data collection, data analysis and findings; and o Revise the research report drafts based on feedback

from the supervisor, advisors and fellow students. Main Content This module will mainly cover practical issues related to

the completion of the Research Report. The following will be covered: o Class presentations of work-in-progress reports and

critiques thereof; o Class and staff/supervisor feedback; o Addressing practical bottlenecks arising from

conducting the research project; and o Writing comprehensive draft chapters of the literature

review, research methods, data analysis and findings Pre-requisites MAN860

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor 40 Assignments & critiques 20 Class Presentations 20 Components of Draft Report 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assignments/critiques, Oral Presentations, Chapters of draft Research; Report (100%)

Page 349: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

349

POLITICAL STUDIES

Name of Module Research Project Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours in Political Studies

EMS, Arts core

Home Department Political Studies Module description Research Project Generic module name Research Project Alpha-numeric code POL706 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to

formulate a research problem and research proposal conduct independent research analyze relevant literature and write up a substantial report

Main Content Research on a selected topic Research report

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Research report 100%

Name of module Comparative Area Politics Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours in Political Studies

EMS, Arts Elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Comparative Area Politics Generic module name Comparative Area Politics Alpha-numeric code POL708 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, student should be able to

o Apply the comparative method to study political issues in a selected area, e.g. the Middle East

o Analyze themes of significance to the selected region/area

Page 350: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

350

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the major political issues in the states being studied

Main Content o Comparative method o Political issues/controversies in countries of case study o Significant transnational themes in the selected area

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module International Political Economy Programme (s) in which new module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours in Political Studies

EMS, Arts Elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description International Political Economy Generic module name International Political Economy Alpha-numeric code POL709 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to

o Critically evaluate and apply theories in IPE, e.g. world systems theory, dependency theory, free trade liberalism, globalization theory, critical theory of IPE

o Explain the structure of the world political economy o Analyze issues in the global political economy, e.g.

financial crises, international debt, economic diplomacy, the rise of economic hegemons

Main Content o Theories of International Political Economy o Debates and issues in IPE

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 351: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

351

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module Political Violence Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours in Political Studies

EMS. Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Political Violence Generic module name Political Violence Alpha-numeric code POL710 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students will be able to:

o critically explain how political violence is framed as an object of analysis in scholarly discourse

o demonstrate how political violence relates to the formation of modern political societies

o critically evaluate how political violence relates to political power and social change

o analyse the role and origin of violence in a particular event of contemporary or historical significance

Main Content o Political theory and violence o War making and state making o Legitimate and illegitimate violence o Colonial modernity and violence o Violence and social change

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Page 352: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

352

Name of module Political Philosophy Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours in Political Studies

EMS, Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Political Philosophy Generic module name Political Philosophy Alpha-numeric code POL711 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to:

o Explain and critique selected political theories or the work of selected political philosophers

o Critically assess key problems, periods, or texts in political philosophy

Main Content Selection of themes, periods, or texts in political philosophy

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module The Politics of Mass Communication Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours in Political Studies

EMS, Arts Elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description The Politics of Mass Communication Generic module name The Politics of Mass Communication Alpha-numeric code POL712 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to:

o Analyze texts, arguments and images in Politics, using analytical tools such as Critical Discourse Analysis or the interpretive approach

o Critically analyze the manipulation of symbols for political purposes

Page 353: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

353

o Critically analyze the use of mass communication media (e.g. printed media, television or the Internet) for the distribution of political ideas and the mobilization of public opinion

Main Content o Discourse analysis o Theories of social representation o Political mobilization and public opinion o Mass communication media

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module South African Politics Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours in Political Studies

EMS, Arts Elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description South African Politics Generic module name South African Politics Alpha-numeric code POL719 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to

o Critically analyse power relations in South African society

o Critically discuss key development debates in South Africa, e.g. poverty, equality, black economic empowerment

o Compare and contrast selected theories/models of power and/or development, e.g. Modernisation Theory, Dependency Theory, Sustainable Development and Social Theory and apply them to South African politics and/or South Africa’s political economy

Main Content o Theories/models of power, development and underdevelopment

o Current debates and issues in South Africa’s politics and/or political-economy

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None

Page 354: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

354

Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module POLITICAL TRANSITIONS Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours in Political Studies

EMS, Arts Elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Political Transitions And Issues of Democratic

Consolidation Generic module name Political Transitions Alpha-numeric code POL721 Credit Value 24 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

o Explain key concepts in the literature on political change, e.g. transitions and democratic consolidation

o Critically analyze major debates in transition and consolidation studies

o Apply theoretical perspectives to practical situations (case studies) of political change

Main Content o Conceptual models, debates, and practical issues of political change (transition politics and democratic consolidation)

o Selected case studies of political change and consolidation

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Page 355: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

355

Name of Module Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours

Economic & Management Sciences Faculty & Arts Faculty

Elective

Home Department Political Studies Generic module name Contemporary Democratic Theory Alpha-numeric code POL723 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Module Type University Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

o Critically evaluate theories of democracy o Explain and evaluate alternative forms of citizen

participation, e.g. ward committees o Apply theories and concepts to selected case studies

Main Content o Theories of democracy and participation o Forms of citizen participation o Case studies, e.g. South Africa, India, Brazil and the

DRC Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50%, Exam 50%

Faculty Economics and Management Science Home Department Political Studies Module Topic Regional Community Foreign Policy Generic Module Name Regional Community Foreign Policy Alpha-numeric Code POL724 NQF Level 8.1 NQF Credit Value 24 Duration Term Proposed semester to be offered.

First Term

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Page 356: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

356

Main Outcomes

At the end of the module the student will be able to: • Analyze the process in attempting to create a common

foreign policy in a regional community such as the EU or AU

• Demonstrate an understanding of complex issues in this field

• Conduct independent research Main Content

• Attempts to create a common foreign policy • Attempts at peace-keeping

Pre-requisite modules Bachelor’s in Political Studies

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 22 Lectures p.w Assignments & tasks: 48 Practical’s p.w. Tests & examinations: 3 Tutorials p.w. Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 177 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 240 Method of Student Assessment

Seminars and assignments 50% Exam 50%

Assessment Module type

Home Department Political Studies Module description Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community Generic module name Institutions and Policy-Making in a Regional Community Alpha-numeric code POL725 Credit Value 24 Duration Term Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

• Analyze policy debates in regional communities critically

• Demonstrate an understanding of the complex policy making process in regional communities

• Conduct independent research Main Content • Concepts and theories of policy making in regional

communities • Policy debates in selected regional communities • Case study of the policy-making process in a regional

community Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 357: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

357

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of Module International Relations Theory Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Honours in Political Studies

EMS, Arts Elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description International Relations Theory Generic module name International Relations Theory Alpha-numeric code POL730 Credit Value 24 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes After completion, students will be able to:

o explain the work of leading theorists in International Relations

o outline competing trends in IR Theory, e.g. rationalist and transformative theories and new interpretation of Classical Realism

o evaluate the role of theory in IR and use theoretical frameworks to interpret IR issues

Main Content o The role of theoretical concepts and frameworks o Rationalist, transformative, constructivist, and critical

theories in IR (Feminism, Environmentalism, Post-modernism)

o Challenges to mainstream theories, e.g. Realism and Liberalism

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 160 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50%

Page 358: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

358

Name of module Security Studies Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Honours in Political Studies

EMS, Arts Elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Security Studies Generic module name Security Studies Alpha-numeric code POL731 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Module Type U Level 8 Main Outcomes After completion, students will be able to:

o analyze the meanings of ‘security’, ‘threat’ and ‘conflict’ from the perspective of the state, society and individuals

o distinguish between and evaluate traditional and new security paradigms

o describe and analyze the actors, agendas and processes involved in the provision of security (on international, national and individual level)

Main Content o Construction of threat, insecurity, conflict o National security and human security paradigms o ‘New’ security threats o The use of force in international relations o The economics and technologies of war

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50%

Faculty EMS Home Department Political Studies Module Topic Politics of Gender and Sexuality Generic Module Name Political Studies 733 Alpha-numeric Code POL733 NQF Level 8 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

BA (Hons); BAdmin(Hons)

Page 359: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

359

Year level Honours Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to:

• Discuss how sexuality and gender questions have varied through history

• Analyse how states and other public institutions have taken different approaches to sexuality and gender questions through history;

• Evaluate modern empirical theories about gender and sexuality

• Evaluate modern normative theories about the relation between the state and gender and sexuality issues

• Analyse political sexuality and gender issues from different empirical and normative perspectives

• Deconstruct concepts related to sexuality and gender • Analyse the relationship between gender and sexuality

and other identifications such as race and ethnicity Main Content • Historical overview of gender and sexuality issues

• Different approach of states and public institutions to gender and sexuality

• Modern empirical theories about gender and sexuality • Normative theories about the relation between the state

and gender and sexuality • Gender and sexuality in the context of other

identifications, such as race and ethnicity Pre-requisite modules None Co-requisite modules None Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 88 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Assessments 4 Selfstudy 169 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (50%), Final assessment (50%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Name of module Mini-thesis Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Masters in Political Studies

EMS, Arts Core

Home Department Political Studies Module description Research Project (mini-thesis) Generic module name Research Project (mini-thesis) Alpha-numeric code POL803/POL804 Credit Value 40 Duration Semester

Page 360: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

360

Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to

• formulate a research problem and research proposal • conduct independent research • analyze relevant literature • write up a substantial research report adhering to all

academic conventions Main Content Independent research

Mini-thesis Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Selfstudy 360 Total Learning Time 400 Methods of Student Assessment

Mini-thesis 100%

Name of module Comparative Area Politics Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Master’s in Political Studies

EMS, Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Comparative Area Politics Generic module name Comparative Area Politics Alpha-numeric code POL813 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, student should be able to

o Apply the comparative method to study political issues in a selected area, e.g. the Middle East

o Analyze themes of significance to the selected region/area

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the major political issues in the states being studied

Main Content o Comparative method o Political issues/controversies in countries of case study o Significant transnational themes in the selected area

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 361: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

361

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Other: Please specify 200 Total Learning Time 28 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module International Political Economy Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Master’s in Political Studies

EMS, Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description International Political Economy Generic module name International Political Economy Alpha-numeric code POL814 Credit Value 20 Duration Term Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to

o Critically evaluate and apply theories in IPE, e.g. world systems theory, dependency theory, free trade liberalism, globalization theory, Coxian theories of IPE

o Explain the structure of the world political economy o Analyze issues in the global political economy, e.g.

financial crises, international debt, economic diplomacy, the rise of economic hegemons

Main Content o Theories of International Political Economy o Debates and issues in IPE

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Page 362: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

362

Name of module Political Violence Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

M. Admin , M.A EMS. Arts elective Home Department Political Studies Module description (Header)

Political Violence

Generic module name Political Violence Alpha-numeric code POL815 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to:

o critically discuss how political violence is framed as an object of analysis in scholarly discourse

o demonstrate how political violence relates to the formation of modern political societies

o critically evaluate how political violence relates to political power and social change

o analyse the role and origin of violence in a particular event of contemporary or historical significance

Main Content o Political theory and violence o war making and state making o legitimate and illegitimate violence o colonial modernity and violence o the camp and the state of exception as paradigms of

modernity o violence and social change

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 120 Case preparation/Analysis Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module Political Philosophy Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Masters in Political Studies

EMS, Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Political Philosophy Alpha-numeric code POL816 Credit Value 20

Page 363: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

363

Duration Term Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to:

o Explain and critique selected political theories or the work of selected political philosophers

o Critically assess key problems, periods, or texts in political philosophy

Main Content Selection of themes, periods, or texts in political philosophy

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module The Politics of Mass Communication Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Master’s in Political Studies

EMS, Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description The Politics of Mass Communication Generic module name The Politics of Mass Communication Alpha-numeric code POL817 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to:

o Analyze texts, arguments and images in Politics, using analytical tools such as Critical Discourse Analysis or the interpretive approach

o Critically analyze the manipulation of symbols for political purposes

o Critically analyze the use of mass communication media (e.g. printed media, television or the Internet) for the distribution of political ideas and the mobilization of public opinion

Main Content o Discourse analysis o Theories of social representation o Political mobilization and public opinion o Mass communication media

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

Page 364: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

364

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module South African Politics Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Master’s in Political Studies

EMS, Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description South African Politics Generic module name South African Politics Alpha-numeric code POL819 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to

o Critically analyse power relations in South African society

o Critically discuss key development debates in South Africa, e.g. poverty, equality, black economic empowerment

o Compare and contrast selected theories/models of power and/or development, e.g. Modernisation Theory, Dependency Theory, Sustainable Development and Social Theory and apply them to South African politics and/or South Africa’s political economy

Main Content Theories/models of power, development and underdevelopment Current debates and issues in South Africa’s politics and/or political-economy

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Page 365: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

365

Name of module Political Transitions Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Master’s in Political Studies

EMS, Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Political Transitions Generic module name Political Transitions Alpha-numeric code POL821 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

o Explain key concepts in the literature on political change, e.g. transitions and democratic consolidation

o Critically analyze major debates in transition and consolidation studies

o Apply theoretical perspectives to practical situations (case studies) of political change

Main Content Conceptual models, debates, and practical issues of political change (transition politics and democratic consolidation) Selected case studies of political change and consolidation

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 130 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module Contemporary Democratic Theory and Practice Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Master’s in Political Studies

EMS, Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Contemporary Democratic Theory Generic module name Contemporary Democratic Theory Alpha-numeric code POL822 Credit Value 30 Duration 1 term Level 9

Page 366: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

366

Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to: o Critically evaluate theories of democracy o Explain and evaluate alternative forms of citizen

participation, e.g. ward committees o Apply theories and concepts to selected case studies

Main Content o Theories of democracy and participation o Forms of citizen participation o Case studies, e.g. South Africa, India, Brazil and the

DRC Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours

Economic & Management Sciences Faculty & Arts Faculty

Elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community Generic module name Institutions and Policy Making in Regional Community Alpha-numeric code POL823 Credit Value 20 Duration Term Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students should be able to:

o Analyze policy debates in regional communities critically

o Demonstrate an understanding of the complex policy making process in regional communities

o Conduct independent research Main Content o Concepts and theories of policy making in regional

communities o Policy debates in selected regional communities o Case study of the policy-making process in a regional

community Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 367: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

367

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Name of module Regional Community Foreign Policy Programme (s) in which new module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Honours

Economic & Management Sciences Faculty & Arts Faculty

Elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Regional Community Foreign Policy Alpha-numeric code POL824 Credit Value 20 Duration Term Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module, students should be able to:

o Analyze the process in attempting to formulate common foreign policy in a regional community such as the EU or AU

o Demonstrate an understanding of complex theoretical and practical issues in this field

o Conduct independent research on the foreign policy issues of a selected regional community, e.g. peace-keeping by the AU

Main Content o Attempts to create a common foreign policy o Foreign policy analysis o Foreign policy issues, e.g. peacekeeping and free trade

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 120 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Page 368: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

368

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department Political Studies Module description Security Studies Generic module name Security Studies 831 Alpha-numeric code POL831 Credit Value 24 Duration Semester Module Type U Level 8.2 Main Outcomes After completion, students will be able to:

• critically analyze contemporary security discourses, including “the war on terror”, the “Revolution in Military Affairs” and “human security”

• analyze the meanings of ‘security’, ‘threat’ and ‘conflict’ for the state, society and individuals by contrasting competing theories in the field

• critically examine the actors, agendas and processes involved in the provision of security (on international, national and individual level)

Main Content • Construction of threat, insecurity, conflict, security discourses

• National security vs. human security paradigms • ‘New’ security threats • The use of force in international relations • The economics and technologies of war

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 48 Tests & examinations: 4 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 160 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 240 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50%, Final assessment 50%

Name of module Capita Selecta Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Master’s in Political Studies

EMS, Arts elective

Home Department Political Studies Module description Selected Topics Generic module name Selected Topics Alpha-numeric code POL835 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester

Page 369: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

369

Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to:

o Analyse and explain current debates regarding selected topics in the field of Political Studies or International Relations;

o Investigate and explain problems related to the selected topics;

o Write clear and coherent academic arguments on the selected topics.

Main Content The selected topics will vary according to the interest and expertise of the lecturer

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 28 Assignments & tasks: 88 Tests & examinations: 4 Selfstudy 180 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Seminar papers, essays 50% Exam 50%

Faculty EMS Home Department Political Studies Module Topic Politics of Gender and Sexuality Generic Module Name Political Studies 843 Alpha-numeric Code POL843 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

1st semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

MA; MAdmin

Year level Masters Main Outcomes On completion of the module a student should be able to:

• Describe and critically evaluate how sexuality and gender questions have varied through history

• Critically analyse how states and other public institutions have taken different approaches to sexuality and gender questions through history;

• Critically evaluate modern empirical theories about gender and sexuality and apply them to current cases

• Critically evaluate modern normative theories about the relation between the state and gender and sexuality issues and apply them to current cases

• Critically analyse political sexuality and gender issues from different empirical and normative perspectives

• Critically deconstruct concepts related to sexuality and gender

Page 370: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

370

• Critically analyse the relationship between gender and sexuality and other identifications such as race and ethnicity

Main Content • Historical overview of gender and sexuality issues • Different approach of states and public institutions to

gender and sexuality • Modern empirical theories about gender and sexuality • Normative theories about the relation between the state

and gender and sexuality • Gender and sexuality in the context of other

identifications, such as race and ethnicity Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

POL733

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 39 Lectures p.w. 3 Assignments & tasks: 88 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Assessments 4 Selfstudy 169 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 300 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (50%), Final assessment (50%)

Assessment Module type CFA SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT: ADVANCED DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration Core / Elective

ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Core

Home Department School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

Module Description Introduction to Governance and Public Administration Generic Module Name Introduction to Governance and Public Administration Alpha Numeric Code PUA611 Credit Value 20 Duration 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o Have in-depth understanding of the principles and

dimensions of governance/good governance and discuss the challenges of putting them into practice

Page 371: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

371

o Understand and apply key concepts of public accountability, democracy, human rights, and access to justice, and how they work in practice in different contexts

o Critically analyse the roles and dynamics of relationships between state, citizens and other institutions in the governance process in different contexts

o Develop strong critical and analytical skills for application in a variety of contexts.

o Explain the origin, theories and models of public administration

o Discuss the concept of new public management Main content o The definition (government vs. governance) and levels

of governance (local, provincial national, global). o Components / elements of good governance. o The relationship between good governance, civil

society and development. o The role of civil society in governance. Enabling factors

and obstacles for participation. o Participatory governance. o Origins, theories and Models of Public Administration o New Public Management v Private Sector Management o South Africa as a Developmental State o South African Constitution & Bill of Rights o Structure of Government o Ethics in Public Service

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of learning time

Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment

Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination

Programme Faculty Core / Elective ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management

Sciences Core

Home Department School of Government, Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences

Module Description Public Policy Generic Module Name Public Policy Alpha Numeric Code PUA612 Credit Value 20 Duration 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6

Page 372: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

372

Main outcomes o Understand the organizational, sectoral and societal significance of policy.

o Explain the nature and dynamics of phases in the policy process.

o Demonstrate understanding and explain public policy process.

o Identify the challenges of policy implementation. o Recognise and identify opportunities for improving

policy. o Explain the key types of policy evaluation. o Investigate and resolve problems in policy

environments. Main content o Concepts of public policy.

o Theoretical models for policy making. o Policy making process in South Africa – National,

provincial and Local. o Policy formulation and Citizen participation. o Policy analysis. o Policy implementation and contribution factors. o Role of IGR in public policy. o Policy monitoring and evaluation. o Research design and policy development.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of learning time

Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment

Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination

Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Home Department School of Government, Faculty of Economic and

Management Sciences Module Description Managing Information and Communication Generic Module Name Managing Information and Communication Alpha Numeric Code PUA613 Credit Value 20 Duration 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o Identify government information requirements.

o Demonstrate an understanding of the role of information in organisation design and behaviour.

o Demonstrate an ability to collect, analyse, organise and communicate information.

Page 373: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

373

o Identify and utilise appropriate communication tools and strategies.

o Utilise information technology to enhance communications.

Main content o Selecting relevant information. o Formatting and synthesising information in a way that is

accessible within time constraints. o Writing specialised information for specific audiences. o Analysing technical information in text. o Making information available in way that is accessible

within time constraints. o Methods of conveying the information in terms of

communication content and target audience. Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited combinations None

Breakdown of learning time

Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment

Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination

Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Home Department School of Government, Faculty of Economic and

Management Sciences Module Description Leadership and Managing People Generic Module Name Leadership and Managing People Alpha Numeric Code PUA614 Credit Value 20 Duration 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o Understand of the effect of leadership on organizational

success; o An understanding and the role of various stakeholders

in the formulation and communication of the organizational purpose and principles;

o Understand the different types of leadership. o Understand organizational change process. o Develop a working knowledge of regulatory framework

that informs and change and transformation in the public service.

Main content o Context of leadership. o Leadership Styles and types.

Page 374: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

374

o Setting organizational purpose, goals and principles. o Developing an organizational culture and vision. o Organisational change. o Public service regulatory framework.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited combinations None

Breakdown of learning time

Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment

Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination

Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Home Department School of Government, Faculty of Economic and

Management Sciences Module Description Managing Operations in the Public Sector Generic Module Name Managing Operations in the Public Sector Alpha Numeric Code PUA615 Credit Value 20 Duration 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o Analyse the impact of legislation on overall delivery

objectives, priorities and processes. o How to communicate implementation objective,

priorities and processes. o Coordinate, monitor and review implementation

processes. o Negotiate realignment of implementation objectives,

priorities and processes. Main content o The Batho-Pele White Paper on Transforming Public

Sector Service Delivery. o The Public Services Act. o Developmental government is explained in the South

African context. o Plans for the improvement of service delivery. o Measurement methods related to service delivery. o Methods and techniques to build a sound relationship

with clients. o Measures to rectify service delivery failures. o Reasons for and sources of client dissatisfaction. o Quality cycle in relation to organisational service

delivery

Page 375: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

375

o Continuous feedback and improvement strategy for organisational service delivery

o Creative thinking techniques. o Problem solving steps. o Project management steps and processes.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of learning time

Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment

Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination

Programme Advanced Diploma in Public Administration ADPA: 1605 Faculty of Economic and Management Sciences Home Department School of Government, Faculty of Economic and

Management Sciences Module Description Economics and Public Finance Generic Module Name Economics and Public Finance Alpha Numeric Code PUA616 Credit Value 20 Duration 1 year Module Type Programme Level 6 Main outcomes o explain the fundamental terminology, principles, and

theory pertaining to public sector economics and financial management

o understand and discuss the role and impact of macroeconomic policy and monetary policy on economic growth and development

o explain the significance and role of the government budget in pursuing the socio-economic development goals and objectives of the government

o identify and demonstrate a working knowledge of the national budget documents and its accompanying bills and phases of the budget cycle process

o debate and discuss the fiscal stance and approach taken by various actors involved in the budget process

o explain the role of the public sector manager working with public finances; and

o read and understand reports evaluating financial control measures (eg auditor general reports) on efficient and effective management practices in government organizations

Main content o the role of the government in the socio-economic growth and development

Page 376: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

376

o the provision of public goods, macroeconomic, and monetary policy determinants of economic growth and development

o South Africa’s Intergovernmental Relations System and Framework and more specifically the “Intergovernmental Fiscal and Financial Relations in South Africa”

o the role of the government in raising/decreasing taxes and collecting revenue and allocating expenditure/resources in society and the use of fiscal policy instruments

o the national, its constituent components (operations and capital budgets), features, functions and practices

o revenues, expenditure, assets, liabilities and debt management

o the regulations framework and principles of good governance and sound public financial management outlined in the PFMA (national and provincial government) financial accountability, controls and auditing; and

o public participation and engagement with the budget process and choices

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited combinations None Breakdown of learning time

Hours

Contact with lecturer/tutor: 48 Assignments and tasks: 35 Tests and Examinations: 32 Selfstudy 85 Total learning time 200 Methods of student assessment

Assignment writing Test Group tasks Examination

Faculty EMS Home Department SOG Module Topic Public Sector Financial Management Generic Module Name Public Administration 617 Alpha-numeric Code PUA617 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Advanced Diploma in Public Administration – Public Finance stream

Year level 4 Main Outcomes On completion of the module the student should be able

to: • Recognise and evaluate the strategic financial and

treasury management framework for the public sector

Page 377: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

377

• Develop and maintain sound budgeting and budgetary control practices for spending efficiency and sustainable growth, in terms of the Public Financial Management (PFM) Act

• Develop and manage effective internal controls systems.

• Appraise the viability of capital projects and its modes of funding.

Main Content • The role of public sector financial management and the economic environment in which organisations operate;

• Medium term budgeting frameworks and processes • Unified current and capital budgets • Public Investment planning • Performance budgeting • Assessing material risks to which the institution may

be exposed and developing strategies for managing these risks. Including a fraud prevention plan.

• Direct internal audit effort and priority to manage these risks.

• The role of Treasury management and the tools and techniques used to manage financial risk

• Financial investment appraisal techniques to evaluate capital projects

• Techniques to manage working capital in the public sector

Pre-requisite modules PUA616 Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. Block week Assignments & tasks: 70 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Assessments 4 Selfstudy 91 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA 50% FA 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department SOG Module Topic PUBLIC SECTOR PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT,

RISK AND AUDIT Generic Module Name Public Administration 618 Alpha-numeric Code PUA618 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration Semester

Page 378: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

378

Proposed semester to be offered.

2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Advance Diploma in Public Administration – Public Finance stream

Year level 4 Main Outcomes On completion of the module the student should be able

to: Evaluate and audit whether: • The budget is realistic and is implemented as intended • The budget and the fiscal risk oversight are

comprehensive and fiscal and budget information is accessible to the public

• The budget is prepared with due regard to government policy

• The budget is implemented in an orderly and predictable manner and there are arrangements for the exercise of control and stewardship in the use of public funds

• Adequate records and information are produced, maintained and disseminated to meet decision-making control, management and reporting purposes

• Arrangements for scrutiny of public finances and follow up by executive are operating.

Main Content • Credibility of the budget • Comprehensiveness and transparency of the budget

and fiscal risk oversight • Public policy-based budgeting • Predictability and control in budget execution • Accounting, recording and reporting for decision-

making, control, and management • External scrutiny and audit – performance and external

audits Pre-requisite modules PUA616

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. Block week Assignments & tasks: 70 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Assessments 4 Self -study 91 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA 50% FA 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Page 379: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

379

Faculty EMS Home Department SOG Module Topic PUBLIC SECTOR FINANCIAL REPORTING Generic Module Name Public Administration 619 Alpha-numeric Code PUA619 NQF Level 7 NQF Credit Value 20 Duration SEMESTER Proposed semester to be offered.

2

Programmes in which the module will be offered

Advance Diploma in Public Administration – Public Finance stream

Year level 4 Main Outcomes On completion of the module the student should be

able to: • Recognise and evaluate the external financial reporting

framework for the public sector • Prepare and analyse the key external financial

statements for public sector organisations, applying the of International Public Sector Accounting Standards (IPSAS)

• Performance measurement in the public sector organisations

Main Content • The nature of public sector organisations and their objectives

• Objectives of external financial reporting within the public sector

• The role and significance of IPSAS • The requirements of IPSAS financial reporting in the

treatment of transactions under the cash basis and accrual basis of accounting

• Organisational combinations and consolidated financial statements in the public sector

• Performance measurement and key techniques in the interpretation of financial and non-financial information in public sector organisations.

Pre-requisite modules PUA616 Co-requisite modules NONE Prohibited module Combination

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 35 Lectures p.w. Block week Assignments & tasks: 70 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 0 Tutorials p.w. Assessments 4 Selfstudy 91 Other: Please specify Total Learning Time 200 Method of Student Assessment

CA 50% FA 50%

Assessment Module type CFA

Page 380: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

380

Name of Module Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the

Public Sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin

EMS Fundamental

Home Department School of Government Module description Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the

Public Sector Generic module name Governance, Public Administration and Ethics in the

Public Sector Alpha-numeric code PUB701 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of the module, students will be able to:

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the concept of governance

o Distinguish between government and governance o Evaluate the legislative framework for governance o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the relationship

between governance, public administration and ethics o Evaluate the implications of the legislative framework

towards governance on public administration o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethical and

democratic dimensions of administrative activities in state organizations

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ethical and democratic dimensions of administrative activities on policy implementation

Main Content o Democratic and ethical theories and approaches o Principles and values that encapsulate good

governance and professional ethics in the South African public sector

o The intersection between governance, public administration and ethics

o The ethical ideal of accountability, openness and transparency

o The ethical ideal of administrative neutrality o The ethical ideal of participation o The relationship between the state, citizens and civil

society Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 381: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

381

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 10 Other: Please specify(research)

50

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment 50% (Case studies 10%, group exercises and presentation 10%, critical summaries 20%, and class debate 10%); Final assessment 50%. External moderation.

Name of module Public Policy Analysis Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin

EMS Core

Home Department School of Government Module description Public Policy Analysis Generic module name Public Policy Analysis Alpha-numeric code PUB702 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to:

o Critically analyze the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public sector policy making in contemporary South Africa;

o Distinguish between alternative models and frameworks for analyzing public policy;

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key techniques of policy analysis, such as problem definition and options analysis;

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the key stages in the policy process;

o Apply the knowledge and skills of policy analysis to a practical research project;

o Engage in debate and discussions on the strengths and limitations of current policy processes in South Africa.

Main Content o Context of policy making in South Africa in the period since 1994;

o Models and approaches to policy making; o Key issues in policy analysis; o Structuring policy problems o Identifying and analysing policy options; o Forecasting policy futures; o Policy implementation; o Evaluating policy performance and outcomes; o Research design for developing and evaluating public

policies.

Page 382: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

382

Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 30 Selfstudy 10 Research and writing 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment 60% (Class participation and Group presentations 20%; Research Paper 40%); Final Assessment (40%). External moderation.

Name of Module Theoretical Approaches to Public Organization and Development

Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin

EMS Core

Home Department School of Government Module description Theoretical approaches to Public Organization and

Development Generic module name Theoretical approaches to Public Organization and

Development Alpha-numeric code PUB703 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of the module, students will be able to:

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the various theories & viewpoints on organisational phenomena & compare the contributions of the various theories to the understanding of organizational phenomena;

o Apply the above organisation theories to public sector organizations;

o Demonstrate the ability to facilitate public sector organizational change and transformation;

o Examine in detail the various dimensions, issues and problems of public sector organization.

Main Content o The nature of public organizations o Theories of organisation & approaches to the study,

design and management of organizations o Processes, structures & activities of organizations o Organisational behaviour, leadership & pathologies o Public sector transformation, change strategies &

improvement of organisational effectiveness. Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

Page 383: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

383

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 6 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify ( case studies)

24

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 60% (assignments/research paper & tasks, case studies/ practical exercises/class presentations/ class participation); Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

Name of Module Human Resources Management and Development in the Public Sector

Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin

EMS Core

Home Department School of Government Module description Human Resources Management and Development in the

Public Sector Generic module name Human Resources Management Alpha-numeric code PUB704 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to:

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the theoretical context of human resource development and management

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the legislative and policy framework influencing the management and development of human resources in the public sector

o Critically discuss labour relations as it applies to the management and development of human resources in the South African public service

o Critically discuss the specific legislative parameters that influence labour relations in South Africa

o Engage in debate and discussions on the key HR functions of public sector managers in post-apartheid South Africa

o Interpret and apply the legal framework and parameters to practical realities through case studiesEngage in critical debate and discussion on issues of labour relations as it applies to the South African public service

Main Content o Theoretical approaches and perspectives on human resource management

Page 384: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

384

o The role, functions and challenges of the human resource manager in the public service

o Performance management systems and its application in the public service

o Legislation and policies affecting human resource development and management

o The labour relations act o Collective bargaining: Strikes and Lock-outs o The basic conditions of employment o Employment equity o The law of dismissal

Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 10 Other: Please specify(research)

50

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 40% (case studies 10%; group exercises and presentation 10%; class test 20%). Final assessment 60% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of Module Economics and Public Sector Financial Management Programme Faculty Core/Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin

EMS Core

Home Department School of Government Module description Economics and Public Sector Financial Management Generic module name Economics and Public Sector Financial Management Alpha-numeric code PUB705 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to

o Explain the fundamental terminology, principles, conventions, methodology and theories pertaining to the economics of public sector finance and financial management

o Explain the significance of the role of the budget in pursuing the goals and objectives of the government

o Locate and interpret the selected macroeconomic data o Identify and demonstrate a working knowledge of the

national budget documents and its accompanying bills o Explain the nature and dynamics of the phases of the

budget cycle

Page 385: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

385

o Discuss the fiscal approach and stance taken by various actors involved in the budget process

o Explain the role of the public manager in public financial management

o Evaluate the impact of financial control measures (eg auditor general) on efficient and effective management practices in government organizations

Main Content The module contents include: o Introduction to macroeconomics the provision of public

goods and economic growth o The role of the government in raising and allocating

resources in society and the use of fiscal and monetary institutions and policy instruments

o Intergovernmental Fiscal and Financial relations in South Africa

o The constituent components, its features, functions and practices of the national, provincial and local government budgets

o Regulations and principles of sound public financial management outlined in the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA)

o Asset, liabilities and debt management o Financial accountability, controls and auditing o Public participation in and engagement with the budget

process and choices Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (50%). Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of Module Research Methods/Research Essay Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Administration

EMS Core

Home Department School of Government Module description Research Methods/Research Essay Generic module name Research Methods/Research Essay Alpha-numeric code PUB706 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 8

Page 386: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

386

Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to: o Explain the terminology, facts, conventions, trends and

sequences, classification and categories, criteria, methodology, principles and generalizations of social science research methods

o Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research and coherently structure and organize a research study: choose a research topic; state the research problem; develop hypotheses and assumptions to guide the research; review related literature, select appropriate methodological techniques for data collection and analysis; use the internet to access information; and write academically acceptable research proposals

o Demonstrate the ability to apply the analytical tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation

o Apply the logic and skills of research methodology to a supervised public sector-related practical research project

Main Content o Conceptual foundations and elements of social scientific research and types of research Research designs

o The research process: conducting literature surveys; planning research project; research methods/ techniques; writing a research proposal

o Analysis and interpretation of research findings, recommendations and communication of research results to policymakers

o Structuring and organizing research findings in a written research report of approximately 6000 - 7000 words

Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 5 Selfstudy 200 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 60% (Tests, assignments and class presentations 20%; written research report 40%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

Page 387: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

387

Name of Module Issues in Local Government Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Administration

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Issues in Local Government Generic module name Issues in Local Government Alpha-numeric code PUB707 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to:

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the challenges, opportunities, roles & relationships of local authorities

o Explain systems of local government, with specific reference to developing nations; and

o Critically discuss issues confronting local government in South Africa

Main Content o Local government service delivery, local government politics, local government finance, local government development and strategies for change management in such areas as service delivery

o Institution building and management, representivity and affirmative action, amalgamation

o Rationalisation of previously separate local government administrations, accountability, human resource development and management, cooperation with civil society and effective urban and rural management

o Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 45 Tests & examinations: 5 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 60% (Written assignments 40%; practical exercises, class presentations % /class participation 20%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

Page 388: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

388

Name of Module State and Civil Society Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B.Admin Hons in Public Admin

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description State and Civil Society Generic module name State and Civil Society Alpha-numeric code PUB709 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 8 Main Outcomes By the end of the module the students will be able to

o Explain the importance of state and civil society participation in the public policy making process.

o Identify and critically discuss the different definitions of state and civil society

o Identify and critically discuss and critique the different approaches and schools of thought used to analyze state societal relations

o Identify the social dialogue institutional arrangements and processes in South Africa

o Identify and critique the approaches and stance taken by various participants in the social dialogue process

Main Content The module content includes: o Outline and overview of stakeholder participation in the

public policy making cycle and process. o Different definitions and understandings of the role of

the state and civil society o Critique of the state and civil society paradigm o State societal relations in public policy formulation and

implementation in South Africa prior to 1994 and after. o Case studies of the social dialogue processes at work

in the New Partnership for Africa’s Development (NEPAD); the National Economic Development and Labour Council (NEDLAC) and the local government Integrated Development Planning (IDP) mechanism for service delivery

Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 50 Other: Preparation for group exercises

10

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

(Individual exercise and group presentation 20%; Continuous assessment 60% Written assignment 40%; Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

Page 389: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

389

Name of module Public Sector Transformation and Reform Programme Faculty Core/ Elective B Admin Hons in Public Administration

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Public sector Transformation and Reform Generic module name Public Sector Transformation and Reform Alpha-numeric code PUB710 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

o Define and discuss concepts related to public sector transformation and reform;

o Utilise and apply different approaches and models in administrative or organisation theory to explain administrative reform as a political as well as a management process;

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of past and current debates surrounding the relationship between the state, civil society, doe agencies etc.

o Analyse the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public sector reform in South Africa;

o Identify and discuss key regional, African and international influences on public sector transformation and reform;

o Evaluate the relevant legislative framework o Analyse the key issues and problems facing the

transformation of the public service, including gender perspectives

o Compare the South African experience with that of other countries, selected African countries in particular

Main Content o Define and discuss the concepts of Public sector transformation and reform;

o Areas of public service reform (i.e. quality customer services; systems and work procedures; information technology; policy implementation and management; organisational structures and human resource management; accountability and discipline; values of excellence; financial management; public-private partnerships; etc;

o Donor-sponsored structural adjustment programmes and administrative reforms;

o Administrative reform strategies in selected African and/or Commonwealth countries;

o Public service transformation, the state and civil society in South Africa

o Influences of Global, African and regional positions on the local (SA) transformation context

Page 390: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

390

o The South African constitution and the legislative framework for governance, and its transformational outlook

o Issues in public service transformation and reform in South Africa including gender perspectives

Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Selfstudy 40 Other: Please specify ( case studies)

30

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Class discussion, group presentations, individual research assignment); Final assessment (50%). External moderation.

MASTER IN ADMINISTRATION

Name of Module Public Admin. Magister -Thesis PUA 801 – First enrolment PUA 802 – Second Enrolment

Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

M.ADMIN EMS Core Home Department School of Government Module description Magister thesis ( PUA 801 & 802 ) Generic module name Public Admin. Magister Thesis Alpha-numeric code PUA801 – First enrolment

PUA802 – Second enrolment Credit Value 120 credits Duration 1 – 2 years Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this research component the student should

be able to: o Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent

research o Demonstrate the ability to locate empirical work in

theoretical contexts o Demonstrate the ability to apply analytical and research

competencies o Demonstrate the ability to coherently structure and

organize a research study o Demonstrate the ability to contribute in a unique way to

the particular field under study Main Content o Research methods

o Literature review o Interpretation of research findings

Page 391: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

391

o Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical and coherent manner

Pre-requisites Admission to the Masters Programme in the SOG Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment

Examination by supervisor, internal examiner and external examiner (100%)

MASTER IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (MINI-THESIS)

Name of Module Public Admin. Magister Mini-thesis PUA 803 – First enrolment PUA 804 – Second Enrolment

Programme (s) in which amended module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

M.ADMIN EMS Core Home Department School of Government Module description Mini-thesis ( PUA 803 & 804 ) Generic module name Public Admin. Magister Mini-thesis Alpha-numeric code PUA803 – First enrolment

PUA804 – Second enrolment Credit Value 60 credits Duration 1 – 2 years Module Type University Level Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this research component the student should

be able to: o Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent

research o Demonstrate the ability to locate empirical work in

theoretical contexts o Demonstrate the ability to apply analytical and research

competencies o Demonstrate the ability to coherently structure and

organize a research study Main Content o Research methods

o Literature review o Interpretation of research findings o Structuring and organizing research findings in a logical

and coherent manner Pre-requisites Admission to the Masters Programme in the SOG Co-requisites None

Page 392: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

392

Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment

Examination of dissertation by supervisor, internal examiner and external examiner (100%)

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION DOCTORAL THESIS

Name of current module Public Admin. Doctoral Thesis PUA 901 – First enrolment PUA 902 – Second Enrolment

Programme (s) in which amended module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

DOCTORAL EMS Core Home Department School of Government Module description (Header)

Doctoral Thesis ( PUA 901 & 902 )

Generic module name Public Admin. Doctoral Thesis Alpha-numeric code PUA901 – First enrolment

PUA902 – Second enrolment Credit Value 360 Duration 5 years Module Type University Level 10 Main Outcomes At the end of this research component the student should

be able to: o Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent

research of a relatively new area in the existing field of study

o Demonstrate the ability to make a unique contribution to his/her field of study

o Demonstrate the ability to coherently and logically structure and organize his/her study

o Demonstrate good writing skills o Demonstrate the ability to analytically and conceptually

apply research findings to the issue under investigation o Demonstrate the ability to analyse and conceptualize

existing literature in the field under investigation Main Content o Drafting a research proposal

o Exposure to research methodologies o Literature reviews o Structuring and organizing chapters o Conceptualizing theoretical debates and discourses o Interpreting empirical findings in the context of the

issue under investigation

Page 393: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

393

Pre-requisites Admission to the Doctoral programme within SOG Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: Assignments & tasks: Tests & examinations: Practicals: Selfstudy Total Learning Time Methods of Student Assessment

Examination by supervisor, internal examiner and two external examiners

SCHOOL OF GOVERNMENT MASTERS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION

Name of Module Theoretical and Comparative Approaches to Governance, Public Administration and Public Management

Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Fundamental

Home Department School of Government Module description Theoretical and Comparative Approaches to Governance,

Public Administration and Public Management Alpha-numeric code MPA811 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to

demonstrate: (a) a conceptual and critical understanding of the

theories and analytical tools used to: o Approach Public Administration, Public

Management and governance; o Apply sound governance principles; o Identify, compare and analyze trends and

tendencies in governance, public administration as well as public and development management in different settings (national, local, organizational);

(b) the application and interpretation of the above theories and tools through comparative case studies by developing practical options for improved governance.

Main Content o Introduction to the theory of governance, public administration and public management.

o Theory and practice of co-operative governance, corporate governance, holistic governance and good governance at the executive level.

o Comparative assessment of governance, public administration and public management experiences

Page 394: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

394

o Focus on applications, trends and tendencies and developments in Public Management and administration in contemporary South Africa

o Comparative Governance in an organizational context. Case study of the transformation of DBSA

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (50%); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation.

Name of module Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Core

Home Department School of Government Module description Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management Generic module name Advanced Public Policy Analysis and Management Alpha-numeric code MPA812 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of the Module, students will be able to

demonstrate (a) a conceptual and critical understanding of selected

theories, models and analytical tools used to: o analyze public policies, strategies and

evaluations o conduct policy analysis o facilitate and manage policy processes o establish institutional arrangements for policy

management o integrate various policy implementation

instruments o monitor and evaluate public policy o plan and design policy processes,

implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives.

(b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies of national, provincial and local government policy in South Africa, by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of policy design and management

Page 395: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

395

Main Content o Introduction to Policy Management and policy analysis;

o Focus on the theory of policy processes and institutional arrangements;

o Theory of policy implementation instruments including strategy, planning, operations and project management; and

o Theory and practice of policy evaluation and monitoring systems

o Case studies of policy management drawn from the national, provincial and local levels in South Africa

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment (50%); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation.

Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Core

Name of module The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance and Public Administration in Contemporary South Africa

Home Department School of Government Module description The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of

Governance and Public Administration in Contemporary South Africa

Generic module name The Global, Regional and Domestic Context of Governance

Alpha-numeric code MPA813 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to:

(a) Demonstrate an detailed knowledge of, and the ability to critically analyse: o The key features and dynamics of the global,

regional and domestic context of governance, the state and public administration in contemporary South Africa;

o The challenges and opportunities posed by these dynamics and the interplay between them for the developmental state and the democratic state in South Africa;

Page 396: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

396

(b) Apply the knowledge learned to a research project on the challenges and opportunities facing a specific aspect of governance, the state and public administration in South Africa as a result of the interplay between global, regional and domestic forces.

Main Content o The origins, nature and challenges of globalization; o The ideological underpinnings of globalization; o Key global institutions (IMF, World Bank, WTO) and

their roles. o SADC, NEPAD and the African Union and the

challenges and opportunities for South Africa. o The RDP, GEAR and ASGISA – from social democracy

to neo-liberalism? o The Developmental and Democratic State in South

Africa and tensions between them; o The effects of the global, regional and domestic context

on public sector transformation and reform in South Africa.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Class participation and group presentations 20%; internal assessment 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper) for external moderation.

Name of Module Research Methods and Skills Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Core

Home Department School of Government Module description Research Methods and Skills Generic module name Research Methods and Skills Alpha-numeric code MPA814 Credit Value 15 credits Duration Semester Module Type P Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of the module, students will be able to:

o Demonstrate a detailed knowledge and comprehension of the research process to be followed in completing the MPA Mini-Thesis;

Page 397: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

397

o Choose a relevant research topic, state the problem for research and develop hypotheses as well as assumptions to guide their research;

o Review related literature on the topic; o Select appropriate methodological techniques for data

collection and analysis; o Use the Internet and Electronic Journals to access

information; o Demonstrate the necessary communication and

practical skills to participate meaningfully in research activities offered through the MPA

o Demonstrate more effective writing skills through improved design and structure, sentence construction and the usage of grammar.

o Demonstrate a knowledge of quantitative data analysis and presentation, and the ability to use SPSS;

o Prepare a clear and coherent abstract for their proposed MPA mini-theses;

o Write an academically acceptable research proposal. Main Content o Concepts of research and research design

o Theories of research, types of research and the research process

o Conducting the literature survey o Planning the research project o Research methods/techniques o Interactions with the academic supervisor o Writing the abstract and research proposal o An introduction to academic writing skills, including

organization, presentation and layout; sentence construction; punctuation and grammar; citation and referencing.

o Avoiding plagiarism. o An introduction to the Statistical Software Package for

the Social Sciences (SPSS)

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 10 Research and Presentation 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 60% (Class participation and individual presentations 15%; research abstract 15%; internal assessment 30%); Final assessment 40% (Research proposal) for external moderation.

Page 398: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

398

Name of Module Research Seminar Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Core

Home Department School of Government Module description Research Seminar Generic module name Research Seminar Alpha-numeric code MPA815 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type P Level 9 Main Outcomes (a) At the end of the module, students will be able to:

o Prepare a clear and coherent presentation of their preliminary and final research findings for the MPA Mini-Thesis;

o Communicate this effectively to peers and course lecturers through a seminar presentation;

o Respond effectively to questions and comments from seminar participants;

o Critically assess other students’ presentations as seminar discussants;

o Revise their draft research documents on the basis of feedback on their oral presentations

(b) Students will attend, participate and present their research findings at at least two research seminars during the MPA programme.

Main Content o Research design and methodology o Developing an effective theoretical framework o Structuring an effective research report/mini-thesis o Developing a coherent flow throughout the research

report/mini-thesis o Written and oral presentations o Preparing a PowerPoint presentation o Preparation of preliminary research findings (including

literature review) o Presentation of final draft research findings

Pre-requisites MPA Module on Research Methods and Skills Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Research and Presentation 70 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Pre-course preparation and class participation ); Final assessment 50%. External moderation.

Page 399: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

399

Name of Module Programme and Project Management in the Public sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Programme and Project Management in the Public sector Generic module name Programme and Project Management in the Public sector Alpha-numeric code MPA816 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of the module, students will be able to

demonstrate: (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories,

models and analytical tools used to: o define and approach programme and project

management in the public sector o facilitate programme and project management

processes; o plan, implement and evaluate the Project

Management Body of Knowledge; o facilitate the nine knowledge areas (integration,

scope, quality, cost, time, communication, human resources, procurement and risk management);

o institutionalize the programme and project management approach in the public sector;

(b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of programme and project management in the South African context.

Main Content o Introduction to Programme and Project Management; o Programme and project management processes; o Focus on the Project Management body of

knowledge; o Theory of the nine knowledge areas; o Institutional arrangements for Programme and

Project Management; and o Case studies of programme and project

management. Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 80 Tests & examinations: 10 Self study 20 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Take home assignment); Final assessment (50%) for external moderation.

Page 400: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

400

Name of Module Public Sector Planning, Monitoring and Evaluation Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Public sector planning, monitoring and evaluation Generic module name Public sector planning, monitoring and evaluation Alpha-numeric code MPA817 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

o Develop and use the logical framework as a tool to help strengthen programme and project design, implementation, and monitoring and evaluation

o Set programme and project goals and objectives o Manage risks in programmes and projects, establish

programme organisation, monitor and control programmes, appraise programmes and assure product/service quality.

o Conceive a programme using a Logical Framework Approach as a planning tool

o Identify and discuss the advantages/strengths and disadvantages/limitations of the logical framework as a management tool

o Work in teams to build effective strategies for meeting clients' needs.

Main Content o The Logical Framework Approach to programme planning and evaluation

o The role and importance of stakeholder analysis in programme planning and evaluation.

o Programme management cycle and the logical framework

o Strengthening programme design, implementation, monitoring and evaluation

o The analysis phase: stakeholder analysis, problem analysis, objectives analysis and strategic analysis

o Development of the logical framework: objective, immediate objective, outputs, activities, inputs, indicators, risks and assumptions

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 401: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

401

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Case studies 25 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment 50% (Group presentation and reports and tasks 20%; individual research report 30%); Final assessment (50%). External moderation.

Name of Module Managing Change in the Public Sector Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Generic module name Managing change in the Public Sector Alpha-numeric code MPA818 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to:

o Analyse the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of change in governance (regional ( SADC), African and international perspectives)

o Critically analyze the historical, political, administrative, economic and social context of public sector reform/policy and change management in contemporary SA

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of past and current debates surrounding the relationship between the state and civil society and its relevance on the management of change

o Evaluate the need for public sector change and key issues and problems facing the transformation of the public sector process

o Critically analyze strategies and techniques for effective change management in the public sector

Main Content o Introduction and overview of the Management of Change; regional (SADC), African and international perspectives

o Managing Public sector change in the new South Africa

o Interface between civil society, managing change and Accountability,

o Issues in public service transformation and change in South Africa

Page 402: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

402

o Strategies and techniques for analyzing and Managing Public Policy/reform processes in the new South Africa

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case studies)

25

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 60% (Group presentations and preparation for research paper, case study compilation and presentation); Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

Name of module Public Finance and Budgeting Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin EMS Elective Home Department School of Government Module description Public Finance and Budgeting Alpha-numeric code MPA819 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to:

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the socio-economic role of government

o Critically discuss the key financial issues confronting the South African government

o Explain the fiscal policy stance and practice of the South Africa government

o Identify and analyse the various sources of government revenue

o Identify and analyse the tax principles of equity and efficiency in property and service charges

o Identify the regulatory framework for sound public sector financial management in South including the Public Sector Financial Management Act and the Municipal Finance and Management Act (MFMA)

o Identify the budget cycles, its components and functions

o Identify difficulties of infrastructure provision and capital expenditure management

o Explain the importance of asset, liability and debt management

o Explain the importance of cash flow management

Page 403: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

403

Main Content The module content include: o Overview of the rationale for government intervention in

an economy and the provision of public goods and services

o Role of fiscal and monetary policy instruments in economic growth and development

o Sources of taxation, taxation principles and provincial and local government revenue

o Performance budgeting o Financial infrastructure o Legislative framework (PFMA and MFMA) o Public sector accounting and control

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 40 Other: Preparation for group exercise

10

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Individual assignments 20%; Group presentation 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long Research Paper).

Name of module Administrative Law Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Generic module name Administrative Law Alpha-numeric code MPA821 Credit Value 15 credits Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students will be able to:

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the process of law making in relation to public administration;

o Interpret and discuss a court decision; o Critically discuss the changes brought about by the

change from a supreme parliament to a supreme constitution;

o Demonstrate an understanding of the structure and working of the constitution;

o Evaluate the content of administrative law; o Apply the skills and knowledge learned to a practical

research report on aspects of administrative law.

Page 404: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

404

Main Content o Introduction to administrative law o Division of the law o Sources of the law o Constitutional law o Types of administrative action o Lawfulness o Reasonableness o Procedural fairness

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 60 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Group and individual exercises 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of Module Development Policy , Planning and Management Programme Faculty Core/

Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Generic module name Development Policy, Planning and Management Alpha-numeric code MPA822 Credit Value 15 credits Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to:

(a) Demonstrate a critical understanding of the: o Processes, techniques and methods involved in

development policy, planning and management; o The discourse of development policy, planning

and management: o Development policy and planning in the “Third

World” with special reference to urbanization and globalization;

o Trends in world socio –economic development planning;

o The role of donor “aid in development policy, planning and management;

o The challenges facing integrated development planning in South Africa.

(b) Critically discuss and evaluate the factors influencing development policy, planning and management, such

Page 405: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

405

as budgetary constraints, staff capacity, timing, and co-ordination and integration with other sectors;

(c) Apply the skills and knowledge learned to a long research paper on development policy, planning and management in the South African context.

Main Content o The discourse of development policy, planning and management;

o Development policy and planning in the “Third World” with special reference to urbanization and globalization;

o Trends in world socio –economic development planning;

o The role of donor “Aid” in development; o Ethnocentrism as an alienating reality—urbanism and

everyday life with special reference to the import of social policy and social planning;

o Integrated development planning and its challenges for sustainable development;

o Factors influencing programme planning and management such as budgetary constraints, staff capacity, timing, co-ordination and integration with other sectors;

o Indexes of socio-economic development planning; o The reality and myths of development; o Development scenarios / projects / plans /

programmes; o Case studies of integrated development planning in

South Africa. Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 30 Research and writing 30 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Individual and group presentations 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of new Module Urban Development and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Maters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Urban Development and Management Alpha-numeric code MPA823 Credit Value 15

Page 406: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

406

Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to:

o Critically discuss the emerging importance of cities in the era of globalization and the blurring of the dividing line between rural/urban and urban /(sub) regional developments

o Identify concepts and frameworks used in policy formulation, implementation and analysis of the role of the state and management at various levels with reference to; development planning; economic growth; public expenditure; and service provisions such as water and sanitation; housing as well as transport.

o Identify and explain the difference between economic and social infrastructure and its accompanying features

o Critically discuss the importance of the public, private partnership (PPP) in the provision of services

o Identify and critically analyse the goals, economic, markets, business, social, conflicts, complexities and processes involved in the provisioning and management of these infrastructure services

o Apply the above to case studies focusing on areas such as water and sanitation; housing; transport; tourism; small and medium enterprises (SMME) development and local economic development

Main Content The module contents include: o Outlining the challenges of urban development and

poverty reduction in developing countries; globalization; urbanization; demography and poverty issues

o The role of government or developmental state and other stakeholders in managing the urbanization process in South Africa

o Approaches to urban planning, development and management at the national, provincial and local (IDP) level

o Provincial and local growth development and growth strategies and policies

o Importance and specific features pertaining to economic and social infrastructure, investment as well as trade and industrial development in different sectors

o Discussing the public private partnership (PPP) and role of non state stakeholders in the provision of infrastructure

o The development of small and medium enterprises (SMMEs) and local economic development (LED) in South Africa

Page 407: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

407

o Discussing case studies of informal settlement upgrading and housing provision; Water and sanitation provision; and the development of integrated public transport and tourism

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Individual assignment 20%; Group presentation 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long Research Paper). External moderation.

Name of module Rural Development Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Generic module name Rural Development Alpha-numeric code MPA824 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to:

o Critically evaluate the key concepts in rural development theory and practice

o Apply these concepts to case study material drawn from the current South African context

o Critically assess and evaluate current policy frameworks in relation to rural development and land reform in South Africa

Main Content o Models of rural development and international debates

o Learning process approaches to rural development o Sustainable rural livelihoods and poverty reduction o Land-based livelihoods in Southern Africa o Land reform policies and progress o Agrarian reform: international and African debates o Land and agrarian reform and poverty reduction

Page 408: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

408

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case studies)

25

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Class discussion, group presentations, written assignment); Final assessment (50%). External moderation.

Name of Module Gender Development and Management Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Gender Development and Management Alpha-numeric code MPA825 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to:

o Analyse how socialised gender roles affect social roles both within the home and work environments

o Critically discuss how such socialised roles, derived from both within developing states and without, affect sound and inclusive development strategies

o Compare the normative edge to “scientific” and “objectively empirical” development studies, particularly the ways in which these “findings’ are gendered and discriminatory

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ways in which gendered understandings of development theory and development management economics inhibit more inclusive development strategies

o Critically discuss the ways in which gendered understandings of development may be deconstructed and reconstructed so as to ensure more stable long term development strategies

o Identify and discuss gender equality in governance structures in South Africa (and elsewhere)

Page 409: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

409

o Identify and discuss perspectives on gender equality in the global context

o Identify and discuss linkages between gender and race affirmative action

o Analyse the construction of ‘gender’ sensitive policies in the public service (including examining the notion of a gender budget)

o Explain how gender equality is used in the construction of gender and employment policies

o Analyse gender, race and collective identity debates in governance and development

Main Content o Social roles which men and women take up in the personal and work environments

o A review of individual socialisation processes o The interface between gendered socialisation roles

(men vs women ) o Women in Development (WID); Woman and

Development (WAD) a brief historical overview o Development from a gender perspective and the

relation between gender and development global governance

o Gender in the context of debates about “development” as a process of North – South neocolonialism

o Examining the nexus between gender and development at the national level

o Examining gender in governance: the public service, parliament, government, political parties

o Gender, Public Policy and management of change: thinking through gender policies and what they entail.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case studies)

25

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 40% (Group presentations 20%; Case study compilation and presentation 20%; Final assessment 60% (Long Research Paper). External moderation.

Page 410: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

410

Name of module Intergovernmental Relations Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Generic module name Intergovernmental relations Alpha-numeric code MPA826 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to:

o Identify and differentiate between the approaches to intergovernmental relations.

o Describe how the nature of the state influences intergovernmental relations.

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the role and application of intergovernmental relations in Public Administration and management

o Evaluate the legislative framework for governance, the principal structures and functions of government at national, provincial and local levels, and the dynamics of inter-governmental relations

o Identify gaps, critical analyze and provide resolutions for identified IGR complexities in various contexts

o Recognize the importance of the management of IGR and it’s interface with improved service delivery

Main Content o An introduction and overview of IGR o Conceptual analysis for the study of IGR o Constitutional basis for IGR o Centralization and decentralization in government o Managing and resolving IGR complexities: insights

from selected countries o IGR: a South African perspective o Instruments of IGR- Political & Administrative

interface o Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations in South Africa o Interface between IGR and Key Public sector

functions including planning, organization, leadership and service delivery

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 411: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

411

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 elfstudy 35 Other: Please specify ( case studies)

25

Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 40% (Group presentations 20%; case study compilation and presentation 20% ); Final assessment 60% (Long Research Paper). External moderation.

Name of Module Local Government Management in Contemporary South Africa

Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Local Government Management in Contemporary South

Africa Generic module name Local Government Management Alpha-numeric code MPA827 Credit Value 15 credits Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to:

o Explain the historical, political, social and economic context underlying national, provincial and local service delivery programmes in South Africa;

o Describe and analyse the policy, legal, political and economic aspects of service delivery and associated planning frameworks within Development Local Government;

o Demonstrate a critical understanding of the ‘Batho Pele’ principles of service delivery and the challenges facing their realization in South Africa;

o Interpret and apply policy and legislation to a local context;

o Apply basic theoretical concepts, principles and techniques related to case studies of specific service delivery programmes;

o Assess the appropriateness and usefulness of local government management models in specific contexts;

o Critically discuss the factors influencing local government management, such as budgetary and organizational constraints, staff capacity, and co-ordination and integration with other sectors;

Page 412: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

412

o Apply the knowledge and skills learned to a practical research paper on aspects of local management in South Africa.

Main Content o Structures, functions and processes of local government management, within a strategic change management context;

o The history of local government in South Africa and the need for transformation;

o Challenges and constraints facing the reform process; o Strategies for change management; o Effective urban and rural management; o The relationship between local, provincial and national

tiers of government; o Managerial autonomy and innovation at the local level; o Service delivery and privatization; o Managing globalization at the local government level.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 25 Research and writing 35 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Individual and group presentations 20%; Internal examination 30%); Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of module Citizenship, Democracy and Development Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Generic module name Citizenship, Democracy and Development Alpha-numeric code MPA828 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to

demonstrate: (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories,

models and analytical tools used to describe and explain: o citizenship and democracy as these articulate

with development debates and praxis in developing states in Africa and beyond;

Page 413: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

413

o the connections between ‘claiming rights’ (especially socio-economic rights) in developing states and the exigencies of the global political economy in which developing states find themselves

o linkages between the general (global political economy) and the specific (socio-economic rights and basic services delivery).

(b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of citizenship and democracy.

Main Content o citizenship and democracy as these articulate (and sometimes contradict) global discourses on development and its prerequisites for developing states.;

o the connections between ‘claiming rights’ (especially socio-economic rights) in developing states and the exigencies of the global political economy in which developing states find themselves

o linkages between the general (global political economy) and the specific (socio-economic rights and basic services delivery).

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Practicals: 20 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% ( group practical assignment; individual oral presentations in class; summaries of key texts for class; short tests in class; one short assignment). Final assessment 50% (Long research paper) . External moderation.

Name of module Bureaucracy and Democracy Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Bureaucracy and Democracy Alpha-numeric code MPA829 Credit Value 15 credits Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9

Page 414: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

414

Main Outcomes By the end of the module students will be able to : o Demonstrate an in-depth and critical understanding

of the meanings of democracy o Demonstrate an in-depth and critical understanding

of the meanings of bureaucracy o Engage in debate and discussion on the dynamic

relationship between politicians and civil servants in modern democracies

o Critically interrogate normative understandings of democracy and bureaucracy in the context of practical realities

Main Content o Definitions and understandings of bureaucracy, democracy, political – administrative interface, democratic ideals of accountability and responsibility

o Legislative and policy framework towards upholding democratic practices and principles

o Conceptualizing trust relations in democratic states o Conceptualizing trust relations between elected and

appointed officials o Encouraging bureaucratic responsiveness to state

goals and objectives Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 40 Tests & examinations: 10 Selfstudy 10 Research and writing 50 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 50% (Group exercises and presentation 20%; take-home test 30%; Final assessment 50% (Long research paper). External moderation.

Name of module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Governance Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance (Public Management) Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code MPA831 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module students will be able to

demonstrate (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories,

models and analytical tools used to:

Page 415: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

415

o analyze public management issues o facilitate public management processes o establish institutional arrangements for public

management; o monitor public management; and

(b) plan and design public management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives.the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of public management

Main Content o Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of public management issues;

o public management processes; o Institutional arrangements for public management; o Planning and design of public management

processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation.

Name of new module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Governance Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance

(Development Management) Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code MPA832 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to

demonstrate (a) a conceptual understanding of selected theories,

models and analytical tools used to: o analyze development management issues o facilitate development management processes

Page 416: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

416

o establish institutional arrangements for development management;

o monitor development management; and o plan and design development management

processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives.

(b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of development management.

Main Content o Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of development management issues;

o development management processes; o Institutional arrangements for development

management; o Planning and design of development management

processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation.

Name of module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Governance Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance

(Public Sector Finance) Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code MPA833 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to:

• Analyze and explain the content of the issue/ issues within the field of public sector finance;

• Engage critically in policy debates on the subject matter;

• Investigate and explain problems within the field of public sector finance.

Page 417: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

417

Main Content The content of this module is influenced by the presenter of the course in line with the main focus on issues in Economics, Public Finance and Budgeting.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation.

Name of new module Capita Selecta – Selected Topics in Governance and Public Administration

Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Elective

Home Department School of Government Module description Selected Topics in Governance

(Local Government Management) Generic module name Capita Selecta Alpha-numeric code MPA834 Credit Value 15 Duration Semester Module Type F Level 9 Main Outcomes By the end of this module, students will be able to

demonstrate: (a) conceptual understanding of selected theories,

models and analytical tools used to: • analyze local government management issues • facilitate local government management

processes • establish institutional arrangements for local

government management • monitor local government management • plan and design local government management

processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives.

(b) the practical application of the above models and tools through case studies by analyzing and developing practical options for the improvement of local government management

Main Content Conceptual understanding of selected theories, models and analytical tools of local government management issues; Local government management processes

Page 418: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

418

Institutional arrangements for local government management Planning and design of local government management processes, implementation frameworks and evaluation initiatives.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Tests & examinations: 25 Research and writing 85 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

This will be determined by the presenter but will maintain a 50/50 split between continuous assessment and final assessment. External moderation.

Name of new module MPA Mini-Thesis Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Masters in Public Admin (MPA)

EMS Core

Home Department School of Government Module description MPA Mini-Thesis Generic module name Mini-Thesis Alpha-numeric code SOG827 Credit Value 120 Duration 1 Year Module Type P Level 8.2 Main Outcomes By the end of the Module, students will be able to

demonstrate the ability to: o Conduct independent research; o Locate empirical research in appropriate theoretical

contexts; o Apply analytical and research skills and

competencies at the Masters level; o Coherently structure and organize a research study

of this kind; o Contribute in a unique way to the particular field

under study. o Produce a mini-thesis of between 25,000 and 30,000

words. Main Content o Research skills and methods

o Literature review o Interpretation of research findings o Structuring and organizing research findings in a

logical and coherent manner. Pre-requisites MPA Module on Research Methods and Skills Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

Page 419: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

419

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with supervisor: 30 Research and writing Mini-Thesis

1170

Total Learning Time 1200 Methods of Student Assessment

Final assessment by supervisor, internal examiner and external examiner (100%).

Faculty EMS Faculty Home Department School of Government Module Topic Research Methods/Research Essay Generic module name Research Methods/Research Essay Alpha-numeric code RME401 NQF Level 9 NQF Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Module Type P Year Level 8.1 Main Outcomes At the end of the module, students will be able to:

• Explain the terminology, facts, conventions, trends and sequences, classification and categories, criteria, methodology, principles and generalizations of social science research methods

• Demonstrate the ability to conduct independent research and coherently structure and organize a research study: choose a research topic; state the research problem; develop hypotheses and assumptions to guide the research; review related literature, select appropriate methodological techniques for data collection and analysis; use the internet to access information; and write academically acceptable research proposals

• Demonstrate the ability to apply the analytical tools and social science methods to problems associated with policy formulation, implementation and evaluation

• Apply the logic and skills of research methodology to a supervised public sector-related practical research project

Main Content Conceptual foundations and elements of social scientific research and types of research • Research designs • The research process: conducting literature surveys;

planning research project; research methods/ techniques; writing a research proposal

• Analysis and interpretation of research findings, recommendations and communication of research results to policymakers

• Structuring and organizing research findings in a written research report of approximately 6000 - 7000 words

Page 420: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

420

Pre-requisites Batchelor Degree in Public Administration or equivalent Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 50 Tests & examinations: 5 Practicals: 5 Selfstudy 200 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous assessment 60% (Tests, assignments and class presentations 20%; written research report 40%); Final assessment (40%). External moderation.

INSTITUTE FOR POVERTY, LAND AND AGRARIAN STUDIES (PLAAS)

Name of module The land question in southern Africa: Historical perspectives

Programme (s) in which new module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Post-graduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core

Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description The land question in southern Africa: Historical

perspectives Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS701 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should demonstrate a

historical understanding of the land question in southern Africa and be able to: • analyse and explain the history of land acquisition

and dispossession in southern Africa • engage in policy debates on the land question and

land reform issues • investigate and explain problems of land restitution,

land tenure and land reform in southern, and particularly South Africa

• write clear and coherent history essays Main Content • Land Ownership, Conquest and Dispossession

(1000AD – 1900) • The Making of Reserves • Urban Segregation: Locations and Townships • Grand Apartheid: The Bantustans • Urban Removals and Restitution • The land question in Zimbabwe • Traditional authorities and the land question • Case studies of removals and restitution

Page 421: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

421

Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60%

Name of module The Agrarian Question in Southern Africa Programme Faculty Core/ Elective Post-graduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core

Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description The Agrarian Question in Southern Africa Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS702 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should:

o Demonstrate an understanding historical and contemporary debates around Agrarian Reform in Southern Africa

o Have a thorough grasp of land reform policies in at least two Southern African countries

o Demonstrate in-depth understanding of land and agrarian reform in South Africa since 1994

o Have a thorough grasp of the links between agricultural development, rural livelihoods and land reform in the southern African context

o Demonstrate an ability to practice in debate around the possible future direction of land reform in South Africa

Main Content o Land reform debates in southern Africa: historical and contemporary

o Overview of recent land reforms in Namibia, Mozambique, Zimbabwe

o The political economy of land and agrarian reform in South Africa

o Restitution in South Africa o Redistribution in South Africa o Tenure reform in South Africa o Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State

Capacity Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None

Page 422: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

422

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60%

Name of module Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa: Comparative perspectives and policy debates

Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Post-graduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core

Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Land and agrarian reform in contemporary Africa:

Comparative perspectives and policy debates Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS703 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should:

o demonstrate an understanding of the terminology and concepts used in land and agrarian reform;

o be familiar with the main theoretical positions, and have knowledge of land reform in a number of African countries;

o possess a detailed understanding of land reform policy in South Africa.;

o be able to engage effectively with contemporary land reform issues, both from a theoretical and a practical perspective.

Main Content o Land, agriculture, poverty and rural livelihoods in Africa o The agrarian question in Africa: Analytical and

conceptual issues o The variety of reform: Case studies across Africa o Case studies of land reform in South Africa (restitution,

redistribution and tenure security) o Implementing policies: Politics, Ideology and State

Capacity

Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 423: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

423

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60%

Name of module Economics of Agrarian Systems Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Post-graduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core

Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Economics of Agrarian Systems Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS704 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should demonstrate an

understanding of key issues in the economics of agrarian systems and be able to: o analyse the multiple interactions between economic

development and agriculture in the context of economic globalization

o investigate microeconomic and macroeconomic issues affecting agriculture in developing countries

o compare South African agricultural and land reform policies with evidence from other developing economies

o write clear and coherent research essays

Main Content o Basic concepts in rural economic development o Perspectives on the role of agriculture in economic

development o Agricultural development in ‘dual economies’ o The economics of agrarian reform o Economic globalization and developing country

agriculture o Case studies: Africa, Asia and Latin America o The South African agricultural economy

Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 424: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

424

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 38 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 2 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Pre-contact assignment40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60%

Name of module Sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development planning

Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Post-graduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core

Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Sustainable rural livelihoods and integrated development

planning Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS706 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should demonstrate an

understanding of the: o key theoretical and practical aspects of sustainable

rural livelihoods and integrated development planning; o main debates around sustainable rural livelihoods and

integrated development planning in South Africa and internationally;

o links between rural development and chronic poverty; o techniques used in development planning o Students will be equipped with the tools necessary to

analyse policy and programmes from a sustainable livelihoods perspective.

Main Content o The concepts of poverty and rural livelihoods o Development, Planning Approaches and Critiques o Food security and vulnerability: Frameworks and

Practice o Sustainable rural livelihoods: Frameworks and

Critiques o Integrated Development Planning: Frameworks and

Critiques

Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Page 425: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

425

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Pre-contact assignment: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60%

Name of module Sustainable natural resource management in land and agrarian reform

Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Post-graduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core

Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Sustainable natural resource management in land and

agrarian reform Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS707 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should demonstrate an

understanding of: o key concepts and theories in relation to natural

resource management as an important dimension of land and agrarian reform;

o controversies and debates in common property theory and sustainable natural resource management;

o key policy questions in relation to land and agrarian reform and natural resource management in Southern Africa; and

o write clear and coherent research essays Main Content o Natural resources and rural livelihoods in southern

Africa. o Conceptual frameworks and current controversies:

common property theory; land degradation and sustainability.

o Rangelands and the carrying capacity debate. o The gendered nature of resource tenure. o Biodiversity conservation and development. o Land reform and the environment. o The co-management debate. o Introduction to Political Ecology.

Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL

Co-requisites None

Page 426: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

426

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 40 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Pre-contact assignment 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60%

Name of module Legal and socio-legal dimensions of land and agrarian reform

Programme (s) in which module will be offered

Faculty Core/ Elective

Post-graduate Diploma in Land and Agrarian Studies

EMS Core

Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Legal and socio-legal dimensions of land and agrarian

reform Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS708 Credit Value 20 Duration Semester Level 9 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should demonstrate an

understanding of: o the evolution of property rights in South African law with

regard to the dispossession of land and the acquisition of land;

o the key theoretical and practical aspects of land and agrarian law in South Africa;

o the requirements and promises of the South African constitution and evolving land reform legislation;

o the role of legislation in the implementation of land and agrarian reform;

o the central role that security of tenure plays in underpinning and securing livelihoods.

Main Content o The law and its administration o The evolution of land law: The history and evolution of

property law and land rights for hites and the denial of rights to black people

o Basic legal concepts concerning land o Land reform laws in South Africa o Law and development: Rights-based approaches to

livelihood-focused development o Institutional options for land holding and management

institutions: Communal Property Associations and the Communal Land Rights Act.

Pre-requisites Undergraduate degree or RPL

Page 427: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

427

Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 38 Assignments & tasks: 120 Tests & examinations: 2 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 40 Total Learning Time 200 Methods of Student Assessment

Pre-contact assignment; Test: 40% Post-contact assignment (Examination): 60%

Faculty EMS Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Structural Poverty and Marginalised Livelihoods in

Southern African Agro-Food Systems Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS711 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Demonstrate a solid grasp of the most important concepts relating to poverty, vulnerability and food insecurity.

• Show a critical understanding of the use, value and limitations of qualitative and quantitative indicators.

• Have a broad understanding of trends relating to poverty, vulnerability and food insecurity in South and Southern Africa, with a particular reference to marginalised, excluded and rural livelihoods.

• Have a thorough grasp of the underlying causal factors contributing to poverty and marginalised livelihoods in Southern African in the context of the nature of dominant agro-foods systems.

• Be conversant with the policy frameworks relevant to poverty and marginality; including both social protection and economic growth policies.

• Engage critically with the strengths and weaknesses of proposed policies and interventions aimed at inclusive growth and poverty reduction in their own professional and work contexts.

Main Content • Basic literature on poverty concepts (monetary poverty, food insecurity, capability poverty, vulnerability, chronic and structural poverty).

• Overview of relevant qualitative and quantitative indicators and diagnostics.

• Overview of poverty trends and statistics in South and Southern Africa.

Page 428: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

428

• Overview of historical background, causes and contributing factors, including policies relating to growth and employment.

• Overview of nature of agro-food system and its impact on marginalised livelihoods.

• Overview of social policy framework(s) in South and Southern Africa.

Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 61 Assignments & tasks: 130 Practicals: 5 Assessments: 5 Selfstudy: 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50%

Faculty EMS Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description The Political Economy of Land and Agrarian Reform in

Southern Africa Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS712 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Understand the key concepts used in contemporary debates over land and agrarian reform, globally, in Africa, and in South Africa in particular.

• Understand the main arguments in key historical and contemporary debates around land and agrarian reform globally, in Africa, and in South Africa in particular.

• Have a thorough grasp of the links between agrarian structure, processes of agrarian change, rural livelihoods and land reform, including their gendered dimensions.

• Understand the character of contemporary processes of large-scale land acquisition (‘land grabs’).

• Be able to compare and contrast the range of approaches to land and agrarian reform across Africa.

• Have a thorough grasp of land and agricultural reform policies in at least two African countries other than South Africa.

• Have an in-depth understanding of both polices and outcomes in land and agrarian reform in South Africa since 1994.

Page 429: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

429

• Participate in debates around the possible future direction of land and agrarian reform in Africa.

• Have a strong a foundation for more in-depth study of issues of land and agrarian reform.

Main Content • Key concepts and theories: agrarian structure and change, agro-food regimes and value chains; property rights and dispossession; gender, land and agriculture; land and agrarian reform.

• Land and agrarian reform – global debates. • Land and agrarian reform in Africa – Zimbabwe,

Mozambique and Kenya. • Land grabs in Africa in historical and comparative

perspective • The political economy of land and agrarian reform in

South Africa since 1994. • Land restitution, redistribution, and tenure reform in

South Africa. • Agricultural sector reform since 1994. • Implementing policies: politics, ideology and state

capacity. Pre-requisites None Co-requisites None Prohibited Combinations None Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Assignments & tasks: 130 Practicals: 5 Assessments: 5 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50%

Faculty EMS Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Economics of Farming and Food Systems Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS713 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Demonstrate an understanding of key themes in the economics of agrarian systems.

• Clearly articulate the dynamics of food and farming systems; and engage with debates.

• Engage in critical discussion with key economic issues and concepts’.

• Apply the frameworks to their specific contexts and realities.

Page 430: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

430

Main Content • The economics of agrarian reform. • Basic concepts in rural economic development. • Comparative farming/agrarian systems. • Dynamics of farming/agrarian systems and underlying

forces. • Commodity markets, distribution systems and concept

of market power. • International trade. • Economic globalization and developing country

agriculture. • Agro-food system structure and household food

security. Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Assignments & tasks: 130 Practicals: 5 Assessments: 5 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50%

Faculty EMS Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module description Social and Ecological Dimensions of Ecosystem

Management Generic module name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS714 Credit Value 30 Duration Semester Level 8 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

• Develop a critical understanding of the theory and concepts of common property.

• Engage and analyse key issues and debates around sustainable utilization, livelihoods and natural resource management.

• Understand the complexities and uncertainties of ecosystems management.

• Understand how natural resource dependent communities cope, adapt and mitigate climate change.

• Apply the theories, concepts and lessons to development interventions.

• Critically analyse and apply the lessons from case studies to reality and their work environment.

Page 431: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

431

Main Content • Common property resources (theory). • Ecosystems approach to management (social-political-

ecological ecosystems). • Governance of natural resources (social structures,

markets and institutions). • Climate change adaptation strategies and mitigation in

relation to natural resource based livelihoods. • The gendered nature of resource tenure.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 60 Assignments & tasks: 130 Practicals: 5 Assessments: 5 Selfstudy 100 Total Learning Time 300 Methods of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment: 50% Final Assessment: 50%

Faculty Economic and Management Sciences Faculty (EMS) Home Department Institute for Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies (PLAAS) Module Topic Structural Poverty and Marginalizes Livelihoods in

Southern African Agro-Food Systems Generic Module Name Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric Code LAS811 NQF Credit Value 40 Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered

First Semester

Programmes in which the module will be offered

MPhil in Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies

NQF level NQF Level 9 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students will be able to:

• Critically demonstrate a solid grasp of the key scholarly debates relating to poverty, vulnerability and food insecurity.

• To have a critical understanding of the key theoretical debates in the field of poverty, livelihoods and agro-food systems.

• To have a critical understanding of the use, value and limitations of qualitative and quantitative indicators.

• To work independently and able to apply the key scholarly debates, theory and methodology to research.

Page 432: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

432

Main Content • Key literature on poverty concepts (monetary poverty, food insecurity, capability poverty, vulnerability, chronic and structural poverty).

• Key theoretical literature on poverty, livelihoods and agro-food systems.

• Overview of relevant qualitative and quantitative indicators and diagnostics in poverty research.

• International and regional case studies on the causes and contributing factors of poverty, including policies relating to growth and employment.

• In depth understanding of the nature of agro-food system and its impact on marginalized livelihoods.

Pre-requisite modules None

Co-requisite modules None

Prohibited module Combination

None

A. Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours B. Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 80 Lectures p.w. Assignments & tasks: 150 Practicals p.w. Practicals: 10 Tutorials p.w. Assessments 10 Selfstudy 150 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 400 Method of Student Assessment

Continuous Assessment: Pre-Contact Assignment, Test and Group Assessment Final Assessment: Post-Contact Assignment

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department PLAAS Module Topic The Political Economy of Land and Agrarian Reform:

Comparative Perspectives Generic module name Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS812 NQF Credit Value 15 credits Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Masters in Development Studies

NQF level NQF Level 9 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

o Critically understand the key scholarly and contemporary debates over land and agrarian reform in Africa, and in South Africa in particular

Page 433: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

433

o Critically evaluate the main arguments in key contemporary debates around land and agrarian reform in Africa, and in South Africa in particular

o To apply and analyse key research methodologies and approaches in land and agrarian reform, land grabs, rural livelihoods, including their gendered dimensions

Main Content o Key concepts: agrarian structure, value chains; property rights; land tenure; land and agrarian reform

o Land and agrarian reform in Africa and land grabs in Africa in historical and comparative perspective

o The political economy of land and agrarian reform in South Africa since 1994

o Land restitution, redistribution, and tenure reform in South Africa

o Agricultural sector reform since 1994 Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 10 Tutorials p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assessment (50%) Final Assessment (50%)

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department PLAAS Module Topic Critical Approaches to Farming Systems Generic module name Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS813 NQF Credit Value 15 credits Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Masters in Development Studies

NQF level NQF Level 9 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of this module students should be able to:

o Demonstrate a sound understanding of key scholarly debates relating to in the economics of agrarian systems.

Page 434: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

434

o Show evidence of the ability to apply key theories and concepts of the economics of agrarian systems to specific contexts and realities.

Main Content o The economics of agrarian reform; o Comparative analysis of farming/agrarian systems; o Commodity markets, distribution systems and the

concept of market power; o International trade; globalization and developing

country agriculture; o Agrarian systems and household food security.

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 10 Tutorials p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assessment (50%): Final Assessment (50%):

Assessment Module type CFA

Faculty EMS Home Department PLAAS Module Topic Social and Ecological Theories in Ecosystems

Management Generic module name Poverty, Land and Agrarian Studies Alpha-numeric code LAS814 NQF Credit Value 15 credits Duration Semester Proposed semester to be offered.

Programmes in which the module is offered.

Masters in Development Studies

NQF level NQF Level 9 Year Level 1 Main Outcomes At the end of this course students should be able to:

o Critically demonstrate the key scholarly debates around sustainable utilisation, livelihoods and natural resource management.

o Have a critical understanding of the key theoretical debates in the field theory and concepts of common property.

Page 435: 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences...1. 2018 Faculty of Economic & Management Sciences (b) Postgraduate . NOTICE . All particulars in this calendar are applicable as from

435

Main Content o Common property resources (theory); o Ecosystems approach to management (social-political-

ecological ecosystems); o Governance of natural resources (social structures,

markets and institutions); o Climate change adaptation strategies and mitigation in

relation to natural resource based livelihoods; o The gendered nature of resource tenure;

Pre-requisites None

Co-requisites None

Prohibited Combinations None

Breakdown of Learning Time

Hours Time-table Requirement per week

Contact with lecturer / tutor: 30 Lectures p.w. 2 Assignments & tasks: 50 Practicals p.w. 0 Assessment 10 Tutorials p.w. 0 Practicals: 0 Selfstudy 60 Other: Please specify 0 Total Learning Time 150 Methods of Student Assessment

Assessment (50%): Final Assessment (50%):

Assessment Module type CFA